Requirements on Content and Format of Labeling for Human Prescription Drug and Biological Products, 3922-3997 [06-545]
Download as PDF
3922
Federal Register / Vol. 71, No. 15 / Tuesday, January 24, 2006 / Rules and Regulations
Evaluation and Research (HFD–7),
Food and Drug Administration,
5600 Fishers Lane, Rockville, MD
20857, 301–594–2041,
sadovee@CDER.FDA.GOV.
I. Background
II. Overview of the Final Rule Including
Changes to the Proposed Rule
III. Implementation
IV. Overview of Agency Initiatives to
Improve the Content and Format of
Prescription Drug Labeling
V. Implications of This Final Rule for
the Electronic Labeling Initiative
VI. Comments on the Proposed Rule
VII. Legal Authority
VIII. Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995
IX. Environmental Impact
X. Executive Order 13132: Federalism
XI. Analysis of Economic Impacts
XII. Executive Order 12988: Civil Justice
Reform
XIII. References
‘‘package circular’’) is a compilation of
information about the product,
approved by FDA, based on the agency’s
thorough analysis of the new drug
application (NDA) or biologics license
application (BLA) submitted by the
applicant. This labeling contains
information necessary for safe and
effective use. It is written for the health
care practitioner audience, because
prescription drugs require ‘‘professional
supervision of a practitioner licensed by
law to administer such drug’’ (section
503(b) of the act (21 U.S.C. 353(b))).
FDA-approved labeling is defined in
section 201(m) of the act (21 U.S.C.
321(m)) and is subject to all applicable
provisions of section 502 of the act (21
U.S.C. 352). It satisfies the requirement
of § 201.100(d) (21 CFR 201.100(d)) that
‘‘[a]ny labeling, as defined in section
201(m) of the act * * * that furnishes
or purports to furnish information for
use or which prescribes, recommends,
or suggests a dosage for the use of the
drug * * * contains * * * [a]dequate
information for such use,’’ as further
described in that provision. FDAapproved labeling also accompanies
‘‘promotional’’ materials, as described
in § 202.1(l)(2) (21 CFR 202.1(l)(2)).
FDA-approved labeling also ‘‘bears
adequate information’’ within the
meaning of § 201.100(c)(1), which
applies to ‘‘labeling on or within the
package from which a prescription drug
is to be dispensed’’, referred to in this
document as ‘‘trade labeling.’’ In this
document, FDA-approved labeling for
prescription drugs is referred to as
‘‘labeling’’ or ‘‘prescription drug
labeling.’’
I. Background
B. Developing the Proposed Rule
DEPARTMENT OF HEALTH AND
HUMAN SERVICES
Food and Drug Administration
21 CFR Parts 201, 314, and 601
[Docket No. 2000N–1269] (formerly Docket
No. 00N–1269)
RIN 0910–AA94
Requirements on Content and Format
of Labeling for Human Prescription
Drug and Biological Products
AGENCY:
Food and Drug Administration,
HHS.
rwilkins on PROD1PC63 with RULES_2
ACTION:
Final rule.
SUMMARY: The Food and Drug
Administration (FDA) is amending its
regulations governing the content and
format of labeling for human
prescription drug products (including
biological products that are regulated as
drugs). The final rule revises current
regulations to require that the labeling
of new and recently approved products
include highlights of prescribing
information and a table of contents. The
final rule also reorders certain sections,
requires minor content changes, and
sets minimum graphical requirements.
These revisions will make it easier for
health care practitioners to access, read,
and use information in prescription
drug labeling. The revisions will
enhance the safe and effective use of
prescription drug products and reduce
the number of adverse reactions
resulting from medication errors due to
misunderstood or incorrectly applied
drug information. For both new and
recently approved products and older
products, the final rule requires that all
FDA-approved patient labeling be
reprinted with or accompany the
labeling. The final rule also revises
current regulations for prescription drug
labeling of older products by clarifying
certain requirements. These changes
will make the labeling for older
products more informative for health
care practitioners.
DATES: This rule is effective June 30,
2006. See section III of this document
for the implementation dates of this
final rule.
FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:
For information on drug product
labeling: Janet Norden, Center for
Drug Evaluation and Research
(HFD–40), Food and Drug
Administration, 10903 New
Hampshire Ave., Bldg. 22, rm. 4202,
Silver Spring, MD 20993–0002,
301–796–2270,
nordenj@CDER.FDA.GOV, or
Elizabeth Sadove, Center for Drug
VerDate Aug<31>2005
16:08 Jan 23, 2006
Jkt 208001
For information on labeling of
biological products that are
regulated as prescription drugs:
Toni M. Stifano, Center for
Biologics Evaluation and Research
(HFM–600), Food and Drug
Administration, 1401 Rockville
Pike, Rockville, MD 20856, 301–
827–6190, stifano@CBER.FDA.GOV,
or Kathleen Swisher, Center for
Biologics Evaluation and Research
(HFM–17), Food and Drug
Administration, 1401 Rockville
Pike, Rockville, MD 20852, 301–
827–6210.
SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:
Table of Contents
In the Federal Register of December
22, 2000 (65 FR 81082), FDA issued a
proposed rule to revise its regulations
governing the content and format of
labeling for human prescription drug
products, which appear in §§ 201.56
and 201.57 (21 CFR 201.56 and
201.57).1
A. FDA-Approved Prescription Drug
Labeling
A prescription drug product’s FDAapproved labeling (also known as
‘‘professional labeling,’’ ‘‘package
insert,’’ ‘‘direction circular,’’ or
1 Although §§ 201.56 and 201.57 do not
specifically mention the term ‘‘biologics’’, under the
Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act (the act),
most biologics are drugs that require a prescription
and thus are subject to these regulations. (See
section VII of this document for legal authority.) For
the purposes of this document, unless otherwise
specified, all references to ‘‘drugs’’ or ‘‘drug
products’’ include human prescription drug
products and biological products that are also
drugs.
PO 00000
Frm 00002
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
In recent years, there has been an
increase in the length, detail, and
complexity of prescription drug
labeling, making it harder for health
care practitioners to find specific
information and to discern the most
critical information. Before issuing the
proposal, the agency evaluated the
usefulness of prescription drug labeling
for its principal audience to determine
whether, and how, its content and
format could be improved. The agency
used focus groups, a national physician
survey, a public meeting, and written
comments to develop multiple
prototypes and to ascertain how
prescription drug labeling is used by
health care practitioners, what labeling
information practitioners consider most
important, and how practitioners
believed labeling could be improved.
The agency developed a prototype based
on this accumulated information as the
model for the proposed rule.
E:\FR\FM\24JAR2.SGM
24JAR2
Federal Register / Vol. 71, No. 15 / Tuesday, January 24, 2006 / Rules and Regulations
C. The Proposed Rule
The agency’s proposed changes were
designed to enhance the ability of health
care practitioners to access, read, and
use prescription drug labeling.
1. Proposed Provisions for New and
Recently Approved Drugs
FDA proposed the following changes
for the labeling for prescription drugs
that were approved on or after the
effective date of the final rule, drugs that
had been approved in the 5 years before
the effective date of the final rule, and
older approved drugs for which an
efficacy supplement is submitted. FDA
believed that applying the revised
content and format requirements only to
more recently approved products was
appropriate because, among other
reasons, health care practitioners are
more likely to refer to the labeling of
recently approved products (see
comment 113).
• The addition of introductory
prescribing information, entitled
‘‘Highlights of Prescribing Information’’
(Highlights).
• The addition of a table of contents.
• Reordering and reorganizing to
make the labeling easier to use and read.
• Minimum graphical requirements
for format.
• Certain revisions to the content
requirements, such as modifying the
definition of ‘‘adverse reaction’’ to make
the ‘‘Adverse Reactions’’ section of
labeling more meaningful and useful to
health care practitioners.
2. Proposed Provisions for Older
Approved Drugs
rwilkins on PROD1PC63 with RULES_2
The agency proposed that older
approved drug products would not be
subject to these proposed changes.
These older products would, instead, be
subject to the labeling requirements at
VerDate Aug<31>2005
16:08 Jan 23, 2006
Jkt 208001
proposed § 201.80. The agency proposed
to redesignate then-current § 201.57 as
§ 201.80 to describe labeling
requirements for older drugs and add
new § 201.57 to describe labeling
requirements for new and recently
approved drugs.
3. Proposed Provisions for All Drugs
FDA also proposed certain revisions
to the requirements governing the
content of labeling to help ensure that
statements appearing in labeling related
to effectiveness or dosage and
administration are sufficiently
supported. These provisions would
have applied to all drugs.
• The labeling for all drugs would
contain all FDA-approved patient
labeling (i.e., approved printed patient
information and Medication Guides) for
the drug, not just the information
required by regulation to be distributed
to patients (see table 2).
• Minor revisions would be made to
the requirements for labels affixed to
prescription drug containers and
packaging.
The proposal called for the
submission of comments by March 22,
2001. At the request of the
Pharmaceutical Research and
Manufacturers of America, and to
provide all interested persons additional
time to comment, the comment period
was reopened until June 22, 2001 (66 FR
17375, March 30, 2001). After careful
consideration of the comments, FDA has
revised the proposal and is issuing this
final rule.
The following sections of this
document provide:
• An overview of the final rule
including changes to the proposed rule
(section II of this document),
• A discussion of the implementation
requirements for the final rule (section
III of this document),
PO 00000
Frm 00003
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
3923
• An overview of the agency’s
prescription drug labeling initiatives
(section IV of this document),
• The implications of this rule for the
electronic labeling initiative (section V
of this document),
• A discussion of the comments
received on the proposal and the
agency’s responses to the comments
(section VI of this document),
• A statement of legal authority
(section VII of this document),
• A description of the information
collection provisions of the rule (section
VIII of this document),
• An statement on the environmental
impact of the rule (section IX of this
document),
• A statement on federalism (section
X of this document),
• An analysis of the economic
impacts of the rule (section XI of this
document),
• A statement on the impact of the
rule on the civil justice system (section
XII of this document), and
• A list of references (section XIII of
this document).
II. Overview of the Final Rule Including
Changes to the Proposed Rule
This final rule amends part 201 (21
CFR part 201) of FDA regulations by
revising the requirements for the
content and format of labeling for
prescription drug products (see tables 1
and 2 of this document). Table 1 lists
the sections required for prescription
drug labeling before the effective date of
this final rule (and which will remain in
effect for older products), and, for new
and recently approved products, the
sections FDA proposed in 2000 and
those required by this final rule.
BILLING CODE 4160–01–S
E:\FR\FM\24JAR2.SGM
24JAR2
Federal Register / Vol. 71, No. 15 / Tuesday, January 24, 2006 / Rules and Regulations
The final rule requires that any FDAapproved patient labeling either: (1)
Accompany the prescription drug
labeling or (2) be reprinted at the end of
such labeling (§§ 201.57(c)(18) and
201.80(f)(2)). Table 2 lists the
VerDate Aug<31>2005
16:08 Jan 23, 2006
Jkt 208001
requirement in effect before the effective
date of this final rule, the 2000 proposed
requirement, and the final requirement
(see comment 92 for discussion of FDAapproved patient labeling). For the
purposes of this document, the term
PO 00000
Frm 00004
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
‘‘FDA-approved patient labeling’’ will
be used to refer to any approved printed
patient information or Medication
Guide, unless a comment is addressing
one or the other specifically.
E:\FR\FM\24JAR2.SGM
24JAR2
ER24JA06.000
rwilkins on PROD1PC63 with RULES_2
3924
Federal Register / Vol. 71, No. 15 / Tuesday, January 24, 2006 / Rules and Regulations
3925
TABLE 2.—FDA-APPROVED PATIENT LABELING WITH PRESCRIPTION DRUG LABELING
Requirement for All Products Before the Effective Date of the Final Rule
Proposed Requirement for All Products
To be reprinted at the end of labeling:
• Full text of FDA-approved patient labeling
that is required to be distributed to patients
To be reprinted at the end of labeling:
• Full text of any FDA-approved patient labeling
To be reprinted at the end of labeling or to
accompany the labeling:
• Full text of any FDA-approved patient labeling
drugs with pediatric patent protection
or exclusivity. The agency added a
provision in § 201.56(d)(5) of the final
rule to make clear that any risk
information from the
‘‘Contraindications,’’ ‘‘Warnings and
Precautions,’’ or ‘‘Use in Specific
Populations’’ section is ‘‘pediatric
contraindications, warnings, or
precautions’’ within the meaning of
section 11 of the BPCA (21 U.S.C.
355A(l)(2)). By adding § 201.56(d)(5),
the agency intends to avoid any possible
confusion as to what information the
agency may require in generic labeling
that otherwise omits a pediatric
indication or other aspect of labeling
pertaining to pediatric use protected by
patent or exclusivity.
In addition, the agency declined to
adopt the use of symbols that were
proposed to emphasize or identify
information in prescription drug
labeling. Based on comments, FDA
declined to use the inverted black
triangle (see comment 15) and the
exclamation point (!) to emphasize the
boxed warning (see comment 43). On its
own initiative, for the same reasons that
FDA rejected use of the two symbols
commented upon, FDA declined to use
the following three proposed symbols:
• The Rx symbol (proposed
§ 201.57(a)(3)) in Highlights. The agency
proposed the symbol to identify a
product that is available only by
prescription under section 503(b) of the
act. The agency decided that the Rx
symbol in Highlights is unnecessary
because the new prescription drug
labeling format is so distinct from the
over-the-counter (OTC) drug labeling
format that it will be clear to prescribers
that labeling in the new format is for a
prescription drug product.
• The ‘‘R’’ symbol in the FPI
(proposed § 201.56(d)(2)), which would
have identified the ‘‘References’’
section.
• The ‘‘P’’ symbol in the FPI
(proposed § 201.57(c)(18)), which would
have identified the ‘‘Patient Counseling
Information’’ section.
In this rulemaking, the agency
finalizes many of the provisions in the
December 2000 proposal. In addition,
the final rule reflects revisions the
agency made in response to comments
on the December 2000 proposal and
revisions made by the agency on its own
initiative. FDA also has made editorial
changes to clarify provisions, correct
cross-references, and support the
agency’s plain language initiative. Table
3 lists the substantive changes made to
the general provisions and Highlights
and table 4 lists the substantive changes
made to the Full Prescribing
Information (FPI).
A. Content and Format of Labeling for
New and More Recently Approved
Prescription Drug Products
The final rule, like the proposed rule,
requires that the labeling for new and
more recently approved drug products
comply with revised content and format
requirements (§ 201.56(d)) (see table 1).
Like the proposed rule, the final rule
provides that new and more recently
approved products include drug
products with an NDA, BLA, or efficacy
supplement that: (1) Was approved
between June 30, 2001, and June 30,
2006; (2) is pending on June 30, 2006;
or (3) is submitted anytime on or after
June 30, 2006 (§ 201.56(b)(1)).
On its own initiative, the agency
added a provision on pediatric risk
information to the general labeling
requirements of the final rule. Section
11 of the Best Pharmaceuticals for
Children Act (Public Law 107–109)
(BPCA), which was signed into law on
January 4, 2001, addresses labeling
requirements for generic versions of
Final Requirement for All Products
1. Highlights of Prescribing Information
Like the proposed rule, the final rule
requires that the labeling for new and
more recently approved products
include introductory information
entitled ‘‘Highlights of Prescribing
Information’’ (Highlights)
(§§ 201.56(d)(1) and 201.57(a)) (see table
1).
The final rule requires the same
headings for Highlights as proposed,
except that, in response to comments,
FDA moved ‘‘Most Common Adverse
Reactions’’ from ‘‘Warnings and
Precautions’’ (proposed § 201.57(a)(10))
to a new heading entitled ‘‘Adverse
Reactions’’ (§§ 201.56(d)(1) and
201.57(a)(11)) (see table 1 and comment
28). Like the proposed rule, the final
rule requires that Highlights, except for
the boxed warning, be limited in length
to one-half of the page (§ 201.57(d)(8))
(see comment 104).
The agency is also revising its
regulations on supplements and other
changes to an approved application in
§§ 314.70 and 601.12 (21 CFR 314.70
and 601.12) to require applicants to
obtain prior approval of any labeling
changes to Highlights, except for
identified minor changes (see comment
5).
TABLE 3.—SUBSTANTIVE CHANGES FROM THE PROPOSED RULE TO THE FINAL RULE: GENERAL PROVISIONS AND TO
HIGHLIGHTS
Description of Change from Proposed Rule
rwilkins on PROD1PC63 with RULES_2
21 CFR Section in
Final Rule
201.55,
201.57(c)(4)(v),
201.57(c)(12)(i)(D),
and 201.100(b)
VerDate Aug<31>2005
See comment or section of this document (identified in parentheses) for more detailed information regarding the
change.
Container Labels
• Withdrew proposed amendments regarding content of container labels and associated proposed amendments to
the labeling (106 and 107)
16:08 Jan 23, 2006
Jkt 208001
PO 00000
Frm 00005
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
E:\FR\FM\24JAR2.SGM
24JAR2
3926
Federal Register / Vol. 71, No. 15 / Tuesday, January 24, 2006 / Rules and Regulations
TABLE 3.—SUBSTANTIVE CHANGES FROM THE PROPOSED RULE TO THE FINAL RULE: GENERAL PROVISIONS AND TO
HIGHLIGHTS—Continued
Description of Change from Proposed Rule
21 CFR Section in
Final Rule
See comment or section of this document (identified in parentheses) for more detailed information regarding the
change.
201.56(a)(2)
General Requirement
• Revised to clarify that the labeling must be updated when new information becomes available that causes the labeling to become inaccurate, false, or misleading (114)
201.56(d)
Product Title
• Deleted proposed § 201.56(d)(4), which permitted a ‘‘Product Title’’ section to be included at the beginning of the
FPI (39)
201.56(d)(4)
Format of Contents
• Revised to require that the Contents identify if sections have been omitted (37)
201.56(d)(5)
Pediatric Risk Information
• Added, on its own initiative, a provision to make clear that pediatric risk information within the meaning of the
BPCA may be located in the ‘‘Use in Specific Populations’’ section (II.A)
201.57 and 201.80
Unsubstantiated Claims
• Removed the 1-year implementation requirement for provisions in §§ 201.57 and 201.80 that prohibit inclusion of
unsubstantiated claims in labeling (114)
201.57
Promotional Labeling
• Removed, on its own initiative, the reference to statements made in promotional labeling and advertising in proposed 201.57(a) (111)
201.57(a)(1)
Highlights Limitation Statement
• Moved the Highlights limitation statement to the beginning of Highlights (35)
201.57(a)(3)
Inverted Black Triangle Symbol
• Instead of an inverted black triangle symbol, labeling will state the ‘‘Initial U.S. Approval’’ date (15)
201.57(a)(4)
Boxed Warning
• Revised to require that Highlights contain a concise summary of any boxed warning in the FPI (16)
201.57(a)(5)
Recent Labeling Changes
• Changed the heading to ‘‘Recent Major Changes’’ and revised to identify only substantive changes to the ‘‘Boxed
Warning,’’ ‘‘Indications and Usage,’’ ‘‘Dosage and Administration,’’ ‘‘Contraindications,’’ and ‘‘Warnings and Precautions’’ sections and the date of the change(s) (18–22)
201.57(a)(6)
Indications and Usage
• Revised to require identification of the pharmacologic class of the drug if it is a member of an established pharmacologic class (6)
201.57(a)(8)
How Supplied
• Changed the heading to ‘‘Dosage Forms and Strengths’’ (41)
201.57(a)(11)
Adverse Reactions
• Moved ‘‘Most Common Adverse Reactions’’ from ‘‘Warnings and Precautions’’ to a new heading: ‘‘Adverse Reactions’’ (28)
• Revised the criteria used for determining which adverse reactions to include in Highlights and that the criteria used
be specified (28)
• Revised to require that the adverse reactions reporting contact statement be included under the ‘‘Adverse Reactions’’ heading of Highlights; deleted proposed § 201.57(c)(6)(v) that would have required that this statement also
be included in the FPI (28 and 30)
• Revised the requirements associated with the adverse reactions reporting contact statement (31 and 32)
201.58
Waiver Provision
• Revised to make clear applicants can request waivers from any requirement under §§ 201.56, 201.57, and 201.80
(104)
rwilkins on PROD1PC63 with RULES_2
2. Full Prescribing Information:
Contents
Like the proposed rule, the final rule
requires that the labeling for new and
recently approved products include,
after Highlights, a list of headings and
subheadings contained in the FPI
VerDate Aug<31>2005
16:08 Jan 23, 2006
Jkt 208001
preceded by the numerical identifier for
the heading or subheading (§ 201.57(b)).
FDA has revised, on its own initiative,
the heading for this portion of the
labeling to read ‘‘Full Prescribing
Information: Contents’’ (Contents)
instead of proposed ‘‘Comprehensive
Prescribing Information: Index.’’ FDA
PO 00000
Frm 00006
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
made this change for editorial reasons to
correctly reflect the function of the
section. In response to comments, FDA
added certain format requirements for
the Contents (see table 3 and comments
37 and 101).
E:\FR\FM\24JAR2.SGM
24JAR2
Federal Register / Vol. 71, No. 15 / Tuesday, January 24, 2006 / Rules and Regulations
3. Full Prescribing Information
FDA has revised, on its own initiative,
the heading for this portion of the
labeling to read ‘‘Full Prescribing
Information’’ instead of proposed
‘‘Comprehensive Prescribing
Information.’’ FDA made this change to
more accurately reflect that this portion
of prescription drug labeling contains
the information that FDA determined is
necessary for the safe and effective use
of the drug, but may not contain all
known information about the drug (e.g.,
details of all clinical trials).
The final rule revises the
requirements for the content and format
of the FPI in former §§ 201.56(d) and
201.57 for new and recently approved
products (see tables 1 and 2). The final
rule establishes minimum requirements
for key graphic elements, including bold
type, bullet points, type size, spacing
and use of vertical and horizontal lines.
The final rule requires the same sections
for the labeling of these products as
proposed except the major, substantive
changes listed in table 4, which the
agency made in response to comments
and, in a few cases as noted, on its own
initiative. In addition, FDA made
revisions, none of which changed
substantive requirements, to the
‘‘Dosage and Administration,’’
‘‘Indications and Usage,’’ ‘‘Overdosage,’’
‘‘Clinical Pharmacology,’’ and ‘‘Drug
Interactions’’ sections. FDA made these
changes in response to comments that
3927
requested FDA to clarify these proposed
requirements.
In addition, FDA has revised, on its
own initiative, ‘‘Contraindications’’ to
emphasize that the section must only
describe situations in which the
potential risks associated with drug use
outweigh any possible benefit. FDA
believes that including relative or
hypothetical hazards diminishes the
usefulness of the section. For clarity and
emphasis, FDA is requiring that ‘‘none’’
be stated when no contraindications are
known. Similarly, FDA deleted, on its
own initiative, proposed
§ 201.57(c)(9)(iii) because it was
redundant with requirements in
‘‘Warnings and Precautions’’ and
‘‘Contraindications.’’
TABLE 4.—SUBSTANTIVE CHANGES FROM THE PROPOSED RULE TO THE FINAL RULE: FULL PRESCRIBING INFORMATION
Description of Change From Proposed Rule
21 CFR Section in Final Rule
See comment or section of this document (identified in parentheses) for more detailed information regarding the change.
Dosage and Administration
• Revised to make clear that this section must include dosing recommendations based on clinical pharmacologic data, certain dosage modifications, and specified compliance information (51–54)
201.57(c)(4) and 201.57(c)(17)
How Supplied/Storage and Handling
• Reorganized information in proposed ‘‘How Supplied/Storage and Handling’’ (§ 201.57(c)(4)) such that
the information is now contained in two sections: § 201.57(c)(4) retitled ‘‘Dosage Forms and
Strengths’’ and ‘‘How Supplied/Storage and Handling’’ at § 201.57(c)(17) (41)
201.57(c)(7)
Adverse Reactions
• Moved the ‘‘Adverse Reactions’’ section (proposed § 201.57(c)(9)) to follow ‘‘Warnings and Precautions’’ (38)
• Withdrew the proposed definition of adverse reaction and retained the definition at former § 201.57(g)
(designated in this final rule at § 201.80(g)), with a minor modification (68)
• Revised the requirements on how to classify and categorize adverse reactions and how to describe
adverse reaction rates (71-75)
• Revised to require a description of the overall adverse reaction profile based on entire safety database (70 and 77)
201.57(c)(9)
Use in Specific Populations
• Withdrew the proposed warning statements at §§ 201.57(c)(8)(i)(A)(4) and (c)(8)(i)(A)(5) for pregnancy
categories D and X and will continue to require the warning statements at former §§ 201.57(f)(6)(i)(d)
and (f)(6)(i)(e) be used (66)
• Withdrew the proposed revisions for the ‘‘Nursing Mothers’’ subsection at § 201.57(c)(8)(iii) and will
continue to use the language at former § 201.57(f)(8) (66)
201.57(c)(13)(ii) and 201.80(b)(2)
In Vitro Data for Anti-infectives
• Deferred action on proposed §§ 201.57(c)(13)(ii) and 201.80(b)(2) that would have only permitted in
vitro data for anti-infective drugs not shown by adequate and well-controlled studies to be pertinent to
clinical use be included in labeling if a waiver was granted (81)
201.57(c)(18) and 201.80(f)(2)
Patient Counseling Information
• Revised to require that the full text of FDA-approved patient labeling either accompany labeling or be
reprinted at the end of the labeling and clarified the type size requirements that apply (93 and 94)(see
table 7)
201.57(d)(6)
Font size
• Revised to require that font for trade labeling be a minimum of 6-point type instead of 8-point type
(102)
201.57(c)(16) and 201.80(l)
rwilkins on PROD1PC63 with RULES_2
201.57(c)(3)
References
• Clarified requirements for including a reference (89)
VerDate Aug<31>2005
16:08 Jan 23, 2006
Jkt 208001
PO 00000
Frm 00007
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
E:\FR\FM\24JAR2.SGM
24JAR2
3928
Federal Register / Vol. 71, No. 15 / Tuesday, January 24, 2006 / Rules and Regulations
B. Content and Format for Older
Prescription Drug Products
Like the proposed rule, the final rule
redesignates former § 201.57 as § 201.80.
New § 201.80 provides content and
format requirements for labeling of older
prescription drug products (older
products) that are not subject to the
labeling requirements at new § 201.57
(see tables 1 and 2).
Section 201.80 is the same as former
§ 201.57 with the following exceptions
that are the same as the changes for new
and more recently approved products:
• Modifications that help ensure that
statements currently appearing in
labeling for older products relating to
effectiveness or dosage and
administration are sufficiently
supported (§ 201.80(c)(2)(i), (c)(2)(ii), (j),
and (m)(1)).
• Deletion of proposed § 201.80(b)(2)
regarding in vitro data for anti-infectives
(see table 4 and comment 81).
• Deletion of ‘‘induced emesis’’ as an
example of treatment procedures in the
‘‘Overdosage’’ section of labeling.
• Revisions that allow manufacturers
the option of either reprinting the FDA-
approved patient labeling immediately
following the last section of the
prescription drug labeling or having it
accompany such labeling
(§ 201.80(f)(2))(see table 4 and comment
93).
• Addition of the font size provision
to redesignated § 201.80(f)(2) (on the
agency’s own initiative with
modifications made in response to
comments) (see table 4 and comments
93 and 94).
C. Content of Prescription Drug Product
Labels
FDA has reconsidered its proposal to
revise the requirements for the content
of prescription drug product labels
(proposed §§ 201.55 and 201.100(b)). In
response to comments, FDA has decided
to withdraw these proposed revisions at
this time (see comments 106 and 107).
The agency had proposed to move
certain information about inactive
ingredients and storage conditions from
the product label to the prescription
drug labeling and to remove the
requirement to include the statement
‘‘See package insert for dosage
information’’ on the product label in
cases when it is currently required to be
used. These proposed requirements
(proposed § 201.57(c)(4)(v) and
(c)(12)(i)(D)) were also withdrawn.
The agency intends to conduct a
comprehensive evaluation of
information required to be contained on
product labels. If necessary, FDA will
propose changes to these requirements
after that evaluation has been
completed.
III. Implementation
The final rule is effective June 30,
2006. The final rule has the same
implementation plan as proposed for
the revised labeling content and format
requirements at §§ 201.56(d) and 201.57
for new and more recently approved
products (see table 5). Manufacturers of
older products that voluntarily elect to
revise the format and content of their
labeling to be consistent with
§§ 201.56(d) and 201.57 may submit a
supplement with proposed labeling at
any time (see table 5).
TABLE 5.—IMPLEMENTATION PLAN
Applications (NDAs, BLAs, and Efficacy Supplements) Required to
Conform to New Labeling Requirements
Time by Which Conforming Labeling Must Be Submitted to the
Agency for Approval
Time of submission
Applications pending on June 30, 2006 and applications approved 0 to
1 year before June 30, 2006
June 30, 2009
Applications approved 1 to 2 years before June 30, 2006
June 30, 2010
Applications approved 2 to 3 years before June 30, 2006
June 30, 2011
Applications approved 3 to 4 years before June 30, 2006
June 30, 2012
Applications approved 4 to 5 years before June 30, 2006
June 30, 2013
Applications approved more than 5 years before June 30, 2006
rwilkins on PROD1PC63 with RULES_2
Applications submitted on or after June 30, 2006
Voluntarily at any time
As indicated in the proposed rule, the
implementation plan for revised
labeling for products approved or
submitted for approval under an ANDA
depends on the labeling of the listed
drug referenced in the ANDA. In
accordance with § 314.94(a)(8) (21 CFR
314.94(a)(8)), the labeling of a drug
product submitted for approval under
an ANDA must be the same as the
labeling of the listed drug referenced in
the ANDA, except for changes required
because of differences approved under a
suitability petition (§ 314.93 (21 CFR
314.93)) or because the drug product
and the reference listed drug are
produced or distributed by different
manufacturers.
VerDate Aug<31>2005
16:08 Jan 23, 2006
Jkt 208001
As the agency proposed (65 FR at
81099), the provisions requiring FDAapproved patient labeling to accompany
labeling (§§ 201.57(c)(18) and
201.80(f)(2) of the final rule) will be
implemented by June 30, 2007. The
agency clarified this provision at
§§ 201.57 and 201.56(e)(6).
IV. Overview of Agency Initiatives to
Improve the Content and Format of
Prescription Drug Labeling
The agency is engaged in a broad
effort to improve the communication to
health care practitioners of information
necessary for the safe and effective use
of prescription drugs. A major
component of this effort is improvement
of the content and format of prescription
PO 00000
Frm 00008
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
drug labeling to make the information in
labeling easier for health care
practitioners to access, read, and use.
Elsewhere in this issue of the Federal
Register, the agency is announcing the
availability of four guidance documents
on content and format of labeling.2
These guidances are intended to assist
manufacturers and FDA reviewers in
developing clear, concise, and
2 The agency announces the availability of
guidances in the Federal Register. Draft and final
guidances for the Center for Drug Evaluation and
Research (CDER)-related information are posted on
the Internet at https://www.fda.gov/cder/guidance/
index.htm. The Center for Biologics Evaluation and
Research (CBER)-related information is posted at
https://www.fda.gov/cber/guidelines.htm (21 U.S.C.
371(h), 21 CFR 10.115).
E:\FR\FM\24JAR2.SGM
24JAR2
rwilkins on PROD1PC63 with RULES_2
Federal Register / Vol. 71, No. 15 / Tuesday, January 24, 2006 / Rules and Regulations
accessible prescription drug labeling.
The four guidances are as follows:
1. A draft guidance entitled ‘‘Labeling
for Human Prescription Drug and
Biological Products—Implementing the
New Content and Format
Requirements’’ (the new labeling format
guidance). This guidance, which is
intended to assist manufacturers in
complying with the provisions of this
final rule, includes, among other things,
how to determine what information
from the FPI should be included in
Highlights.
2. A draft guidance entitled
‘‘Warnings and Precautions,
Contraindications, and Boxed Warning
Sections of Labeling for Human
Prescription Drug and Biological
Products—Content and Format’’ (the
‘‘Warnings and Precautions’’ section
guidance).
3. A guidance entitled ‘‘Adverse
Reactions Section of Labeling for
Human Prescription Drug and Biological
Products—Content and Format ‘‘ (the
‘‘Adverse Reactions’’ section guidance).
The agency issued a draft of this
guidance on June 21, 2000 (65 FR
38563).
4. A guidance entitled ‘‘Clinical
Studies Section of Labeling for
Prescription Drug and Biological
Products—Content and Format’’ (the
‘‘Clinical Studies’’ section guidance).
The agency issued a draft of this
guidance on July 9, 2001 (66 FR 35797).
The agency is also developing two
additional guidances on the content and
format of specific sections of labeling—
the ‘‘Clinical Pharmacology’’ and
‘‘Dosage and Administration’’ sections.
In the future, the agency may develop
guidance for additional sections of
prescription drug labeling, if necessary.
FDA has undertaken additional
rulemaking related to prescription drug
labeling. The agency published a final
rule in the Federal Register entitled
‘‘Labeling Requirements for Systemic
Antibacterial Drug Products Intended
for Human Use’’ that became effective
on February 4, 2004 (68 FR 6062,
February 6, 2003). This rule requires
that the labeling for all systemic
antibacterial drug products (i.e.,
antibiotics and their synthetic
counterparts) intended for human use
include certain statements about using
antibiotics in a way that will reduce the
development of drug-resistant bacterial
strains. The rule encourages health care
practitioners: (1) To prescribe systemic
antibacterial drugs only when clinically
indicated and (2) to counsel their
patients about the proper use of such
drugs and the importance of taking them
exactly as directed.
VerDate Aug<31>2005
16:08 Jan 23, 2006
Jkt 208001
The agency is also engaged in an
effort to revise the regulations
concerning the content and format of
the ‘‘Pregnancy’’ subsection of
prescription drug labeling (see the
notice of a 21 CFR part 15 hearing to
discuss the pregnancy category
requirements (62 FR 41061, July 31,
1997) and the notice of a public
advisory committee meeting to discuss
possible changes to pregnancy labeling
(64 FR 23340, April 30, 1999)).
V. Implications of This Final Rule for
the Electronic Labeling Initiative
Developing standards for the
conversion of paper labeling to an
electronic format is a high priority for
the agency. On December 11, 2003, FDA
published its final rule in the Federal
Register entitled ‘‘Requirements for
Submission of Labeling for Human
Prescription Drugs and Biologics in
Electronic Format’’ (68 FR 69009). The
final rule requires the content of
prescription drug labeling, including
text, tables, and figures, to be submitted
to FDA in an electronic format that the
agency can process, review, and archive.
The agency views this final rule on
the content and format of labeling as an
essential step towards the success of its
electronic labeling initiative. The
labeling format required by this rule for
new and more recently approved
products should facilitate transition to
an electronic format. The agency
believes that an electronic version of
labeling in the new format, particularly
Highlights and Contents, will
significantly expand health care
practitioners’ ability to access
information in prescription drug
labeling, enable them to rapidly obtain
answers to questions for a range of drug
products, and ultimately facilitate the
development of a comprehensive
repository for drug labeling. For
example, FDA envisions that an
electronic version of the new format
will eventually enable health care
practitioners to quickly access labeling
information for all drugs in a
pharmacologic or therapeutic class with
a single electronic query.
FDA realizes that this final rule will
affect the agency’s existing electronic
labeling requirements and guidances
and will work to ensure consistency
with the electronic labeling initiative.3
The agency believes the electronic
labeling initiative, in conjunction with
this new format for labeling described in
3 See https://www.fda.gov/cder/guidance/
index.htm under ‘‘Electronic Submissions’’ and
https://www.fda.gov/cber/guidelines.htm for the
most recent guidances on submission of labeling in
an electronic format for drug and biological
products, respectively.
PO 00000
Frm 00009
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
3929
this final rule, could dramatically
improve the way practitioners obtain
information about prescription drugs
and, as a consequence, significantly
improve patient care.
VI. Comments on the Proposed Rule
The agency received 97 comments on
the December 22, 2000, proposal.
Comments were received from
prescription drug manufacturers and
related companies; trade organizations
representing prescription drug
manufacturers and other interested
parties; professional associations and
organizations representing health care
practitioners; health care and consumer
advocacy organizations; individual
physicians, pharmacists, and
consumers; and others.
A. General Comments on the Proposed
Rule
Most comments expressed broad
agreement that prescription drug
labeling could be more effective in
communicating drug information to
health care practitioners and
overwhelming support for the agency’s
goal of improving the content and
format of prescription drug labeling to
make information easier for health care
practitioners to access, read, and use.
Many comments expressed approval
of all the major features of the proposal,
indicating that the proposed changes
represent an important improvement in
the organization, clarity, and overall
usefulness of prescription drug labeling.
For example, there was near universal
support for the proposal to place at the
front of labeling those sections that
practitioners refer to most frequently
and consider most important, although
some comments recommended
sequences slightly different from those
proposed by FDA (see section VI.G of
this document). There was also broad
support for restructuring the old
‘‘Precautions’’ section into new sections
devoted to use in specific populations,
drug interactions, and patient
counseling information and for
combining the remainder of the
‘‘Precautions’’ section with the
‘‘Warnings’’ section.
Comments from manufacturers, while
strongly supportive of the agency’s
efforts to improve the content and
format of labeling, generally expressed
concerns about some of the major
elements of the proposal. In particular,
as discussed in greater detail in sections
VI.C and VI.D of this document, many
manufacturers were concerned about
the inclusion of Highlights.
Manufacturers also expressed concern
about the proposed requirements to reevaluate, within 1 year of the effective
E:\FR\FM\24JAR2.SGM
24JAR2
3930
Federal Register / Vol. 71, No. 15 / Tuesday, January 24, 2006 / Rules and Regulations
rwilkins on PROD1PC63 with RULES_2
date of the final rule, all prescription
drug labeling to identify and remove
any claims for indications and dosing
regimens that are not supported by
substantial evidence and to remove in
vitro data that are not supported by
clinical data.
Specific issues raised by the
comments and the agency’s responses
follow.
B. Comments on the Process for
Development of the Proposed Rule
As discussed in detail in the preamble
to the proposed rule, FDA relied on
focus group testing of physicians, a
national physician survey, and a public
meeting held in 1995 to develop the
labeling prototype that was used as the
basis for the proposal (65 FR 81082 at
81083 through 81085).
(Comment 1) Several comments
questioned the process that FDA used to
develop the proposed rule. A number of
comments expressed concern that
health care practitioners other than
physicians were not surveyed or
otherwise consulted. Two comments
indicated that a majority of pharmacists
refer to prescription drug labeling at
least once a day. The comments cited a
survey finding that the sections most
frequently referred to by pharmacists
are, in descending order, ‘‘Dosage and
Administration,’’ ‘‘Adverse Reactions,’’
‘‘Contraindications,’’ ‘‘Indications and
Usage,’’ ‘‘Warnings and Precautions,’’
and ‘‘How Supplied/Storage and
Handling.’’ The comments urged FDA to
consult with all relevant audiences to
revise prescription drug labeling and
labels.
FDA recognizes the important roles
that health care practitioners other than
physicians play in the health care
delivery system and recognizes that
prescription drug information is relied
upon by health care practitioners other
than physicians. The agency focused its
research efforts on how physicians use
labeling, because they are the principal
intended audience (i.e., they use
labeling for prescribing decisions). The
agency also sought input from all
interested parties in the development of
the proposed rule, especially those
whose use of labeling could be expected
to impact patient safety. Panelists and
participants in the 1995 public meeting
included nurse practitioners,
pharmacists, and physician assistants.
Their comments and observations
directly contributed to refining the third
version of FDA’s prototype into the
version that was the basis for the
proposed rule. Moreover, the agency has
carefully reviewed and considered all
comments received on the proposed
rule, which included comments from a
VerDate Aug<31>2005
16:08 Jan 23, 2006
Jkt 208001
broad range of health care practitioners
that rely on prescription drug labeling,
and has determined the optimal
ordering for labeling sections, as
reflected in this final rule.
FDA notes that the sections most
commonly referred to by pharmacists in
the cited survey are the same as those
most commonly referred to by
physicians, although in a somewhat
different rank order. FDA believes that,
although the rank order of the sections
is not identical for the two groups, the
formatting improvements required by
this final rule make the information in
these sections readily accessible to all
health care practitioners who use
prescription drug labeling.
C. Highlights of Prescribing
Information—General Comments
FDA proposed to require that
prescription drug labeling for products
described in proposed § 201.56(b)(1)
(i.e., new and more recently approved
prescription drug products) contain
introductory prescribing information
entitled ‘‘Highlights of Prescribing
Information’’ (proposed §§ 201.56(d)
and 201.57(a)).
(Comment 2) Comments expressed
different opinions about the utility and
patient care implications of Highlights.
Physicians, pharmacists, other health
care practitioners, health care advocacy
groups, and professional societies and
organizations representing health care
practitioners expressed unequivocal
enthusiasm about and uniform support
for Highlights. Manufacturers, with
some exceptions, were opposed, or
strongly opposed, to the inclusion of
Highlights.
Comments supporting Highlights
stated that it would be an excellent
vehicle for drawing attention to the
most important information about a
product, a useful and convenient source
for quick reminder information in
routine prescribing situations, and a
useful vehicle to efficiently direct
practitioners to the more detailed
information in the FPI. Several
comments stated that Highlights is
probably the most important innovation
in the proposed rule. One comment
stated that Highlights is the element of
the proposal that will most enhance the
clinical utility of prescription drug
labeling. Several comments stated that
by making prescription drug labeling
easier to navigate, Highlights would
help to make labeling easier for patients
and health care practitioners to
understand.
Several comments endorsed the
Highlights format as a means of making
labeling information more accessible.
Some comments stated that the
PO 00000
Frm 00010
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
proposed format for Highlights is a good
design because it makes use of multiple
formats (e.g., text, tables, bulleted lists)
and bolded headings, which make the
labeling information more accessible.
One comment noted that, because
Highlights contains pointers to the
location of more detailed information in
the FPI, the pointers will increase the
likelihood that health care practitioners
will refer to the FPI. The comment also
stated that the user-friendly Highlights
format would be likely to increase the
frequency with which health care
practitioners consult the labeling for
drug information and would enhance
their ability to use the information.
Comments opposing inclusion of
Highlights stated that manufacturers
would be forced to pick certain
important warnings listed in the FPI for
inclusion in Highlights and, because of
space limitations, exclude other
important information. These comments
maintained that, by extracting from the
FPI only selected portions of the
information needed for safe and
effective use, Highlights would omit
important information and lack detail
and context, and might, therefore, be
misleading. They contended that these
shortcomings might outweigh any
convenience derived from condensing
information into Highlights. One
comment maintained that the FPI is
itself a condensation of a complex body
of information and that it is problematic
and illogical to try to further condense
the information from the FPI into
Highlights.
Several comments from
manufacturers stated that the limited
content of Highlights is of concern
because practitioners would have a
tendency to rely only on the information
in Highlights when making prescribing
decisions, even though that information
alone would not be an adequate basis
for making such decisions. Some of
these comments maintained that there is
a lack of evidence to support the
premise that Highlights will facilitate
practitioners’ access to more detailed
information in the FPI. They asserted
that there is a high likelihood that
Highlights would be the only part of the
labeling read by practitioners.
Another comment stated that, rather
than requiring inclusion of Highlights in
labeling, the agency and manufacturers
should work together to make the FPI
better.
FDA has determined that the
Highlights provisions of the final rule
are an essential element of the agency’s
efforts to improve the accessibility,
readability, and usefulness of
information in prescription drug
labeling and reduce the number of
E:\FR\FM\24JAR2.SGM
24JAR2
rwilkins on PROD1PC63 with RULES_2
Federal Register / Vol. 71, No. 15 / Tuesday, January 24, 2006 / Rules and Regulations
adverse reactions resulting from
medication errors due to misunderstood
or incorrectly applied drug information.
By means of focus group testing, a
nationwide physician survey, and a
public meeting, the agency carefully
evaluated the drug information needs of
physicians and ways to best address
those needs in prescription drug
labeling. Some of the principal findings
were that: (1) The relative importance of
information in labeling varies, (2)
physicians typically refer to labeling to
answer a specific question, (3)
physicians have considerable difficulty
locating the information they need to
make prescribing decisions, and (4)
physicians strongly prefer to have a
separate introductory summary of the
most important information contained
in the full prescribing information,
located at the beginning of labeling, to
make it easier to find the information
necessary to prescribe the drug safely
and effectively (65 FR 81082 at 81083
through 81085; see also Ref. 11). Many
of the comments submitted in response
to the proposed rule concur with these
findings, particularly those from health
care practitioners and their
organizations.
This preference for highlighting the
most important information that is part
of a larger body of information is
consistent with good risk
communication practices and with wellestablished cognitive principles. The
agency employed these principles in
designing Highlights.
For example, cognitive research has
shown that, because there is a limit to
the amount of information that an
individual can hold in memory at one
time, individuals tend to organize
similar information into ‘‘chunks’’ to:
(1) Increase the amount of available
space in memory and (2) facilitate
retrieval of information (Refs. 1 through
3). ‘‘Chunking’’ complex information
into smaller, more manageable units
makes it easier to remember and process
information efficiently and effectively
(decreases ‘‘cognitive load’’).
FDA research conducted during
development of new rules for OTC drug
labeling demonstrated that ‘‘chunking’’
information in a standardized format
with graphic emphasis on the most
important information helped
individuals make correct product use
decisions, decreased reading time, and
increased the individuals’ confidence in
their ability to use that information (Ref.
4). This research supports the approach
adopted in this final rule for
prescription drug labeling.
In designing Highlights, the agency
employed established techniques to
enhance effective communication of
VerDate Aug<31>2005
16:08 Jan 23, 2006
Jkt 208001
large amounts of complex information.
Highlights summarizes the information
from the FPI that is most important for
prescribing the drug safely and
effectively and organizes it into logical
groups, or ‘‘chunks,’’ to enhance
accessibility, retention, and access to
the more detailed information. This
design, combined with the use of
multiple formats (e.g., tables, bulleted
lists) and graphic emphasis (e.g., bolded
text), improves visual and cognitive
access to the information so that
practitioners can more easily find
information, and improves recall of the
information.
Importantly, Highlights must include
identifying numbers indicating where in
the FPI to find details of the information
that is cited or concisely summarized in
Highlights. In the final rule, FDA has
revised proposed § 201.57(a)(17)
(§ 201.56(d)(3) in the final rule) to
require that any information referenced
in Highlights, not just subheadings, be
accompanied by the identifying number
corresponding to the location of the
information in the FPI. The agency
believes that these identifying numbers
will facilitate access to the detailed
information in the FPI.
The Highlights design—a broad array
of important information in a discrete,
visually accessible location—also
increases the variety of information that
a practitioner is exposed to in a typical
labeling referral. That is, the Highlights
design increases the likelihood that
practitioners will be exposed to and
retain critical information about a drug
in addition to the information that the
practitioner sought in referring to the
labeling, such as the recommended
dose. The practitioner therefore is likely
to know more about a drug after
exposure to labeling with Highlights
than after exposure to labeling without
Highlights. In addition, by making
labeling easier to use and an overall
better source of drug information, the
Highlights design is likely to increase
the frequency with which practitioners
rely on labeling for prescription drug
information. In a survey regarding
labeling for vaccines, 71 percent of
physicians surveyed indicated that they
would increase their use of labeling if a
summary of prescribing information
were included in labeling (65 FR 81082
at 81084). Highlights should result in
health care practitioners being better
informed about prescription drugs.
Therefore, the agency concludes that
prescription drug labeling with
Highlights more effectively
communicates drug information to
prescribers than labeling without
Highlights.
PO 00000
Frm 00011
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
3931
(Comment 3) Some comments stated
that FDA should do additional testing to
determine whether Highlights is
necessary to accomplish FDA’s goal of
making information in prescription drug
labeling more useful and accessible or
whether the other proposed format
changes, without Highlights (i.e., an
index, reordering of the sections of the
FPI, and enhanced formatting) would be
adequate to accomplish the agency’s
goal. One comment requested that FDA
evaluate whether simply reordering the
sections of the prescribing information
would be adequate to accomplish the
agency’s goal. Some comments stated
that the agency should test whether the
proposed format would change
prescriber behavior as intended and
lead to a reduction in medication errors.
The agency believes it is unnecessary
to compare the prototype labeling with
Highlights to the prototype labeling
without Highlights (i.e., a version with
a table of contents, reordered sections in
the FPI, and enhanced graphics, or a
version with only reordered sections
and enhanced graphics). The
requirements of this final rule are built
on extensive testing conducted by FDA,
established principles of cognitive
processing, previous research conducted
by FDA for OTC drug labeling, and
evaluation of comments submitted in
response to this proposal. FDA has
determined that Highlights, because it
will efficiently and effectively convey
information about a drug product and
will help to facilitate the transition to
electronic labeling, is a vital component
of the efforts to reduce the numbers of
adverse reactions from medication
errors due to misunderstood or
incorrectly applied drug information.
(Comment 4) In the proposed rule,
FDA specifically sought comment on
whether, and under what
circumstances, it might be inappropriate
to include the proposed Highlights in
the labeling of a particular drug or drug
class.
The vast majority of comments
supported Highlights for all products or
no products. One comment stated that if
the agency retains the requirement to
include Highlights, all products
required to have the new format should
be required to have Highlights. One
comment stated it would not be useful
to include Highlights if the entire
labeling is very short (e.g., one page).
The agency concludes that there
should be no exceptions to the
Highlights requirement for drugs subject
to the new content and format
requirements at §§ 201.56(d) and 201.57.
The agency acknowledges that
prescription drug labeling for some
drugs may be very short and that this
E:\FR\FM\24JAR2.SGM
24JAR2
rwilkins on PROD1PC63 with RULES_2
3932
Federal Register / Vol. 71, No. 15 / Tuesday, January 24, 2006 / Rules and Regulations
may result in short Highlights. However,
as discussed previously, the agency has
determined that Highlights improves the
usefulness, readability, and accessibility
of information in prescription drug
labeling and is consistent with good risk
communication practices.
(Comment 5) Several comments stated
that there should be more specific
criteria for selecting information for
inclusion in Highlights to ensure
consistency for all drug products. These
comments stated that, without specific
criteria, the information in Highlights
for different drugs within the same drug
class may be different, and these
differences could be used to the
competitive advantage or disadvantage
of some products. Some comments
stated that the agency should designate
the precise information that must be
included in Highlights. One comment
said that, for products with class
labeling, FDA must designate which
class labeling statements must be
included in Highlights to ensure
consistency among drugs in the class.
Another comment stated that the
relative importance of drug information,
and, as a result, the basis for selecting
information for inclusion in the section,
can vary depending on a drug’s
indication. The comment maintained
that Highlights would have to provide
for differences in safety profiles for
drugs with multiple indications and
those that are used in different
populations.
The agency believes that these
concerns are not unique to Highlights.
The agency agrees that, for a given drug,
if there are significant differences in
safety profiles or dosing considerations
for different indications or populations,
Highlights must reflect these
differences. The agency also agrees that
it is critical to ensure accuracy and
consistency in the information included
in Highlights because it contains a
summary of the most important
information for prescribing the drug
safely and effectively.
In general, however, the agency
believes that it would not be
appropriate, or possible, to specify in
the final rule the precise content of
Highlights. Judgment will continue to be
necessary to determine what
information from the broad range of
information necessary for the safe and
effective use of the prescription drug
appearing in the FPI must also appear
in Highlights (e.g., differences in safety
profiles or dosing considerations for
differing indications or populations).
However, because Highlights is a
summary of the most important
information for prescribing decisions
and some comments expressed concerns
VerDate Aug<31>2005
16:08 Jan 23, 2006
Jkt 208001
about the difficulty involved in
summarizing the complex and often
lengthy information in the FPI (see e.g.,
comments 16, 23 and 27), the agency
believes that it is essential for FDA to
review and approve most proposed
changes to the information in
Highlights. Accordingly, the agency is
revising its regulations on supplements
and other changes to an approved
application. Under §§ 314.70(b)(2)(v)(C)
and (c)(6)(iii), and 601.12(f)(1) and
(f)(2)(i), applicants are required to
obtain prior approval of any labeling
changes to Highlights, except for
editorial or similar minor changes,
including removal of a listed section(s)
from ‘‘Recent Major Changes’’ or a
change to the most recent revision date
of the labeling. Sections 314.70(d)(2)(x)
and 601.12(f)(3)(i)(D) allow these
editorial and similar minor changes in
the labeling to be reported in an annual
report.
In addition, as noted, the agency is
making available guidance to assist
manufacturers and FDA reviewers in
developing prescription drug labeling.
This guidance addresses, among other
things, how to select information for
inclusion in Highlights (section IV of
this document).
In some instances, a statement for a
drug or class of drugs is currently
required by regulation to be included in
a specific section of prescription drug
labeling (e.g., § 201.21). In these cases,
when converting labeling to the new
format, the statements must be included
in the corresponding section in the new
format (e.g., a statement required to be
included in the ‘‘Boxed Warning’’
section in the old format must be
included in the ‘‘Boxed Warning’’
section in the new format). However,
some statements are currently required
to be included in labeling sections that
have been altered or eliminated by this
final rule. In these instances, the
statements must be located in the FPI as
outlined in table 6.
TABLE 6.—LOCATION OF STATEMENTS
REQUIRED TO BE INCLUDED IN LABELING—Continued
Location—Old
Format
Location—New Format
Precautions (Specific Populations)
Use in Specific Populations
Precautions (Information for patients)
Patient Counseling Information
How Supplied (or
after How Supplied)
How Supplied/Storage
and Handling
Where statements are required in
labeling but not in a specific labeling
section, the agency may specify the
location in the FPI for the statements for
the drug or class of drugs to ensure
consistency within drug classes.
Whether a specific statement required
by regulation must appear in Highlights
will be determined by the agency.
(Comment 6) Several comments stated
that Highlights should mention the
drug’s therapeutic or pharmacologic
class. They maintained that this
information is informative to
practitioners when the drug is a member
of an established class because it puts
the drug in a context with other
therapies and helps prevent duplicative
therapy.
The agency agrees that information
about a drug’s therapeutic or
pharmacologic class is important and
appropriate for inclusion in Highlights.
If a drug is a member of an established
therapeutic or pharmacologic class, the
identity of that class can provide a
practitioner with important information
about what to expect from that product
and how it relates to other therapeutic
options. The agency also agrees with the
comment that making the identity of a
drug’s class more prominent could
reduce the likelihood of prescribers
placing a patient on more than one
therapy within the same class when
such use would not be appropriate.
The agency believes that information
TABLE 6.—LOCATION OF STATEMENTS about drug class is an important
REQUIRED TO BE INCLUDED IN LA- supplement to the information
contained in a drug’s ‘‘Indications and
BELING
Usage’’ section and should be placed
under that heading in Highlights.
Location—Old
Location—New Format
Format
Accordingly, the agency has revised
proposed § 201.57(a)(6) to require that
Warnings
Warnings and Prewhen a drug is a member of an
cautions
established pharmacologic class, the
class must be identified in the
Precautions (GenWarnings and Pre‘‘Indications and Usage’’ section in
eral)
cautions
Highlights.
(Comment 7) One comment stated
Precautions (Drug
Drug Interactions
that Highlights should also include
interactions)
information about managing drug
PO 00000
Frm 00012
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
E:\FR\FM\24JAR2.SGM
24JAR2
rwilkins on PROD1PC63 with RULES_2
Federal Register / Vol. 71, No. 15 / Tuesday, January 24, 2006 / Rules and Regulations
overdose (recommended a new section
entitled ‘‘Toxicity and Overdose’’) and
characteristics by which a tablet can be
identified (color, markings, shape, etc.).
The agency acknowledges the
importance of information about
managing drug overdose and
characteristics by which a tablet can be
identified and took care to make this
information prominent in the FPI.
However, space for Highlights is limited
and the agency has made judgments
about which information is most
important for safe and effective use and
thus must appear in Highlights. The
agency has concluded that information
about managing overdose or product
identification characteristics (except
scoring) will not be required in
Highlights. The agency has retained
scoring in Highlights because this
information is needed to appropriately
tailor a dose for some patients (e.g., a
patient is unable to take two tablets of
a drug because of a particular side
effect, but is able to take one-and-onehalf tablets).
(Comment 8) One comment stated
that the information presented in
Highlights should be in bulleted format
to the extent possible to avoid
redundancy with the information in the
FPI.
FDA agrees that information
presented in Highlights, not otherwise
required to be bulleted under
§ 201.57(d)(4), should be succinctly
summarized and in a format (e.g.,
bulleted) that calls attention, and
provides easy access, to the more
detailed information in the FPI.
Highlights is not a verbatim repetition of
selected information contained in the
FPI.
(Comment 9) One comment requested
that the sections in Highlights be
reordered to lend more prominence to
risk information. The comment stated
that all risk information, including
contraindications and drug interactions,
should be placed before the ‘‘Dosage
and Administration’’ and ‘‘How
Supplied’’ sections.
The order of the sections in Highlights
tracks the order of the corresponding
sections in the FPI. The agency believes
the order of information in Highlights
must be consistent with the FPI so that
practitioners can efficiently navigate
from Highlights to the corresponding
section of the FPI. As discussed in more
detail in the preamble to the proposed
rule (65 FR 81082 at 81084), the revised
order of the sections in the FPI was
based on extensive focus group testing
and surveys of physicians to determine
which sections they believe are most
important to prescribing decisions and
VerDate Aug<31>2005
16:08 Jan 23, 2006
Jkt 208001
which sections they reference most
frequently.
The agency believes that the order of
information in Highlights required by
the final rule gives sufficient
prominence to risk information. The
agency also believes that the formatting
requirements, the one-half page length
restriction for Highlights (excluding
space for a boxed warning, if one is
required) (§ 201.57(d)(8)), and the
limitations on the amount of
information that can be included in
Highlights will ensure that all the
information in Highlights has adequate
prominence and is visually accessible.
(Comment 10) One comment
expressed concern about the
implications of Highlights for FDA’s
initiative to improve pregnancy
labeling. The comment stated that the
preliminary format FDA has discussed
in public meetings (which would
replace the pregnancy category
designations) could not be readily
condensed into an informative single
sentence in Highlights. The comment
suggested that electronic labeling could
potentially solve this problem by
linking to additional information about
prescribing in specific patient
populations and by linking to pregnancy
registry databases and tertiary specialty
texts as well.
The agency anticipates that the
planned revisions to the requirements
for the ‘‘Pregnancy’’ subsection of
labeling are unlikely to affect the
information in Highlights about use of
drugs during pregnancy. The agency
agrees that the electronic labeling
initiative holds great promise for
providing rapid access to related
information of varying levels of
complexity and detail, including
information about drug exposure during
pregnancy.
(Comment 11) Several comments
recommended that there be an
educational campaign in conjunction
with the publication of the final rule to
ensure that practitioners understand
that Highlights contains only limited
information and should not be relied on
without reference to the FPI.
The agency agrees that there should
be, and it plans to initiate, an
educational campaign to familiarize
health care practitioners with the new
labeling format. The agency also agrees
that an important component of the
educational message should be that
Highlights alone does not contain all the
information FDA has determined is
needed to use a drug safely and
effectively.
PO 00000
Frm 00013
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
3933
D. Comments on Product Liability
Implications of the Proposed Rule
In the proposal, FDA requested
comments on the product liability
implications of revising the labeling for
prescription drugs.
(Comment 12) In comments, some
manufacturers expressed concerns that,
by highlighting selected information
from the FPI to the exclusion of
information not highlighted, they make
themselves more vulnerable to product
liability claims. Some of these
comments also stated that the Highlights
limitation statement, which states that
Highlights does not contain all the
information needed to prescribe a drug
safely and effectively and that
practitioners should also refer to the
FPI, would not constitute an adequate
legal defense in a case alleging failure to
provide adequate warning of a drug’s
risks.
Based on the agency’s research and
analysis in developing the prototype
labeling that was the basis for the
proposed rule (see comment 2), the
agency has concluded that a labeling
format that includes Highlights is more
effective than a format that omits
Highlights. In response to the comments
and as discussed in the response to
comment 35, FDA has taken steps to
enhance the prominence of the
Highlights limitation statement. FDA
believes the statement will be effective
in reminding prescribers that the
information in the Highlights should not
be relied on exclusively in making
prescribing decisions and that it is
important to consult the more detailed
information in the FPI. We also believe
that this limitation statement will help
to ensure that the labeling will be
considered in its entirety in any product
liability action. FDA acknowledges the
comment’s concerns and, as discussed
more fully in response to comment 13,
believes that under existing preemption
principles such product liability claims
would be preempted.
(Comment 13) Some comments stated
that the new format requirements might
have product liability implications for
drugs that are not subject to the new
requirements. These comments
expressed concern that labeling in the
old format might be characterized by
plaintiffs as inferior to labeling in the
new format and, as a result, could be
used as evidence that a manufacturer
did not provide adequate warnings.
They requested that the agency state in
the final rule that FDA approval of
labeling, whether it be in the old or new
format, preempts conflicting or contrary
State law, regulations, or decisions of a
E:\FR\FM\24JAR2.SGM
24JAR2
rwilkins on PROD1PC63 with RULES_2
3934
Federal Register / Vol. 71, No. 15 / Tuesday, January 24, 2006 / Rules and Regulations
court of law for purposes of product
liability litigation.
FDA believes that under existing
preemption principles, FDA approval of
labeling under the act, whether it be in
the old or new format, preempts
conflicting or contrary State law.
Indeed, the Department of Justice (DOJ),
on behalf of FDA, has filed a number of
amicus briefs making this very point. In
order to more fully address the
comments expressing concern about the
product liability implications of revising
the labeling for prescription drugs, we
believe it would be useful to set forth in
some detail the arguments made in
those amicus briefs. The discussion that
follows, therefore, represents the
government’s long standing views on
preemption, with a particular emphasis
on how that doctrine applies to State
laws that would require labeling that
conflicts with or is contrary to FDAapproved labeling.
Under the act, FDA is the expert
Federal public health agency charged by
Congress with ensuring that drugs are
safe and effective, and that their labeling
adequately informs users of the risks
and benefits of the product and is
truthful and not misleading. Under the
act and FDA regulations, the agency
makes approval decisions based not on
an abstract estimation of its safety and
effectiveness, but rather on a
comprehensive scientific evaluation of
the product’s risks and benefits under
the conditions of use prescribed,
recommended, or suggested in the
labeling (21 U.S.C. 355(d)). FDA
considers not only complex clinical
issues related to the use of the product
in study populations, but also important
and practical public health issues
pertaining to the use of the product in
day-to-day clinical practice, such as the
nature of the disease or condition for
which the product will be indicated,
and the need for risk management
measures to help assure in clinical
practice that the product maintains its
favorable benefit-risk balance. The
centerpiece of risk management for
prescription drugs generally is the
labeling which reflects thorough FDA
review of the pertinent scientific
evidence and communicates to health
care practitioners the agency’s formal,
authoritative conclusions regarding the
conditions under which the product can
be used safely and effectively. FDA
carefully controls the content of labeling
for a prescription drug, because such
labeling is FDA’s principal tool for
educating health care professionals
about the risks and benefits of the
approved product to help ensure safe
and effective use. FDA continuously
works to evaluate the latest available
VerDate Aug<31>2005
16:08 Jan 23, 2006
Jkt 208001
scientific information to monitor the
safety of products and to incorporate
information into the product’s labeling
when appropriate.
Changes to labeling typically are
initiated by the sponsor, subject to FDA
review, but are sometimes initiated by
FDA. Under FDA regulations, to change
labeling (except for editorial and other
minor revisions), the sponsor must
submit a supplemental application fully
explaining the basis for the change
(§§ 314.70 and 601.12(f) (21 CFR 314.70
and 601.12(f))). FDA permits two kinds
of labeling supplements: (1) Prior
approval supplements, which require
FDA approval before a change is made
(§§ 314.70(b) and 601.12(f)(1)); and (2)
‘‘changes being effected’’ (CBE)
supplements, which may be
implemented before FDA approval, but
after FDA notification (§§ 314.70(c) and
601.12(f)(2)). While a sponsor is
permitted to add risk information to the
FPI without first obtaining FDA
approval via a CBE supplement, FDA
reviews all such submissions and may
later deny approval of the supplement,
and the labeling remains subject to
enforcement action if the added
information makes the labeling false or
misleading under section 502(a) of the
act (21 U.S.C. 352). Thus, in practice,
manufacturers typically consult with
FDA prior to adding risk information to
labeling. As noted in response to
comment 5, however, a sponsor may not
use a CBE supplement to make most
changes to Highlights.
Since the proposed rule was
published, FDA has learned of several
instances in which product liability
lawsuits have directly threatened the
agency’s ability to regulate manufacturer
dissemination of risk information for
prescription drugs in accordance with
the act. In one case, for example, an
individual plaintiff claimed that a drug
manufacturer had a duty under
California State law to label its products
with specific warnings that FDA had
specifically considered and rejected as
scientifically unsubstantiated.4 In some
4 Dowhal v. SmithKline Beecham Consumer
Healthcare, 2002 Cal. App. LEXIS 4384 (Cal. Ct.
App. 2002), reversed, 2004 Cal. LEXIS 3040 (Cal.
April 15, 2004).
5 E.g., Ehlis v. Shire Richwood, Inc., 233 F. Supp.
2d 1189, 1198 (D.N.D. 2002), aff’d on other grounds,
367 F.3d 1013 (8th Cir. 2004).
6 E.g., Bernhardt v. Pfizer, Inc., 2000 U.S. Dist.
LEXIS 16963 (S.D.N.Y. Nov. 16, 2000). This
doctrine allows a court to refer a matter to an
administrative agency for an initial determination
where the matter involves technical questions of
fact and policy within the agency’s jurisdiction. If
a court finds that the agency has primary
jurisdiction, the court stays the matter and instructs
the plaintiff to initiate an action with the agency.
See, e.g., Israel v. Baxter Labs., Inc., 466 F.2d 272,
283 (D.C. Cir. 1972); see also 21 CFR 10.60.
PO 00000
Frm 00014
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
of these cases, the court determined that
the State law claim could not proceed,
on the ground that the claim was
preempted by Federal law,5 or was not
properly before the court by operation of
the doctrine of primary jurisdiction.6 In
some cases, however, the court has
permitted the claim to proceed.7
State law actions can rely on and
propagate interpretations of the act and
FDA regulations that conflict with the
agency’s own interpretations and
frustrate the agency’s implementation of
its statutory mandate. For example,
courts have rejected preemption in State
law failure-to-warn cases on the ground
that a manufacturer has latitude under
FDA regulations to revise labeling by
adding or strengthening warning
statements without first obtaining
permission from FDA. (See, e.g., Eve v.
Sandoz Pharm. Corp., 2002 U.S. Dist.
LEXIS 23965 (S.D. In. Jan. 28, 2002);
Ohler v. Purdue Pharma, L.P., 2002 U.S.
Dist. LEXIS 2368 (E.D. La. Jan. 22,
2002); Motus v. Pfizer Inc., 127 F. Supp.
2d 1085 (C.D. Cal. 2000); Bansemer v.
Smith Labs., Inc., 1988 U.S. Dist. LEXIS
16208 (E.D. Wis. Sept. 12, 1988);
McEwen v. Ortho Pharm Corp., 528 P.2d
522 (Ore. 1974).) In fact, the
determination whether labeling
revisions are necessary is, in the end,
squarely and solely FDA’s under the act.
A manufacturer may, under FDA
regulations, strengthen a labeling
warning, but in practice manufacturers
typically consult with FDA before doing
so to avoid implementing labeling
changes with which the agency
ultimately might disagree (and that
therefore might subject the
manufacturer to enforcement action).
Another misunderstanding of the act
encouraged by State law actions is that
FDA labeling requirements represent a
minimum safety standard. According to
many courts, State law serves as an
appropriate source of supplementary
safety regulation for drugs by
encouraging or requiring manufacturers
to disseminate risk information beyond
that required by FDA under the act.
(See, e.g., Brochu v. Ortho Pharm. Corp.,
642 F.2d 652 (1st Cir. 1981); Salmon v.
Parke-Davis and Co., 520 F.2d 1359 (4th
Cir. 1975); Caraker v. Sandoz Pharm.
Corp., 172 F. Supp. 2d 1018 (S.D. Ill.
7 Dowhal v. SmithKline Beecham Consumer
Healthcare, 2002 Cal. App. LEXIS 4384 (Cal. Ct.
App. 2002), reversed, 2004 Cal. LEXIS 3040 (Cal.
April 15, 2004); Bernhardt v. Pfizer, Inc., 2000 U.S.
Dist. LEXIS 16963 (S.D.N.Y. November 16, 2000);
Motus v. Pfizer, Inc., 127 F. Supp. 2d 1085 (C.D.
Cal. 2000), summary judgment granted, 196 F.
Supp. 2d 984, 986 (C.D. Cal. 2001), aff’d, 2004 U.S.
App. LEXIS 1944 (9th Cir. February 9, 2004); In re
Paxil Litigation, 2002 U.S. Dist. LEXIS 16221 (C.D.
Cal. August 16, 2002), transferred, 296 F. Supp. 2d
1374 (J.P.M.L. 2003).
E:\FR\FM\24JAR2.SGM
24JAR2
rwilkins on PROD1PC63 with RULES_2
Federal Register / Vol. 71, No. 15 / Tuesday, January 24, 2006 / Rules and Regulations
2001); Mazur v. Merck & Co., Inc., 742
F. Supp. 239 (E.D. Pa. 1990); In re
Tetracycline Cases, 747 F. Supp. 543
(W.D. Mo. 1989).) In fact, FDA interprets
the act to establish both a ‘‘floor’’ and
a ‘‘ceiling,’’ such that additional
disclosures of risk information can
expose a manufacturer to liability under
the act if the additional statement is
unsubstantiated or otherwise false or
misleading. Given the
comprehensiveness of FDA regulation of
drug safety, effectiveness, and labeling
under the act, additional requirements
for the disclosure of risk information are
not necessarily more protective of
patients. Instead, they can erode and
disrupt the careful and truthful
representation of benefits and risks that
prescribers need to make appropriate
judgments about drug use. Exaggeration
of risk could discourage appropriate use
of a beneficial drug.
State law requirements can
undermine safe and effective use in
other ways. In the preamble
accompanying the proposal, FDA noted
that liability concerns were creating
pressure on manufacturers to expand
labeling warnings to include speculative
risks and, thus, to limit physician
appreciation of potentially far more
significant contraindications and side
effects (65 FR 81082 at 81083). FDA has
previously found that labeling that
includes theoretical hazards not wellgrounded in scientific evidence can
cause meaningful risk information to
‘‘lose its significance’’ (44 FR 37434 at
37447, June 26, 1979). Overwarning, just
like underwarning, can similarly have a
negative effect on patient safety and
public health. (See section X of this
document.) Similarly, State-law
attempts to impose additional warnings
can lead to labeling that does not
accurately portray a product’s risks,
thereby potentially discouraging safe
and effective use of approved products
or encouraging inappropriate use and
undermining the objectives of the act.
(See, e.g., Dowhal v. SmithKline
Beecham Consumer Healthcare, 2002
Cal. App. LEXIS 4384 (Cal. Ct. App.
2002) (allowing to proceed a lawsuit
involving a California State law
requiring warnings in the labeling of
nicotine replacement therapy products
that FDA had specifically found would
misbrand the products under the act),
reversed, 2004 Cal. LEXIS 3040 (Cal.
April 15, 2004).)
State law actions also threaten FDA’s
statutorily prescribed role as the expert
Federal agency responsible for
evaluating and regulating drugs. State
actions are not characterized by
centralized expert evaluation of drug
regulatory issues. Instead, they
VerDate Aug<31>2005
16:08 Jan 23, 2006
Jkt 208001
encourage, and in fact require, lay
judges and juries to second-guess the
assessment of benefits versus risks of a
specific drug to the general public—the
central role of FDA—sometimes on
behalf of a single individual or group of
individuals. That individualized
reevaluation of the benefits and risks of
a product can result in relief—including
the threat of significant damage awards
or penalties—that creates pressure on
manufacturers to attempt to add
warnings that FDA has neither approved
nor found to be scientifically required.
This could encourage manufacturers to
propose ‘‘defensive labeling’’ to avoid
State liability, which, if implemented,
could result in scientifically
unsubstantiated warnings and
underutilization of beneficial
treatments.
FDA has previously preempted State
law requirements relating to drugs in
rulemaking proceedings. For example:
• In 1982, FDA issued regulations
requiring tamper-resistant packaging for
OTC drugs. In the preamble
accompanying the regulations, FDA
stated its intention that the regulations
preempt any State or local requirements
that were ‘‘not identical to * * * [the
rule] in all respects’’ (47 FR 50442 at
50447, November 5, 1982).
• In 1986, FDA issued regulations
requiring aspirin manufacturers to
include in labeling a warning against
use in treating chicken pox or flu
symptoms in children due to the risk of
Reye’s Syndrome. In the accompanying
preamble, FDA said the regulations
preempted ‘‘State and local packaging
requirements that are not identical to it
with respect to OTC aspirin-containing
products for human use’’ (51 FR 8180 at
8181, March 7, 1986).
• In 1994, FDA amended 21 CFR
20.63 to preempt State requirements for
the disclosure of adverse event-related
information treated as confidential
under FDA regulations (59 FR 3944,
January 27, 1994). (See also 47 FR
54750, December 3, 1982) (‘‘FDA
believes that differing State OTC drug
pregnancy-nursing warning
requirements would prevent
accomplishment of the full purpose and
objectives of the agency in issuing the
regulation and that, under the doctrine
of implied preemption, these State
requirements are preempted by the
regulation as a matter of law.’’)
As noted previously, DOJ has made
submissions to courts in a number of
cases in which private litigants asserted
a State law basis for challenging the
adequacy of risk information provided
by manufacturers for drugs in
accordance with FDA requirements
under the act. In each case, DOJ argued
PO 00000
Frm 00015
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
3935
that the doctrine of preemption
precluded the plaintiff’s claim from
proceeding.8 The practice of addressing
conflicting State requirements through
participation in litigation (including
product liability cases) in which the
Government is not a party is not new.
For example, DOJ participated on FDA’s
behalf in favor of pre-emption in Jones
v. Rath Packing Company, 430 U.S. 519
(1977), Grocery Manufacturers of
America, Inc. v. Gerace, 755 F.2d 993
(2d Cir. 1985), Eli Lilly & Co., Inc. v.
Marshall, 850 S.W.2d 155 (Tex. 1993),
and Buckman Co. v. Plaintiffs’ Legal
Comm., 531 U.S. 341, 352–53 (2001).
FDA believes that State laws conflict
with and stand as an obstacle to
achievement of the full objectives and
purposes of Federal law when they
purport to compel a firm to include in
labeling or advertising a statement that
FDA has considered and found
scientifically unsubstantiated. In such
cases, including the statement in
labeling or advertising would render the
drug misbranded under the act (21
U.S.C. 352(a) and (f)). The agency
believes that State law conflicts with
and stands as an obstacle to
achievement of the full objectives and
purposes of Federal law if it purports to
preclude a firm from including in
labeling or advertising a statement that
is included in prescription drug
labeling. By complying with the State
law in such a case and removing the
statement from labeling, the firm would
be omitting a statement required under
§ 201.100(c)(1) as a condition on the
exemption from the requirement of
adequate directions for use, and the
omission would misbrand the drug
under 21 U.S.C. 352(f)(1). The drug
might also be misbranded on the ground
that the omission is material within the
meaning of 21 U.S.C. 321(n) and makes
the labeling or advertising misleading
under 21 U.S.C. 352(a) or (n).
Consistent with its court submissions
and existing preemption principles,
FDA believes that at least the following
8 The DOJ submissions in these cases relied on
the doctrine of implied preemption or primary
jurisdiction. Although the act itself contains no
general express pre-emption provision for drugs, a
provision of legislation amending the drug
provisions addresses the relationship of the
legislation to State law. Section 202 of the Drug
Amendments of 1962 (Public Law 87-781, Title II,
section 202, 76 Stat. 793 (October 10, 1962))
provides: ‘‘Nothing in the amendments made by
this Act to the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic
Act shall be construed as invalidating any provision
of State law which would be valid in the absence
of such amendments unless there is a direct and
positive conflict between such amendments and
such provision of State law.’’ The existence of a
legislative provision addressing pre-emption does
not bar the operation of ordinary principles of
implied preemption (Geier v. American Honda
Motor Co., Inc., 529 U.S. 861, 869 (2000)).
E:\FR\FM\24JAR2.SGM
24JAR2
rwilkins on PROD1PC63 with RULES_2
3936
Federal Register / Vol. 71, No. 15 / Tuesday, January 24, 2006 / Rules and Regulations
claims would be preempted by its
regulation of prescription drug labeling:
(1) Claims that a drug sponsor breached
an obligation to warn by failing to put
in Highlights or otherwise emphasize
any information the substance of which
appears anywhere in the labeling; (2)
claims that a drug sponsor breached an
obligation to warn by failing to include
in an advertisement any information the
substance of which appears anywhere in
the labeling, in those cases where a
drug’s sponsor has used Highlights
consistently with FDA draft guidance
regarding the ‘‘brief summary’’ in directto-consumer advertising (‘‘Brief
Summary: Disclosing Risk Information
in Consumer-Directed Print
Advertisements,’’ 69 FR 6308 (February
2004)) (see comment 112); (3) claims
that a sponsor breached an obligation to
warn by failing to include
contraindications or warnings that are
not supported by evidence that meets
the standards set forth in this rule,
including § 201.57(c)(5) (requiring that
contraindications reflect ‘‘[k]nown
hazards and not theoretical
possibilities’’) and (c)(7); (4) claims that
a drug sponsor breached an obligation to
warn by failing to include a statement
in labeling or in advertising, the
substance of which had been proposed
to FDA for inclusion in labeling, if that
statement was not required by FDA at
the time plaintiff claims the sponsor had
an obligation to warn (unless FDA has
made a finding that the sponsor
withheld material information relating
to the proposed warning before plaintiff
claims the sponsor had the obligation to
warn); (5) claims that a drug sponsor
breached an obligation to warn by
failing to include in labeling or in
advertising a statement the substance of
which FDA has prohibited in labeling or
advertising; and (6) claims that a drug’s
sponsor breached an obligation to
plaintiff by making statements that FDA
approved for inclusion in the drug’s
label (unless FDA has made a finding
that the sponsor withheld material
information relating to the statement).
Preemption would include not only
claims against manufacturers as
described above, but also against health
care practitioners for claims related to
dissemination of risk information to
patients beyond what is included in the
labeling. (See, e.g., Bowman v. Songer,
820 P.2d 1110 (Col. 1991).)
FDA recognizes that FDA’s regulation
of drug labeling will not preempt all
State law actions. The Supreme Court
has held that certain State law
requirements that parallel FDA
requirements may not be preempted
(Medtronic, Inc. v. Lohr, 518 U.S. 470,
VerDate Aug<31>2005
16:08 Jan 23, 2006
Jkt 208001
495 (1996) (holding that the presence of
a State law damages remedy for
violations of FDA requirements does not
impose an additional requirement upon
medical device manufacturers but
‘‘merely provides another reason for
manufacturers to comply with * * *
federal law’’); id. at 513 (O’Connor, J.,
concurring in part and dissenting in
part); id)). But see Buckman Co. v.
Plaintiffs’ Legal Comm., 531 U.S. 341,
352–53 (2001) (holding that ‘‘fraud on
the FDA’’ claims are preempted by
Federal law); 21 U.S.C. 337(a)
(restricting the act enforcement to suits
by the United States); In re Orthopedic
Bone Screw Prods. Liability Litig., 159
F.3d 817, 824 (3d Cir. 1998) (‘‘Congress
has not created an express or implied
private cause of action for violations of
the FDCA or the MDA [Medical Device
Amendments]’’).
E. Highlights—Comments on Specific
Provisions
The agency received comments on the
following provisions of the proposed
rule relating to the content of
Highlights:
• Drug names, dosage form, route of
administration, and controlled
substance symbol (proposed
§ 201.57(a)(1))
In proposed § 201.57(a)(1), FDA
specified the information concerning
the identity of the product that would
be included at the beginning of
Highlights.
(Comment 14) One comment
recommended that this information be
moved above the title ‘‘Highlights of
Prescribing Information’’ in Highlights.
The agency does not agree that the
information required by § 201.57(a)(1)
should be placed above the title
‘‘Highlights of Prescribing Information.’’
The agency believes that the title of each
of the three major portions of
prescription drug labeling (‘‘Highlights
of Prescribing Information,’’ ‘‘Full
Prescribing Information: Contents,’’ and
‘‘Full Prescribing Information’’) should
be placed at the beginning of the
corresponding information so that the
title is readily apparent to users.
• Inverted black triangle (proposed
§ 201.57(a)(2))
FDA proposed to require that
products that contain a new molecular
entity, new biological product, or new
combination of active ingredients have
in their labeling an inverted black
triangle to indicate that the drug or drug
combination had been approved in the
United States for less than 3 years
(proposed § 201.57(a)(2)). This proposal
also applied to marketed products
approved for a new indication, for use
PO 00000
Frm 00016
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
by a new route of administration, or
with a novel drug delivery system.
(Comment 15) Several comments
opposed, or expressed reservations
about, the use of an inverted black
triangle to identify a product,
indication, or dosage form that has been
approved for less than 3 years. There
were concerns that the symbol is not
universally understood and could
therefore be confusing to practitioners.
One comment stated that use of icons to
convey public health information has
historically been unsuccessful. Some of
the comments stated that if the inverted
black triangle were retained, the agency
would need to conduct an extensive
educational campaign to educate
practitioners about its meaning and
purpose. Some comments also
expressed the concern that labeling
containing the symbol could be in
circulation much longer than 3 years
after approval, which would undermine
the significance of the symbol. One
comment stated that the symbol implies,
without basis, that newer drugs are
inherently less safe than older drugs.
Some comments stated that the criteria
for when a new indication would
extend the time for which a product
must have the inverted black triangle
are not clear.
Two comments stated that a bold
approval date might be more
informative than the inverted black
triangle. Another comment
recommended using the designation
‘‘New-Rx’’ to identify a product that has
been approved for less than 3 years.
Other comments expressed strong
support for the inverted black triangle as
a mechanism to prompt practitioners to
more carefully scrutinize the labeling of
newer products and more diligently
report adverse events. The comments
maintained that use of the inverted
black triangle could lead to earlier
detection of rare, serious adverse
reactions and, thus, could potentially
save lives. One comment suggested
extending the time that the inverted
black triangle would be required to 5
years.
The agency has reconsidered its
proposal to require use of the inverted
black triangle to identify products that
have been marketed for less than 3
years. The agency continues to believe
strongly in the goals of the inverted
black triangle—to help ensure that
prescribers use a product with
particular care during its initial years of
marketing and to make prescribers more
diligent in reporting suspected adverse
reactions for newer products. However,
the agency agrees with comments that,
in prescription drug labeling, the
inverted black triangle is not universally
E:\FR\FM\24JAR2.SGM
24JAR2
rwilkins on PROD1PC63 with RULES_2
Federal Register / Vol. 71, No. 15 / Tuesday, January 24, 2006 / Rules and Regulations
understood, could be confusing to the
prescriber (even with a concerted
educational effort) and therefore may
not serve its intended purpose. The
agency acknowledges that the
recommended ‘‘New-Rx’’ designation
may be more informative than the
inverted black triangle, but is concerned
that the ‘‘New-Rx’’ designation might
also be confusing because practitioners
are not familiar with it.
The agency agrees with comments
that use of the initial date of approval
in the United States would be a better
mechanism than the inverted black
triangle to call attention to the relative
newness of a product. Therefore, the
final rule requires that Highlights
include the year in which a drug was
initially approved in the United States.
Highlights must contain the phrase
‘‘Initial U.S. Approval’’ followed by the
four-digit year of initial approval in bold
face type (§ 201.57(a)(3) and (d)(5)).
Because this statement takes up more
space than the proposed inverted black
triangle, the final rule requires that the
statement be placed on its own line
directly below the established name of
the product (proper name of the product
for biological products) rather than on
the same line as the proprietary name
(§ 201.57(a)(3)).
In contrast to the proposed rule, the
final rule does not require identification
of the initial date of U.S. approval of a
new indication for a new population,
new route of administration, or novel
delivery system. The agency agrees with
comments that expressed concerns that
also requiring the inverted black triangle
for new indications, routes of
administration, and novel delivery
systems could diminish the significance
of the inverted black triangle and could
be confusing to practitioners. Similarly,
the agency believes that referring to
multiple dates, including the date of
initial approval of a new indication,
new route of administration, or a novel
delivery system for a drug would be
confusing and would diminish the
significance of these references. The
agency is, therefore, limiting
identification of the initial date of U.S.
approval to new molecular entities, new
biological products, or new
combinations of active ingredients
because this is sufficient to accomplish
the goals of increasing prescriber
vigilance and reporting of suspected
adverse reactions when using newer
products.
The agency believes the date of initial
U.S. approval will continue to be
informative throughout a product’s life
cycle. Although the agency does not
subscribe to the view that newer drugs
are inherently less safe, it does believe
VerDate Aug<31>2005
16:08 Jan 23, 2006
Jkt 208001
that alerting a practitioner to the fact
that a drug has been marketed for an
extended period could provide some
added assurance about the drug’s safety
margin based on cumulative, safe
experience with the product. Therefore,
the requirement to include the initial
date of U.S. approval in Highlights will
not lapse 3 years after approval of the
product for marketing.
• Boxed warnings or
contraindications (proposed
§ 201.57(a)(4))
FDA proposed to require that the full
text of boxed warning(s) or
contraindication(s) required by
proposed § 201.57(c)(1) be included in
Highlights unless the boxed warning
was longer than 20 lines, in which case
a summary of the contents of the boxed
warning would be required (proposed
§ 201.57(a)(4)). The agency specifically
sought comment on whether the full
text of a boxed warning should be
included in Highlights, regardless of
length.
(Comment 16) Some comments
supported the proposed 20-line
limitation on the length of a boxed
warning in Highlights. Other comments
recommended that the boxed warning in
Highlights always be a summarized
version of the boxed warning in the FPI.
Others expressed concern that
summarizing boxed warnings might
result in the omission of key
information or lead to
misinterpretations of the warning. They
stated that the boxed warning is already
succinct and the language is carefully
negotiated with FDA and, therefore, that
the boxed warning should always be
included in its entirety in Highlights.
The agency has retained the 20-line
length limitation on boxed warnings in
Highlights. The agency believes that 20
lines is sufficient space to alert
practitioners to the critical risk
information contained in a boxed
warning and to refer them to more
detailed information in the FPI
(complete boxed warning and other
sections in the FPI).
The agency agrees with the comments
that stated that manufacturers should
always be required to present
summarized boxed warning information
in Highlights. The agency has
determined that information from boxed
warnings can readily be condensed
without omitting critical risk
information. The agency believes a
summarized boxed warning in
Highlights, with references to more
detailed information in the FPI, is the
most effective way to communicate
critical risk information to practitioners.
The agency has revised proposed
§ 201.57(a)(4) to require that boxed
PO 00000
Frm 00017
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
3937
warnings be summarized concisely in
Highlights.
(Comment 17) Several comments
stated that inclusion of the full boxed
warning in Highlights and in the FPI
was needlessly duplicative and
recommended that the boxed warning
be included in only one location. One
comment maintained the boxed warning
should appear only in the ‘‘Warnings
and Precautions’’ section in the FPI.
As discussed in the response to the
previous comment, the boxed warning
in Highlights is required to be a
summary of the complete boxed
warning in the FPI. Thus, the boxed
warning in Highlights will not duplicate
the boxed warning in the FPI. The
agency believes that a summarized
boxed warning must be included in
Highlights to ensure that practitioners
are exposed to critical information at the
beginning of prescription drug labeling
and that the complete boxed warning is
needed to expand on the summary in
Highlights.
The agency does not agree that the
complete boxed warning in the FPI
should be placed in the ‘‘Warnings and
Precautions’’ section rather than at the
beginning of the FPI. Placement of the
complete boxed warning at the
beginning of the FPI, where it can be
easily located, is consistent with good
risk communication practices, as well as
health care practitioner preferences
articulated in public comments and
FDA’s physician surveys and focus
group research.
• Recent labeling changes (proposed
§ 201.57(a)(5))
FDA proposed to require in Highlights
a heading entitled ‘‘Recent Labeling
Changes’’ that identifies the sections in
the FPI that contain recent FDAapproved or authorized substantive
labeling changes (proposed
§ 201.57(a)(5)).
(Comment 18) In general, comments
supported the addition of a ‘‘Recent
Labeling Changes’’ heading to labeling
and many comments thought the
information would be very useful to
practitioners. However, one comment
recommended that the proposed
heading ‘‘Recent Labeling Changes’’ be
changed to ‘‘Sections Revised’’ to
accommodate changes that, although no
longer truly recent, would be important
to call to the attention of practitioners
for an extended period of time (e.g.,
through multiple labeling revisions).
Another comment recommended that
the heading be changed to ‘‘Last
Labeling Revisions’’ to accommodate
changes that could no longer reasonably
be considered recent (e.g., a situation in
which years elapse between labeling
changes).
E:\FR\FM\24JAR2.SGM
24JAR2
rwilkins on PROD1PC63 with RULES_2
3938
Federal Register / Vol. 71, No. 15 / Tuesday, January 24, 2006 / Rules and Regulations
The agency agrees that the proposed
heading should be changed to better
reflect the function of including the
information. Thus, the final rule
requires the heading ‘‘Recent Major
Changes’’ (§ 201.57(a)(5)). FDA believes
that it is important to characterize the
changes listed under the heading as
both ‘‘recent’’ and ‘‘major’’ to draw
attention to the relative newness of the
changes and to let practitioners know
that identified changes are significant to
clinical use of the drug (i.e.,
substantive), and not merely editorial.
(Comment 19) In the proposal, the
agency specifically sought comment on
whether there should be a time limit by
which information under the proposed
heading (now ‘‘Recent Major Changes’’)
must be removed. Some comments
supported a 1-year time limit for
inclusion of information under the
proposed heading. Other comments
stated that there should be no fixed time
limit for removal of information
identified as a recent labeling change.
These comments expressed concern that
requiring labeling to be revised for the
sole purpose of removing information
from under the heading would lead to
unnecessary expense, and that such
information be removed at the next
substantive labeling revision. Other
comments stated that no time limit
should be imposed for removal, but that
removal should occur at the first
convenient opportunity after 1 year
from the date of the labeling change.
Another comment stated that
information should remain under the
‘‘Recent Major Changes’’ heading for 1
to 3 years after the change to keep
practitioners up-to-date on labeling
changes.
The agency agrees that, although there
should not be a rigid time limit for
removal of information from ‘‘Recent
Major Changes,’’ the information should
not remain in Highlights indefinitely.
The purpose of the heading is to alert
practitioners to recent substantive
labeling changes. The agency is
concerned that the information might be
ignored by practitioners if it often
identifies changes that are no longer
recent. The agency will, therefore,
require that labeling changes identified
under this heading be deleted at the first
reprinting of the labeling after the
change has been in labeling for 1 year.
This requirement should ensure that
labeling changes identified under the
‘‘Recent Major Changes’’ heading are
current without imposing unnecessary
costs on industry by requiring labeling
revisions solely for the purpose of
removing the information.
(Comment 20) Because there could be
multiple changes to labeling in a
VerDate Aug<31>2005
16:08 Jan 23, 2006
Jkt 208001
calendar year, some comments
recommended that each change
appearing under ‘‘Recent Major
Changes’’ be dated in a month/year
format so that practitioners can readily
identify the most recent changes.
The agency agrees that it would be
useful to date the labeling changes
identified under this heading. The
agency has, therefore, revised proposed
§ 201.57(a)(5) to require that sections of
prescription drug labeling listed under
‘‘Recent Major Changes’’ be followed by
the month and year in which the change
was incorporated in the labeling.
(Comment 21) One comment
recommended that the rule specify that
changes should be listed
chronologically beginning with most
recent.
The agency does not agree. Where
there are multiple recent changes and
those changes appear in more than one
section, to avoid confusion, the order in
which the sections are listed under
‘‘Recent Major Changes’’ should be
consistent with the order of the sections
in the FPI. FDA has revised proposed
§ 201.57(a)(5) accordingly.
(Comment 22) Some comments
requested that the agency clarify how it
will determine whether a labeling
change is substantive and thus required
to be included under ‘‘Recent Major
Changes.’’
The agency recognizes that a product
may have a large number of labeling
changes ranging from inclusion of very
important new risk information to
typographical or editorial changes.
Identifying all these changes under
‘‘Recent Major Changes’’ would obscure
the most significant changes and would
not be informative for practitioners.
Therefore, the agency has revised
proposed § 201.57(a)(5) to require that
only substantive labeling changes in the
‘‘Boxed Warning,’’ ‘‘Indications and
Usage,’’ ‘‘Dosage and Administration,’’
‘‘Contraindications,’’ and ‘‘Warnings
and Precautions’’ sections be included
under ‘‘Recent Major Changes.’’ These
would include only those changes that
are significant to the clinical use of the
drug and, therefore, have significant
clinical implications for practitioners
(i.e., substantive changes). Thus,
‘‘Recent Major Changes’’ would not
include any changes in the sections
subject to this requirement that are
typographical or editorial.
• Indications and usage (proposed
§ 201.57(a)(6))
FDA proposed to require that
Highlights include an ‘‘Indications and
Usage’’ heading that contains a concise
statement of each of the product’s
indications, as specified in proposed
§ 201.57(c)(2), with any appropriate
PO 00000
Frm 00018
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
subheadings (proposed § 201.57(a)(6)).
This information would include major
limitations of use (e.g., particular
subsets of the populations, second line
therapy status). The agency specifically
sought comment on whether the
information required under the
‘‘Indications and Usage’’ heading of
Highlights should be presented verbatim
from the FPI or summarized in a
bulleted format.
(Comment 23) Several comments
stated that it was important to
reproduce the ‘‘Indications and Usage’’
section verbatim to prevent confusion or
misinterpretations. Other comments
maintained that there should be
flexibility to reproduce the information
in the ‘‘Indications and Usage’’ section
verbatim or summarize it in a bulleted
format, depending on factors such as the
amount of information in the
‘‘Indications and Usage’’ section and
whether the information can be
summarized and still effectively
communicate what a practitioner should
know about a drug’s indications. Other
comments recommended that there be
bulleted summaries of the indications in
all cases. One of these comments
suggested that each bullet be preceded
by an index number that corresponds
with the index number of the full
description of the indication in the FPI.
The agency has determined that the
amount of information that must be
included in Highlights from the
‘‘Indications and Usage’’ section of the
FPI will vary. In most cases, the
‘‘Indications and Usage’’ section can be
readily condensed (e.g., bulleted format)
to provide prescribers with an accurate
and informative summary, even if there
is space available in Highlights to
reproduce the ‘‘Indications and Usage’’
section from the FPI in its entirety (i.e.,
the one-half page limit requirement
would not be exceeded).
The agency recognizes that for some
products with many indications, it may
not be possible to limit Highlights to
one-half page in length (§ 201.57(d)(8)),
even using a summarized version of the
‘‘Indications and Usage’’ section. In
such cases, FDA may waive the one-half
page requirement and approve the
labeling with slightly longer Highlights
(see comment 104).
• Dosage and administration
(proposed § 201.57(a)(7))
FDA proposed that Highlights
include, under a ‘‘Dosage and
Administration’’ heading, the most
important information in the ‘‘Dosage
and Administration’’ section of the FPI
(proposed § 201.57(a)(7)).
(Comment 24) One comment
recommended that ‘‘Dosage and
Administration’’ in Highlights include,
E:\FR\FM\24JAR2.SGM
24JAR2
rwilkins on PROD1PC63 with RULES_2
Federal Register / Vol. 71, No. 15 / Tuesday, January 24, 2006 / Rules and Regulations
in addition to the usual recommended
doses, a range of doses known to be
effective, and in particular, doses lower
than the usual recommended doses. The
comment stated that 76.2 percent of all
adverse reactions are dose-related and
many patients respond to lower doses
than those recommended in labeling.
Therefore, the comment suggested,
lower doses may prevent adverse
reactions.
FDA agrees that it is important to
include in labeling the full range of
doses that FDA has concluded are
effective. The agency has revised
proposed § 201.57(a)(7) to clarify the
range of doses to be included under the
‘‘Dosage and Administration’’ heading
in Highlights.
(Comment 25) Several comments
supported tabular presentation of
dosage and administration information
in Highlights. One comment proposed
the use of a titration dose column (a
visual tool to depict a drug’s titration
regimen) in Highlights for drugs for
which titration is relevant. One
comment maintained that the dosage
adjustment statement in the prototype
that accompanied the proposed rule
should be highlighted and enlarged.
FDA agrees with the comment that
supported use of a tabular format for
‘‘Dosage and Administration’’ in
Highlights. However, because a tabular
format or a titration dose column may
not be appropriate for all drug products,
FDA is not requiring use of these
formats under the ‘‘Dosage and
Administration’’ heading.
With respect to highlighting and
enlarging the dosage adjustment
statement in the prototype, FDA
believes that bolded type is sufficient to
draw attention to particularly important
dosage adjustment statements and that
enlarging the statement is not necessary.
Enlarging only dosage adjustment
information in Highlights would make
this information appear more significant
than other information in Highlights,
which would not be appropriate.
Therefore, FDA is not requiring that
dosage adjustment statements in
Highlights be in larger font than other
information in Highlights.
(Comment 26) One comment
requested that when the labeling states
that there may be a need for dosage
adjustments in patients with renal or
hepatic impairment, it also specify how
to adjust the dose or dosing interval.
Highlights identifies important
information about the need for dosage
adjustments in specific populations and
refers to the section of the FPI where
more detailed information about how to
adjust doses can be obtained. FDA
believes that complete information
VerDate Aug<31>2005
16:08 Jan 23, 2006
Jkt 208001
about how to adjust dosages for various
specific populations would in many
cases require a great deal of space.
Therefore, FDA is not requiring that
such information be included in
Highlights.
• Warnings and precautions
(proposed § 201.57(a)(10))
FDA proposed to require that
Highlights include, under a ‘‘Warnings
and Precautions’’ heading, a concise
summary of the most clinically
significant aspects of the ‘‘Warnings and
Precautions’’ section of the FPI
(proposed § 201.57(a)(7)). The
information chosen from the FPI would
include those warnings and precautions
that affect prescribing because of their
severity and consequent influence on
the decision to use the drug, because
monitoring of them is critical to safe use
of the drug, or because measures can be
taken to prevent or mitigate harm.
(Comment 27) Some comments
requested clarification of the scope of
information to be included in Highlights
under the ‘‘Warnings and Precautions’’
heading. Comments expressed concern
that summarizing selected safety
information from the ‘‘Warnings and
Precautions’’ section of the FPI might
cause some important safety
information to be omitted from
Highlights.
‘‘Warnings and Precautions’’ in
Highlights serves to: (1) Identify the
most clinically significant risks
discussed in the ‘‘Warnings and
Precautions’’ section in the FPI, (2)
concisely summarize the salient features
of those risks, and (3) direct the
practitioner to the more detailed
discussion of risks in the FPI.
Information under the ‘‘Warnings and
Precautions’’ heading in Highlights will
typically include those risks that: (1)
Affect decisions about whether to
prescribe a drug, (2) require monitoring
of patients to ensure safe use of the
drug, or (3) require that measures be
taken to prevent or mitigate harm. The
agency has revised § 201.57(a)(10) to
make clear the scope of information to
include under this heading.
Because the risks identified under the
‘‘Warnings and Precautions’’ heading in
Highlights will refer the prescriber to
the full discussion in the ‘‘Warnings and
Precautions’’ section of the FPI, the
agency believes that important risk
information will not be overlooked by
practitioners.
(Comment 28) One comment stated
that it would be misleading to include
the most common adverse reactions
under ‘‘Warnings and Precautions’’ in
Highlights because the most common
adverse reactions are not likely to be
discussed in the ‘‘Warnings and
PO 00000
Frm 00019
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
3939
Precautions’’ section of the FPI. Rather,
they are more likely to be discussed in
the ‘‘Adverse Reactions’’ section of the
FPI. The comment recommended that
the most common adverse reactions be
listed under a separate section in
Highlights immediately following the
contact information for reporting
suspected serious adverse reactions.
The agency agrees that it may be
confusing to include under the
‘‘Warnings and Precautions’’ heading in
Highlights information that is derived
from both the ‘‘Warnings and
Precautions’’ and ‘‘Adverse Reactions’’
sections of the FPI. The agency is,
therefore, revising proposed § 201.57(a)
by adding to Highlights a heading
entitled ‘‘Adverse Reactions’’
(§ 201.57(a)(11)) that is required to
follow the ‘‘Warnings and Precautions’’
section. Information under the ‘‘Adverse
Reactions’’ heading must include: (1) A
listing of the most frequently occurring
adverse reactions identified in the
‘‘Adverse Reactions’’ section in the FPI
and (2) contact information for reporting
suspected adverse reactions. The
sequence in which the information is
presented in Highlights—the most
frequently occurring adverse reactions
followed by contact information for
reporting suspected adverse reactions—
is unchanged from the proposed rule.
(Comment 29) One comment
requested clarification about whether
only information that is supported by
clinical data would be appropriate for
inclusion in Highlights.
In most cases, the risk information in
Highlights would be based on clinical
data. However, risk information derived
from animal data could be appropriate
for inclusion in Highlights. For
example, warnings about a drug’s risks
in pregnancy could be based entirely on
animal data and might be appropriate
for inclusion in Highlights. In such
cases, Highlights must present only the
clinically significant conclusions about
risk in pregnancy (e.g., significant
teratogen) and not include a discussion
of the animal data that are the basis for
the risk information presented.
• ADR reporting contacts (proposed
§ 201.57(a)(11))
FDA proposed (proposed
§ 201.57(a)(11)) to require that
Highlights include, for drug products
other than vaccines, a statement
following the information under the
‘‘Warnings and Precautions’’ heading:
‘‘To report SUSPECTED SERIOUS
ADRs, call (insert name of
manufacturer) at (insert manufacturer’s
phone number) or FDA’s MedWatch at
(insert the current FDA MedWatch
number).’’ For vaccines, the following
statement would be required: ‘‘To report
E:\FR\FM\24JAR2.SGM
24JAR2
rwilkins on PROD1PC63 with RULES_2
3940
Federal Register / Vol. 71, No. 15 / Tuesday, January 24, 2006 / Rules and Regulations
SUSPECTED SERIOUS ADRs, call
(insert name of manufacturer) at (insert
manufacturer’s phone number) or
VAERS at (insert the current VAERS
number).’’ The agency specifically
requested comment on whether it is
necessary to include a contact number
for reporting suspected adverse
reactions in both Highlights and the
‘‘Warnings and Precautions’’ section of
the FPI.
(Comment 30) Some comments stated
that the contact information should be
in both Highlights and FPI to make it
more convenient to access and increase
the likelihood that practitioners will be
prompted to report suspected adverse
reactions. Other comments stated that it
would not be necessary to include
contact information in both places
because prominent placement of the
information in Highlights alone would
be sufficient to encourage practitioners
to report adverse reactions. Some
comments agreed that one location
would be sufficient, but because those
comments also opposed inclusion of
Highlights in labeling, they
recommended including the contact
information in the FPI. Other comments
suggested locating the contact
information at the beginning of the
labeling or in a ‘‘box’’ to increase its
prominence. One comment
recommended that the information be
included only once and in close
proximity to the name and address of
the manufacturer in the FPI. The
comment maintained that it is not
intuitive to look for adverse reaction
reporting contact information under
‘‘Warnings and Precautions.’’ One
comment objected to inclusion of any
adverse reaction reporting contact
information in labeling. That comment
maintained that contact information is
not prescribing information and thus
not appropriate for inclusion in labeling
and, moreover, that there is no evidence
that inclusion of such information in
labeling will facilitate reporting of
adverse reactions.
The agency agrees with the comments
that support inclusion of contact
information for reporting adverse
reactions only in Highlights. Because
the contact information is featured
prominently in Highlights—bolded and
set apart from other information—the
agency believes that this is sufficient to
make practitioners aware of the
appropriate contacts to report adverse
reactions and to encourage them to
report suspected adverse reactions. The
agency also believes that as prescribers
become familiar with the content of
Highlights, they will become
increasingly aware of and familiar with
the location of the adverse reaction
VerDate Aug<31>2005
16:08 Jan 23, 2006
Jkt 208001
reporting contact information. The
agency does not believe that also
including contact information in the
FPI, even if moved to the beginning of
the FPI, would result in meaningfully
expanding the number of practitioners
who become aware of the contact
information. Therefore repeating the
contact information in the FPI would
not have a meaningful effect on the
extent to which practitioners report
adverse events. The agency also does
not believe that placing the contact
information for reporting suspected
adverse reactions only in the FPI would
afford the information adequate
prominence. Accordingly, the final rule
was revised to delete the proposed
requirement at § 201.57(c)(6)(v) that
contact information for adverse reaction
reporting be included in the ‘‘Warnings
and Precautions’’ section in the FPI. The
agency believes it is unnecessary to
further increase the prominence of the
adverse reaction reporting contact
information. Its current location—
immediately following the listing of the
most common adverse reactions—is the
appropriate location, and the bolding
and use of capitalization are sufficient
to call attention to the information and
distinguish it from adjacent information.
The agency does not agree that the
adverse reaction reporting contact
information should be omitted from
labeling because it is not considered
prescribing information. Including
adverse reaction reporting contact
information in labeling enables
practitioners to report adverse reactions
to FDA promptly. The agency monitors
these reports and analyzes the adverse
reactions data to determine whether
labeling revisions are necessary for safe
and effective use.
(Comment 31) Some comments
recommended that only the
manufacturer’s phone number be
included in prescription drug labeling,
while others agreed that including the
MedWatch phone number is important
because manufacturers’ phone numbers
are subject to change. One comment
requested that a telephone number for
the relevant FDA review division also
be included. Two comments
recommended including the
manufacturer’s Web site in the reporting
contact information.
The agency agrees that it is important
to include both the manufacturer’s
phone number and FDA’s phone
number for voluntary reporting of
adverse reactions. The agency believes
that providing practitioners two options
for reporting adverse reactions will help
ensure that they always have someone
to contact about an adverse reaction.
The agency believes it is not appropriate
PO 00000
Frm 00020
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
to also include the phone number of the
FDA review division that approved the
drug. FDA review divisions are not the
initial point of contact for postmarketing
adverse reaction reports; therefore,
manufacturers and practitioners should
not send these reports to the review
divisions for processing. It is critical
that these reports be directed to the
location(s) in FDA that are responsible
for receiving and processing these
reports so that they are evaluated and
analyzed in an appropriate manner.
The agency agrees with comments
recommending that, in addition to their
phone number, manufacturers include
the direct link to the section of their
Web site for voluntary reporting of
adverse reactions. The agency has
revised proposed § 201.57(a)(11) to
require the address of the Web site, if
one is available. The agency will not
require that manufacturers create a Web
site to meet this requirement.
The agency has also decided to
require that the adverse reaction
reporting contact information include
the FDA Web site address for voluntary
reporting of adverse reactions
(currently, https://www.fda.gov/
medwatch for drug products except
vaccines and https://www.fda.gov/vaers
for vaccines). This Web site has become
an increasingly important source of
adverse reaction reports. The agency has
concluded that providing practitioners
with the convenience of being able to
submit an adverse reaction report
electronically may encourage reporting
of adverse reactions that might not
otherwise be reported. Thus, the agency
believes it is very important to require
identification of this Web site address in
labeling, in addition to the FDA
telephone number.
(Comment 32) Two comments stated
that all adverse reactions should be
reported, and not just serious adverse
reactions.
The agency agrees that practitioners
should not be discouraged from
reporting adverse reactions that might
not be considered serious. Certain
adverse reactions that are not
considered serious can be clinically
significant. Moreover, practitioners may
not always be able to determine whether
an adverse reaction meets the regulatory
definition of serious (21 CFR 310.305(b),
21 CFR 312.32(a), 21 CFR 314.80(a), and
21 CFR 600.80(a)). Also, there are
limitations on the extent to which a
drug’s risks (serious and nonserious
adverse reactions) can be delineated
before marketing. The agency, therefore,
believes that practitioners should be
encouraged to submit all suspected
adverse reactions to the manufacturer or
FDA, without regard to the seriousness
E:\FR\FM\24JAR2.SGM
24JAR2
rwilkins on PROD1PC63 with RULES_2
Federal Register / Vol. 71, No. 15 / Tuesday, January 24, 2006 / Rules and Regulations
of the reaction, to facilitate faster and
more accurate characterization of a
drug’s risk profile. Accordingly, FDA
has revised proposed § 201.57(a)(11) to
require that the statement for adverse
reaction reporting contact information
refer to all suspected adverse reactions,
not just serious ones.
• Drug interactions (proposed
§ 201.57(a)(12))
FDA proposed to require that
Highlights contain a ‘‘Drug Interactions’’
heading that would include, with any
appropriate subheadings, a concise
summary of the drug interaction
information in the FPI (i.e., prescription
or over-the-counter drugs or foods that
interact in clinically significant ways
with the product)(proposed
§ 201.57(a)(12)).
(Comment 33) Several comments
strongly supported inclusion of ‘‘Drug
Interactions’’ as a separate heading in
Highlights. One comment recommended
requiring separate subheadings for drugdrug, drug-food, drug-laboratory, and
possibly drug-herbal interactions.
FDA will not require that ‘‘Drug
Interactions’’ in Highlights include
specific subheadings depending on
whether the interaction is a drug-drug,
drug-food, drug-herbal, or druglaboratory interaction. Use of these
subheadings is typically most
appropriate when a drug has a large
number of interactions in each of these
categories. In other cases, it is unlikely
to provide additional clarification
sufficient to justify use of space for the
subheadings.
• Use in specific populations
(proposed § 201.57(a)(13))
FDA proposed to require that
Highlights contain a ‘‘Use in Specific
Populations’’ heading (proposed
§ 201.57(a)(13)). The agency proposed
that this heading include, with any
appropriate subheadings, a concise
summary of information from this
section of the FPI on any clinically
important differences in response or use
of the drug in specific populations.
(Comment 34) One comment
requested that the agency specify that
the pregnancy category designation be
included under the ‘‘Use in Specific
Populations’’ heading in Highlights
because the pregnancy category quickly
communicates whether use of a drug is
appropriate during pregnancy.
The agency does not agree that
pregnancy category designations are
appropriate for inclusion in Highlights
or that they are effective in quickly
communicating whether use of a drug is
appropriate during pregnancy. The
agency believes the pregnancy category,
in isolation, tends to oversimplify the
risks of drugs in pregnancy and, as a
VerDate Aug<31>2005
16:08 Jan 23, 2006
Jkt 208001
result, may be confusing. Decisions
about use of a drug in pregnancy should
be based on careful consideration of
available data, not simply on a reference
to the pregnancy category.
• Highlights limitation statement
(proposed § 201.57(a)(15))
FDA proposed (proposed
§ 201.57(a)(15)) to require that
Highlights include the statement:
‘‘These highlights do not include all the
information needed to prescribe (insert
name of drug product) safely and
effectively. See (insert name of drug
product)’s comprehensive prescribing
information provided below.’’
(Comment 35) Several comments
recommended that the Highlights
limitation statement be made more
prominent by moving the statement to
the beginning of Highlights. In addition,
several comments recommended
revisions to the language of the
statement, such as including that
practitioners ‘‘must’’ consult the
comprehensive prescribing information,
in addition to Highlights, to use a drug
safely and effectively.
The agency agrees that it is important
to emphasize to prescribers that
Highlights does not include all the
information needed to use a drug safely
and effectively and that placement of
the statement at the beginning of
Highlights increases the prominence of
this message. Therefore, FDA has
revised proposed § 201.57(a)(15) to
require that the statement appear at the
beginning of Highlights (§ 201.57(a)(1)).
The agency does not agree, however,
that it is necessary to revise the
language of the Highlights limitations
statement. Recognizing that FDA cannot
require practitioners to consult the FPI,
the agency believes that the language in
this statement, with two minor editorial
changes, very clearly states the
limitations of Highlights.
F. Comments on the Index (Proposed
§ 201.57(b))
FDA proposed to require that
prescription drug labeling for products
described in proposed § 201.56(b)(1)
(i.e., new and more recently approved
prescription drug products) contain an
index entitled ‘‘Comprehensive
Prescribing Information: Index’’
(proposed § 201.57(b)). The index would
list the subheadings required under
proposed § 201.56(d)(1), if not omitted
under proposed § 201.56(d)(3), and each
optional subheading included in the FPI
under proposed § 201.56(d)(5). Each
subheading would be required to be
preceded by its corresponding index
number or identifier.
In the proposal, the agency
specifically sought comment on whether
PO 00000
Frm 00021
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
3941
it is necessary to require both an index
and Highlights. As discussed in section
II of this document, the agency has
decided, on its own initiative, to change
the title (now ‘‘Full Prescribing
Information: Contents’’) to better reflect
the function of this portion of the
labeling.
(Comment 36) Most comments
supported inclusion of an index
(hereafter Contents). They maintained
that Highlights alone cannot be relied
upon to help locate all drug information
in the FPI because Highlights is not
comprehensive (Highlights includes
information from only certain sections
of the FPI). They stated that a table of
contents is necessary to quickly and
easily direct the reader to sections of the
FPI that are not referred to in Highlights.
Other comments stated that, despite the
distinct purposes served by Highlights
and Contents, the agency should
consider consolidating them to save
space. Some comments stated that there
need not be both because they have
similar functions and recommended
that Contents be deleted if Highlights is
retained. One comment recommended
that prescription drug labeling include
neither Contents nor Highlights. The
comment stated that the reordered and
reformatted FPI itself is adequate to
facilitate practitioners’ access to
information in labeling.
FDA continues to believe that
Highlights and Contents serve different
purposes and has determined that both
should be retained. Highlights presents
a succinct summary of the information
in the FPI that is most crucial for safe
and effective use, with cross-references
to direct prescribers to more details in
the FPI. In contrast, Contents serves as
a navigational tool that references all the
sections and subsections in the FPI,
some of which will not be referenced in
Highlights. Therefore, the agency
believes Contents has a unique and
meaningful function in making
information in the FPI accessible to
practitioners.
In addition, Highlights and Contents
both figure prominently in FDA’s plans
to convert prescription drug labeling to
an electronic format (see section V of
this document). The Contents will
provide hyperlinks to all sections and
subsections of the FPI, enabling
practitioners to navigate the labeling
more easily. Highlights will provide
hyperlinks to the most frequently
referenced and, typically, most
important prescribing information,
allowing rapid access to more detailed
information on these critical topics.
(Comment 37) One comment
recommended that, for sections of
labeling that are omitted from the FPI
E:\FR\FM\24JAR2.SGM
24JAR2
3942
Federal Register / Vol. 71, No. 15 / Tuesday, January 24, 2006 / Rules and Regulations
rwilkins on PROD1PC63 with RULES_2
because they are not applicable, the
agency consider including the section
number and heading in Contents
followed by the statement ‘‘not
applicable,’’ rather than omitting the
section number and heading. The
comment noted that the prototype
labeling in the proposed rule omitted a
section and also omitted the listing of
the section heading in Contents, and
that this omission might confuse
practitioners.
The purpose of Contents is to set forth
the sections and subsections included in
the FPI. For many drug products, some
sections and subsections are not
applicable (e.g., ‘‘Drug Abuse and
Dependence,’’ ‘‘References’’). Currently,
these sections are, in most cases, simply
omitted from the labeling without
discussion in accordance with former
§ 201.56(d)(3). The agency believes that
this practice should continue, but
recognizes that because identifying
numbers are now required to be used for
labeling of new and recently approved
products, this practice may initially be
confusing for some. The agency
considered the comment’s suggestion
that the section identifying number and
heading be included in Contents
followed by the statement ‘‘not
applicable’’ for labeling that omits a
required section or subsection, but
believes that this is not the best
approach because of space
considerations. Instead, to minimize any
potential confusion regarding omitted
sections, the agency has revised
proposed § 201.56(d)(3) (designated in
this final rule as § 201.56(d)(4)) to
require in these cases that the Contents
heading be followed by an asterisk and
that the following statement be included
at the end of Contents: ‘‘* Sections or
subsections omitted from the full
prescribing information are not listed.’’
In addition, for legal clarity, FDA
revised proposed § 201.56(d)(3) and
(e)(3) (§ 201.56(d)(4) and (e)(3) in this
final rule) to make clear that clearly
inapplicable sections, subsections, or
specific information are omitted from
labeling.
G. Full Prescribing Information—
Comments on the Reorganization
FDA proposed to revise, for products
described in proposed § 201.56(b)(1)
(new and more recently approved
prescription drug products), the content
and format requirements of prescription
drug labeling at then-current
§§ 201.56(d) and 201.57. These revisions
included, in proposed §§ 201.56(d) and
201.57(c), reordering the information in
the FPI to make more prominent those
sections that the agency identified
(based on the physician surveys, focus
VerDate Aug<31>2005
16:08 Jan 23, 2006
Jkt 208001
groups, public comments, and its own
experience) to be most important to, and
most commonly referenced by, health
care practitioners. For example,
proposed § 201.57(c)(1) would require
that any boxed warning(s) be the first
substantive information to appear in the
FPI, proposed § 201.57(c)(2) would
require that the ‘‘Indications and Usage’’
section follow any boxed warnings in
the FPI, and proposed § 201.57(c)(3)
would require that the ‘‘Dosage and
Administration’’ section follow the
‘‘Indications and Usage’’ section in the
FPI.
(Comment 38) Virtually all the
comments supported the proposed
reordering of the FPI to give greater
prominence to the sections that
practitioners consider most important
and refer to most often. Many comments
agreed that the reordering, by better
reflecting the way the information in the
FPI is used, would make the FPI more
useful and accessible to practitioners.
Some comments, while supportive of
the reordering generally, recommended
certain changes to the sequence of the
sections. One comment requested that
the ‘‘Adverse Reactions’’ section be
moved from its present location
following the ‘‘Use in Specific
Populations’’ section and be placed
immediately after the ‘‘Warnings and
Precautions’’ section. The comment also
recommended that the ‘‘Use in Specific
Populations’’ section be moved from its
location following the ‘‘Drug
Interactions’’ section and be placed
immediately after the ‘‘Dosage and
Administration’’ section. The comment
maintained that use in specific
populations frequently involves
modifications to dose or dosage
regimen, so it would be logical to place
the section in close proximity to the
‘‘Dosage and Administration’’ section.
The agency agrees that it would be
advantageous to group together the two
major risk information sections—the
‘‘Warnings and Precautions’’ and
‘‘Adverse Reactions’’ sections. Placing
the two sections sequentially
consolidates risk information in one
location and helps put in context the
relative seriousness of the adverse
reactions discussed in labeling. Thus,
FDA has revised proposed § 201.57(c) to
require that the ‘‘Adverse Reactions’’
section follow the ‘‘Warnings and
Precautions’’ section.
The agency does not agree with the
recommendation to place the ‘‘Use in
Specific Populations’’ section
immediately after the ‘‘Dosage and
Administration’’ section. Although
some of the information in the ‘‘Use in
Specific Populations’’ section will have
implications for dosing, most of the
PO 00000
Frm 00022
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
information in the section will be
related to risk. The section is, therefore,
more appropriately placed among the
other labeling sections related to risk. In
addition, the agency believes that all
dosing information should be
consolidated in a single section. If there
are specific recommendations for dosage
regimen modifications for use in
specific populations, those
modifications must be described in the
‘‘Dosage and Administration’’ section
(see § 201.57(c)(3)).
(Comment 39) One comment
requested that the agency require a
‘‘Product Title’’ section at the beginning
of the FPI. The comment maintained
that the title is short and repeating it
would be useful to practitioners to avoid
confusion.
The option to include a ‘‘Product
Title’’ section is a vestige of the
prescription drug labeling rule finalized
in 1979 (44 FR 37434, June 26, 1979).
The optional ‘‘Product Title’’ section
was incorporated in the labeling
regulations at that time in response to a
comment to the proposed rule that was
the basis for the 1979 final rule (44 FR
37440). The comment stated that the
proposed labeling requirements did not
require identification of the product at
the beginning of labeling. Instead, the
first required element in the proposed
labeling regulations was the
‘‘Description’’ section. The comment
recommended, and the agency agreed,
that certain sections of the
‘‘Description’’ section could be pulled
out of that section and used as a
‘‘Product Title’’ section at the beginning
of labeling.
Under this final rule, a ‘‘Product
Title’’ section is not needed for labeling
subject to the requirements of new
§ 201.57, because under final
§ 201.57(a)(2), Highlights includes the
name of the drug, dosage form, and
route of administration and, for
controlled substances, the controlled
substance symbol. Because this
information will appear at the beginning
of labeling and is similar to the
information required under the
‘‘Product Title’’ section, the agency
believes it is not necessary or useful to
provide the option to include a
‘‘Product Title’’ section at the beginning
of the FPI. Accordingly, the agency has
deleted proposed § 201.56(d)(4) from the
requirements for products described in
§ 201.57(b)(1) (new and more recently
approved drug products). This revision
does not have any effect on the ‘‘Product
Title’’ provision in current regulations
(§ 201.56(e)(4)), which this final rule
retains for products subject to § 201.80.
(Comment 40) One comment stated
that, if the agency retains the
E:\FR\FM\24JAR2.SGM
24JAR2
rwilkins on PROD1PC63 with RULES_2
Federal Register / Vol. 71, No. 15 / Tuesday, January 24, 2006 / Rules and Regulations
requirement for the boxed warning in
both Highlights and the FPI, the boxed
warning in the FPI should be placed in
the ‘‘Warnings and Precautions’’ section
rather than at the beginning of the FPI.
The agency disagrees. The agency
believes that the summary sections in
Highlights should appear in the same
order as the corresponding sections in
the FPI to facilitate access to the more
detailed information contained in the
corresponding sections in the FPI. The
risk information presented in a boxed
warning is of such importance that it
warrants placement in the most
prominent locations.
(Comment 41) Some comments
recommended that the ‘‘How Supplied/
Storage and Handling’’ section be kept
at the end of the FPI, rather than moved
toward the front of the FPI, as proposed.
The comments expressed concern that,
because of the variable length of the
three labeling sections that precede the
‘‘How Supplied/Storage and Handling’’
section, it would not be in a consistent
location; therefore, practitioners would
have more difficulty locating the section
than if it were always at the end of the
FPI. One comment stated that
pharmacists frequently access this
section for information about storage
conditions and that it would be more
appropriate to place the section just
before the ‘‘Patient Counseling
Information’’ near the end of the
labeling, where pharmacists are
accustomed to finding it.
The proposed placement of the ‘‘How
Supplied/Storage and Handling’’ section
following the ‘‘Dosage and
Administration’’ section was based on
input from physicians who were
surveyed about which information in
labeling is most important and
frequently referenced. Physicians
indicated that their use of the ‘‘Dosage
and Administration’’ section and the
‘‘How Supplied/Storage and Handling’’
section is linked. Physicians commonly
refer to the ‘‘Dosage and
Administration’’ section for dosing
information and then to the ‘‘How
Supplied/Storage and Handling’’ section
for available dosage strengths and
dosage forms. For this reason, the
agency believes that keeping dosing and
dosage forms and strengths information
together in the labeling is important.
However, the agency recognizes that,
under proposed § 201.57(c)(4), the
‘‘How Supplied/Storage and Handling’’
section would often have contained
lengthy lists of available packaging and
product identification information that
may distract prescribers from other
important information. For this reason,
and in view of the comments received,
the agency has decided to move this
VerDate Aug<31>2005
16:08 Jan 23, 2006
Jkt 208001
section toward the end of the labeling
(§ 201.57(c)(17)). (See comments 55 and
107 for discussion of revisions (i.e.,
addition of imprinting as an example of
an identifying characteristic and
deletion of proposed § 201.57(c)(4)(v)).)
FDA also has decided to require that
information identified by prescribers as
frequently referenced (i.e., dosage forms
and strengths and some product
identification information) be included
in a section entitled ‘‘Dosage Forms and
Strengths’’ (§ 201.57(c)(4)) following the
‘‘Dosage and Administration’’ section.
The agency believes that moving the
‘‘How Supplied/Storage and Handling’’
section toward the end of labeling will
make it easier for pharmacists to locate
product identification, packaging, and
storage information. Retaining critical
prescribing information in the ‘‘Dosage
Forms and Strengths’’ section will
continue to meet the needs of
prescribers by keeping available dosage
forms and strengths information
together with information about dosage
and administration. Under this final
rule, some product identification
information (e.g., shape, color, coating,
scoring, and imprinting) may be
required to appear in both the ‘‘Dosage
Forms and Strengths’’ and ‘‘How
Supplied/Storage and Handling’’
sections. FDA believes that the product
identification information should be
included in both sections to preserve
the integrity and comprehensibility of
each section.
(Comment 42) One comment
requested that the agency clarify the
conditions under which it would be
appropriate, when amending existing
labeling to the new labeling format, to
move certain information from a section
in old labeling to a different section in
new labeling. For example, the
comment asked what criteria would be
used to determine whether information
on use in specific populations, currently
contained in the ‘‘Clinical
Pharmacology’’ section, should be
moved to the new ‘‘Use in Specific
Populations’’ section.
The agency expects that, in many
cases, amending labeling to meet new
§ 201.57(c) will involve rearranging
large segments (sections and
subsections) of information in existing
labeling without substantially changing
the content. In some cases, however, it
will be necessary to parse information
from several parts of the existing
labeling into a new section. When
information is to be consolidated into a
new section, or when information is
required in several places, there may be
uncertainty about how the information
should be divided into portions for
clarity and to avoid redundancy. The
PO 00000
Frm 00023
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
3943
agency recognizes the complexity of
these issues and, therefore, is making
available the new labeling format
guidance to assist in determining how to
reorganize existing labeling information
into the new format (see section IV of
this document).
H. Full Prescribing Information—
Comments on Specific Provisions
As noted previously, for products
described in proposed § 201.56(b)(1)
(new and more recently approved
prescription drug products), FDA
proposed to revise the content and
format requirements at then-current
§ 201.57 (proposed § 201.57(c)). A
discussion of the comments pertaining
to these provisions and the agency’s
responses follow.
• Boxed warning (proposed
§ 201.57(c)(1))
FDA proposed to require that a boxed
warning in the FPI be preceded by an
exclamation point (!) for indexing
purposes (proposed § 201.57(c)(1)). The
agency specifically requested comment
on the different types of icons that could
be used to signal the boxed warning and
on the costs and benefits of different
icon types.
(Comment 43) Several comments
stated that an icon is unnecessary
because practitioners are familiar with
the meaning of a boxed warning and the
box itself is sufficient to call attention
to the warning. Some comments
observed that the exclamation point was
not a sufficiently distinct symbol
because it could be confused with the
numeral 1 and might be particularly
difficult to recognize in small font.
Some comments expressed concern
about using any icon that is not
universally understood. One comment
recommended that a stop sign be used
as it has a universally recognized
meaning. Other comments expressed
concern about added printing and
software costs associated with any icon
requirement.
FDA has reconsidered requiring an
exclamation point, or any other icon, to
identify a boxed warning. FDA agrees
that the single black line box around the
warning information is understood by
practitioners in the United States and is
sufficient to draw attention to the
warning information. Therefore, the
agency is not requiring an exclamation
point or any other icon preceding the
boxed warning in the FPI. Sections
201.56(d)(1), 201.57(a)(4), and (c)(1) of
the final rule have been revised to
remove the requirement.
• Indications and usage (proposed
§ 201.57(c)(2)(i))
FDA proposed to require that the
‘‘Indications and Usage’’ section of the
E:\FR\FM\24JAR2.SGM
24JAR2
rwilkins on PROD1PC63 with RULES_2
3944
Federal Register / Vol. 71, No. 15 / Tuesday, January 24, 2006 / Rules and Regulations
FPI (proposed § 201.57(c)(2)(i)) contain
the same information as required at
then-current § 201.57(c)(1) except that
outdated examples of indications were
removed.
(Comment 44) One comment
recommended that the ‘‘Indications and
Usage’’ section be retitled ‘‘Food and
Drug Administration—Approved Uses.’’
The comment stated that the phrase
‘‘indications and usage’’ is regulatory
jargon that is not meaningful to
practitioners or patients.
The agency does not believe it would
be worthwhile to change the title of the
section in the manner recommended by
the comment. The agency does not agree
that ‘‘indications and usage’’ is jargon
and not meaningful to practitioners.
FDA believes practitioners are familiar
with the section heading and
understand that the uses described in
this section are those for which FDA has
found to be safe and effective.
(Comment 45) One comment stated
that the ‘‘Indications and Usage’’ section
should include approved uses in
pregnancy.
The agency agrees, in part. Uses that
have been specifically studied for
conditions unique to pregnancy and for
which a drug has been demonstrated to
be safe and effective (e.g., to induce
labor) would be appropriate for
inclusion in the ‘‘Indications and
Usage’’ section. Ordinarily, however,
special considerations about the use of
a drug in pregnancy for indications that
do not differ from the general
population would be placed in the ‘‘Use
in Specific Populations’’ section.
• Indications and usage—scope of
information (proposed
§ 201.57(c)(2)(iv)(A))
FDA proposed to revise the
requirement at then-current
§ 201.57(c)(3)(i) to state that if evidence
is available to support the safety and
effectiveness of the drug only in
selected subgroups of the larger
population with the disease or
condition (e.g., patients with mild
disease or patients in a special age
group) or if evidence to support the
indication is based on surrogate
endpoints, then the available evidence
and the limitations on the usefulness of
the drug (or in the case of surrogate
endpoints, the limitations of the
supporting efficacy data) must be
described succinctly in the ‘‘Indications
and Usage’’ section (proposed
§ 201.57(c)(2)(iv)(A)). FDA proposed,
further, to require reference to the
‘‘Clinical Studies’’ section of the FPI
(proposed § 201.57(c)(15)) for a detailed
discussion of the methodology and
results of clinical studies relevant to
such limitation(s). FDA also proposed to
VerDate Aug<31>2005
16:08 Jan 23, 2006
Jkt 208001
require that this section of the FPI
identify specific tests needed for
selection or monitoring of the patients
who need the drug and describe, if
available, information on the
approximate kind, degree, and duration
of improvement to be anticipated.
(Comment 46) One comment
requested that the ‘‘Indications and
Usage’’ section specify the type of
clinical trial that has been conducted to
support each indication (e.g., placebocontrolled, active-controlled).
The agency believes that the ‘‘Clinical
Studies’’ section is the appropriate
section of labeling to discuss the details
(e.g., trial design, outcome) of clinical
trials, not the ‘‘Indications and Usage’’
section. The agency has concluded that
greater clarity about the scope of the
information to be included in the
‘‘Indications and Usage’’ section is
warranted and has revised proposed
§ 201.57(c)(2) accordingly. This revision
is consistent with having, as stated in
the preamble to the proposed rule, a
more focused ‘‘Indications and Usage’’
section (65 FR 81082 at 81091).
(Comment 47) FDA received one
comment that strongly supported the
proposed modification of the
‘‘Indications and Usage’’ section to
require that limitations in usefulness or
in data supporting approval be
specified. One comment stated that the
requirement should be modified to
specifically require discussion of
differential drug effects in
subpopulations with varying genetic
characteristics.
FDA agrees that the ‘‘Indications and
Usage’’ section must discuss differences
in drug effectiveness in subgroups for
which there is substantial evidence for
such differences. The proposed
language was not intended to limit the
scope of the requirement to particular
subgroups. The provision applies to any
identifiable subgroup with a clearly
different response to a drug. The agency
believes the language in final
§ 201.57(c)(2)(i)(B) and (c)(2)(i)(D)
makes clear that the section must
discuss differential drug effects for all
types of patient subgroups for which
there is substantial evidence
establishing differences in effects. If
dosage modification is necessary based
on genetic characteristics, this must be
described in the ‘‘Dosage and
Administration’’ section. FDA has
revised proposed § 201.57(c)(3)
accordingly (see § 201.57(c)(3)(i)(H) of
final rule).
(Comment 48) One comment
requested that FDA make clear when the
‘‘Indications and Usage’’ section must
include specific tests needed for
selection and monitoring of patients
PO 00000
Frm 00024
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
who need a drug (e.g., microbe
susceptibility testing). The comment
stated that it is not practical to
recommend specific microbial
susceptibility testing when empirical
diagnosis is common.
Specific tests for selecting and
monitoring patients would be described
when they are necessary for safe and
effective use. Therefore, the requirement
in final § 201.57(c)(2)(i)(C) that the
‘‘Indications and Usage’’ section
identify specific tests needed for
selecting and monitoring patients does
not require that the ‘‘Indications and
Usage’’ section routinely state that
microbial susceptibility testing must be
done. The requirement addresses
situations in which a drug is indicated
for a specific therapeutic niche that can
be identified by microbe susceptibility
testing. For example, the ‘‘Indications
and Usage’’ section might specify that a
drug is indicated to treat penicillinresistant pneumococci. The description
of the drug’s activity provides critical
prescribing information.
• Indications and usage—lack of
evidence statement (proposed
§ 201.57(c)(2)(iv)(D))
FDA proposed to revise then-current
§ 201.57(c)(3)(iv), which provided that
in situations where there is a common
belief that a drug may be effective for a
certain use or condition or the drug is
commonly used for that condition but
the preponderance of the evidence
shows the drug is ineffective, the
‘‘Indications and Usage’’ section must
state that the drug is ineffective
(proposed § 201.57(c)(2)(iv)(D)). The
revision proposed to expand this
requirement to situations in which a
drug may be effective for a use but the
preponderance of the evidence shows
that the therapeutic benefits of the
product do not generally outweigh its
risks. In such situations, under sections
201(n) (21 U.S.C. 321) and 502(a) of the
act, the agency can require that the
‘‘Indications and Usage’’ section state
that there is a lack of evidence that the
drug is effective or safe for that use.
(Comment 49) One comment
requested that the agency provide
examples to clarify what it intends by
this new requirement.
Anti-arrhythmia drugs are an example
of a category of drugs to which the new
requirement in final § 201.57(c)(2)(ii)
could apply. They are typically effective
in restoring or maintaining normal sinus
rhythm for a variety of types of rhythm
disturbances, but because of the
potential for pro-arrhythmic effects,
they are typically indicated for only the
more serious clinical situations in
which their benefits outweigh their
risks. For example, an anti-arrhythmic
E:\FR\FM\24JAR2.SGM
24JAR2
rwilkins on PROD1PC63 with RULES_2
Federal Register / Vol. 71, No. 15 / Tuesday, January 24, 2006 / Rules and Regulations
drug may be indicated for sustained
ventricular arrhythmia, but specifically
not indicated for premature ventricular
contractions.
• Dosage and administration
(proposed § 201.57(c)(3))
FDA proposed to require that the
‘‘Dosage and Administration’’ section of
the FPI (proposed § 201.57(c)(3)) contain
the same information as required in
then-current § 201.57(j), except that the
section must include efficacious or toxic
drug or metabolite concentration ranges
and therapeutic concentration windows
for drug or metabolite(s) where
established and when clinically
important. FDA proposed to require
information on therapeutic drug
concentration monitoring (TDM), when
clinically necessary. The proposed
provision also specified that dosing
regimens must not be implied or
suggested in other sections of labeling if
not included in this section. FDA has
retained this provision in the final rule
with some editorial revisions
(§ 201.57(c)(3)).
(Comment 50) One comment asked
the agency to clarify whether the
language in proposed § 201.57(c)(3),
‘‘upper limit beyond which safety and
effectiveness have not been
established,’’ is referring to maximum
tolerated dose.
The language does not refer to the
maximum tolerated dose. The upper
limit beyond which safety and
effectiveness have not been established
would ordinarily refer to: (1) The largest
dose demonstrated to be safe and
effective in controlled clinical trials, (2)
the largest dose evaluated that showed
an increase in effectiveness (i.e., where
studied larger doses provided no
additional benefit), or (3) the largest
dose beyond which safety has not been
established or an unacceptable risk has
been demonstrated.
(Comment 51) One comment
requested that the agency make it clear
that any dosage adjustments discussed
in the ‘‘Drug Interactions’’ section
should also be presented in the ‘‘Dosage
and Administration’’ section.
The agency agrees that when there is
specific information about how to adjust
dosage because of a drug interaction,
this information must be included in the
‘‘Dosage and Administration’’ section.
The ‘‘Dosage and Administration’’
section should also refer the reader to
the more detailed discussion of the drug
interaction in the ‘‘Drug Interactions’’
and ‘‘Clinical Pharmacology’’ sections.
In response to this comment, FDA has
modified proposed § 201.57(c)(3) to
require that information on dosage
adjustments needed because of a drug
VerDate Aug<31>2005
16:08 Jan 23, 2006
Jkt 208001
interaction be included in the ‘‘Dosage
and Administration’’ section.
(Comment 52) One comment
requested that all intravenous dosing
regimens in labeling be expressed in
rates of milligrams per hour. The
comment pointed out that rates are
expressed in milligrams per minute and
milligrams per hour. The comment
maintained that expressing all such
rates in milligrams per hour would
avoid the need to recalculate rates and
thus reduce the likelihood of
medication errors.
The agency does not agree that always
requiring rates of administration for
intravenous medications to be expressed
in milligrams per hour would avoid the
need to recalculate rates of infusion and
thus reduce medication errors. The
agency believes that these rates should
be expressed per time unit that is most
appropriate to the interval over which a
medication is to be administered. This
approach will eliminate, to the extent
possible, the need to recalculate rates
and should, therefore, minimize error.
(Comment 53) One comment stated
that, with respect to clinically important
effectiveness and/or toxic drug and/or
metabolite concentration ranges and
therapeutic concentration windows in
the ‘‘Dosage and Administration’’
section, effectiveness information other
than information on TDM would more
appropriately be placed in the ‘‘Clinical
Pharmacology’’ section. The comment
further stated that, if the concentration
range concerned safety, it would more
appropriately be included in the
‘‘Warnings and Precautions’’ section.
The ‘‘Dosage and Administration’’
section must identify efficacious or
toxic concentration windows of the drug
or its metabolites, if established and
clinically significant, and information
on TDM, when TDM is necessary.
Clinically relevant background
information supporting the need for
TDM could appear in other sections of
labeling as appropriate (e.g., ‘‘Clinical
Pharmacology,’’ ‘‘Clinical Studies,’’
‘‘Adverse Reactions’’).
(Comment 54) Two comments
recommended including instructions on
the appropriate time of day to take a
drug and other dosing conditions (e.g.,
take with food, take on an empty
stomach) in the ‘‘Dosage and
Administration’’ section of the labeling.
One comment requested that the
labeling include a section concerning
the importance of compliance with the
dosage regimen and instructions on
what to do about missed doses and
noncompliance in general. The
comment requested that, in the absence
of data to support instructions on what
to do about noncompliance, the labeling
PO 00000
Frm 00025
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
3945
include a statement indicating that there
is no such information.
The agency agrees that information
about appropriate time of day to take a
medication or other dosing
considerations must be included in the
‘‘Dosage and Administration’’ section if
this information is necessary for safe
and effective use (e.g., if a significant
amount of a therapeutic effect is lost if
the drug is not taken on an empty
stomach). Therefore, the agency has
revised proposed § 201.57(c)(3) to
require that clinically significant dosing
information (e.g., clinically significant
food effects) be included in the ‘‘Dosage
and Administration’’ section. Similarly,
the agency has revised proposed
§ 201.57(c)(13)(i)(B) of the ‘‘Clinical
Pharmacology’’ section to clarify that
certain recommendations regarding
pharmacodynamic effects included in
other sections of labeling, such as the
‘‘Dosage and Administration’’ section,
must not be repeated in the ‘‘Clinical
Pharmacology’’ section.
The agency agrees that rigid
compliance with the dosage regimen
can be critical to safe and effective drug
therapy and information about how to
manage noncompliance is important for
practitioners. Therefore, FDA has
revised proposed § 201.57(c)(3) to make
clear that important considerations
concerning compliance with the dosage
regimen must be included.
The agency believes that the labeling
should not include a separate section
devoted to the importance of
compliance with a drug’s dosage
regimen or information on what to do
about missed doses, because this
information is most appropriately
contained in other sections of the
labeling (e.g., ‘‘Dosage and
Administration,’’ ‘‘Clinical
Pharmacology,’’ ‘‘Patient Counseling
Information’’). The agency believes that
it would not be useful to include a
statement in the labeling indicating that
there is no information available about
management of noncompliance (e.g.,
missed doses).
• How supplied/storage and handling
(proposed § 201.57(c)(4))
FDA proposed to require that the
‘‘How Supplied/Storage and Handling’’
section of the FPI (proposed
§ 201.57(c)(4)) contain the same
information as required at then-current
§ 201.57(k), except that a new provision
was added at proposed § 201.57(c)(4)(v).
Proposed § 201.57(c)(4)(v) would
require a statement specifying the type
of container to be used by pharmacists
in dispensing the product. Comments
pertaining to proposed § 201.57(c)(4)(v)
are addressed in section VI.J of this
document (‘‘Comments on Revisions to
E:\FR\FM\24JAR2.SGM
24JAR2
rwilkins on PROD1PC63 with RULES_2
3946
Federal Register / Vol. 71, No. 15 / Tuesday, January 24, 2006 / Rules and Regulations
Container Labels’’; see comments 106
through 110). Comment 41 addresses
relocation of the ‘‘How Supplied/
Storage and Handling’’ section to
§ 201.57(c)(17) and the retention of
critical prescribing information in the
‘‘Dosage Forms and Strengths’’ section
at § 201.57(c)(4). A comment pertaining
to the format for and type of information
contained in these sections is discussed
here.
(Comment 55) One comment
recommended including product
identity markings in this section. The
comment also recommended bulleted or
tabular presentation of product identity
markings, color, flavor, package sizes,
strengths, storage conditions, etc., to
make such information more accessible.
FDA agrees with the comment that
product identity markings are useful for
practitioners and, therefore, now
includes imprinting as an example of an
identifying characteristic in both the
‘‘Dosage Forms and Strengths’’ and the
‘‘How Supplied/Storage and Handling’’
sections of the final rule. FDA also
agrees that presenting information about
product identity markings, color, flavor,
package sizes, strengths, storage
conditions, and other identifying
information in a bulleted or table format
will make the information more
accessible, particularly where the
product has many dosage forms and
strengths. However, because the amount
and content of information can vary
significantly from product to product,
FDA is not requiring a specific format.
• Warnings and precautions
(proposed § 201.57(c)(6))
FDA proposed to revise the content of
the ‘‘Warnings’’ and ‘‘Precautions’’
sections. First, FDA proposed to require
that information on drug interactions,
information on specific populations
(i.e., pregnancy, labor and delivery,
nursing mothers, pediatric, and geriatric
use information), and information for
patients be moved from the
‘‘Precautions’’ section to three new
sections (described in proposed
§ 201.57(c)(7), (c)(8), and (c)(17)
respectively). Second, FDA proposed to
require that the remainder of the
information in the ‘‘Precautions’’
section, with the information from the
‘‘Warnings’’ section, be combined into a
new section entitled ‘‘Warnings and
Precautions’’ (proposed § 201.57(c)(6)).
FDA also proposed to require that the
‘‘Warnings and Precautions’’ section
include information on contacts for
adverse reaction reporting (proposed
§ 201.57(c)(6)(v)). See comment 30
regarding deletion of proposed
§ 201.57(c)(6)(v).
Several comments supported
reorganizing the ‘‘Warnings and
VerDate Aug<31>2005
16:08 Jan 23, 2006
Jkt 208001
Precautions’’ section. The comments
agreed with FDA’s findings, based on
physician surveys and focus testing, that
the distinction between warnings and
precautions is not meaningful to
practitioners who use labeling. The
comments stated that the combined
section would make the discussion of
risk information in labeling less
repetitive, less confusing, and more
accessible.
(Comment 56) In the proposal, the
agency specifically sought comment on
whether there should be standardized
headings for categories of adverse
reactions in the proposed ‘‘Warnings
and Precautions’’ section and, if there
should be, what standardized headings
would be appropriate.
Comments uniformly opposed
standardized headings to categorize
adverse reactions in the ‘‘Warnings and
Precautions’’ section. Comments
expressed concern that standardized
headings would not provide sufficient
flexibility to accommodate the diversity
of risk information that might be
appropriate for inclusion in the
‘‘Warnings and Precautions’’ section.
FDA agrees that standardized
headings should not be required in the
‘‘Warnings and Precautions’’ section
because a requirement to place risk
information under prescribed headings
could make the information less clear or
more difficult to find.
(Comment 57) One comment
requested clarification of the
requirement in proposed
§ 201.57(c)(6)(iii) that the ‘‘Warnings
and Precautions’’ section identify any
laboratory tests that ‘‘may be helpful’’ in
following a patient’s response or
identifying possible adverse reactions.
The comment maintained that the
language ‘‘may be helpful’’ is too vague
and recommended that the language be
changed to specify that only laboratory
tests that ‘‘have been shown to be
helpful’’ be required in the ‘‘Warnings
and Precautions’’ section.
The agency is concerned that limiting
the scope of laboratory testing
recommendations identified in labeling
to only those tests that have been
‘‘shown to be helpful’’ in monitoring
patients could exclude sensible and
potentially important laboratory testing
recommendations. The agency agrees,
however, that ‘‘may be helpful’’ is a
vague standard and, therefore, has
amended the provision to require
identifying any laboratory tests
‘‘helpful’’ in following a patient’s
response or identifying possible adverse
reactions.
(Comment 58) Several comments
expressed concern about the proposal to
change the criteria for inclusion of
PO 00000
Frm 00026
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
adverse reactions in the ‘‘Warnings and
Precautions’’ section from ‘‘serious’’ to
‘‘clinically significant’’ adverse
reactions. There was concern that the
significance of the adverse reactions
discussed in the ‘‘Warnings and
Precautions’’ section would be diluted
by the inclusion of less serious adverse
reactions in the section, thus
undermining the value of the section.
Other comments expressed concern that
‘‘clinically significant’’ is subject to
interpretation and could, in application,
result in inconsistency across labeling
for different products.
As discussed in the preamble
accompanying the proposed rule (65 FR
81082 at 81092), ‘‘serious’’ was changed
to ‘‘clinically significant’’ to expand the
scope of the ‘‘Warnings and
Precautions’’ section to allow for
inclusion of adverse reactions that may
not meet the regulatory definition of
‘‘serious’’ (§ 312.32(a)), but nonetheless
have a significant impact on clinical use
of the drug. The agency believes that
information on both types of adverse
reactions is necessary for practitioners
to prescribe products safely and
effectively and must, therefore, be
included in the ‘‘Warnings and
Precautions’’ section. The agency
acknowledges that inclusion of less
serious but clinically significant adverse
reactions may add to the overall length
of the ‘‘Warnings and Precautions’’
section of labeling for certain drugs. The
agency does not agree, however, that the
effect will be to dilute or deemphasize
the importance of serious adverse
reactions contained in the section. The
agency believes that limiting inclusion
of nonserious adverse reactions to only
those that have significant impact on
therapeutic decisionmaking (e.g., may
reduce compliance with drug therapy)
ensures that the intended scope of the
‘‘Warnings and Precautions’’ section is
preserved.
(Comment 59) One comment
recommended that the agency describe
parameters upon which to base
decisions about the sequence in which
adverse reactions are presented in the
‘‘Warnings and Precautions’’ section.
There are multiple factors that could
influence the sequence in which
adverse reactions should be presented
in the ‘‘Warnings and Precautions’’
section. The most significant include
the relative seriousness of the adverse
reaction, the ability to prevent or
mitigate the adverse reaction, the
likelihood the adverse reaction will
occur, and the size of the population
affected. In general, the sequence of the
adverse reactions should reflect the
relative public health significance, and
the seriousness of the adverse reaction
E:\FR\FM\24JAR2.SGM
24JAR2
rwilkins on PROD1PC63 with RULES_2
Federal Register / Vol. 71, No. 15 / Tuesday, January 24, 2006 / Rules and Regulations
should weigh more heavily than the
likelihood of occurrence or the size of
the affected population. The agency has
added clarifying language to this
requirement to assist in selecting and
organizing information in this section.
The agency is also making available
guidance on the ‘‘Warnings and
Precautions’’ section, which provides
recommendations on sequencing of
adverse reactions (see section IV of this
document).
In addition, the final rule
(§ 201.57(c)(6)(i)) states that FDA may
require labeling to include a specific
warning relating to a use that is not
provided for under the ‘‘Indications and
Usage’’ section if the drug is commonly
prescribed for a disease or condition
and such usage is associated with
clinically significant risk or hazard.
FDA deleted language from proposed
§ 201.57(c)(6)(i), (i.e., ‘‘and there is a
lack of substantial evidence of
effectiveness for that disease or
condition’’) because the requirement for
a warning is based on an assessment of
risk. In addition, FDA also clarified that
its authority under this provision must
be exercised in accordance with
sections 201(n) and 502(a) of the act.
• Drug interactions (proposed
§ 201.57(c)(7))
FDA proposed to require a ‘‘Drug
Interactions’’ section (proposed
§ 201.57(c)(7)) containing the same
information as required by the ‘‘Drug
interactions’’ subsection of the
‘‘Precautions’’ section at then-current
§ 201.57(f)(4).
(Comment 60) Most comments
supported creation of a distinct section
for drug interactions. These comments
maintained that the new section would
improve the safety of drugs for patients
on multiple medications. One comment
asked FDA to clarify whether
discussions of drug interaction
pharmacokinetic studies should be
repeated in the ‘‘Clinical Pharmacology’’
section.
How to divide information on drug
interactions between the ‘‘Clinical
Pharmacology’’ and ‘‘Drug Interactions’’
sections is a matter of judgment.
Manufacturers must not include a
detailed discussion of drug interaction
pharmacokinetic studies in both the
‘‘Drug Interactions’’ and the ‘‘Clinical
Pharmacology’’ sections. Ordinarily,
clinically significant results and
conclusions of such studies must appear
in the ‘‘Drug Interactions’’ section and
clinically significant information on
dosing modifications in the ‘‘Dosage and
Administration’’ section. If additional
details about the design or conduct of
the studies are relevant to the clinical
use of the drug, the information must be
VerDate Aug<31>2005
16:08 Jan 23, 2006
Jkt 208001
included in the ‘‘Clinical
Pharmacology’’ section. Thus, the
agency has revised proposed
§ 201.57(c)(7)(i) and (c)(13)(i)(D) to
provide this clarification (see
§ 201.57(c)(8)(i) and (c)(13)(i)(C)).
(Comment 61) One comment stated
that the labeling example published
with the proposed rule included
recommended dosage adjustments for
drug interactions that are not based on
clinical experience and requested
clarification about whether the
manufacturer must include speculative
interactions and dosage adjustments in
this section. The comment also asked to
what extent sponsors would be required
to develop clinical data to support
dosage adjustments for drug
interactions.
Manufacturers must not speculate in
labeling. Information from clinical
experience is clearly the most
persuasive, but other relevant data, such
as pharmacokinetic data, in vitro data,
and data from other drug products in
the same pharmacologic or chemical
class, may reliably predict the
likelihood of an interaction with the
drug or provide a basis for a dosage
adjustment recommendation. Therefore,
it would not be appropriate to limit the
scope of the drug interactions and
dosage adjustment information in
labeling to only those interactions or
dosage adjustments for which there are
clinical data.
(Comment 62) One comment stated
that including discussions of dosage
adjustments to address drug interactions
in both the ‘‘Drug Interactions’’ and
‘‘Dosage and Administration’’ sections
would add unnecessarily to the length
of the labeling.
FDA does not agree that discussing
dosage adjustments for drug interactions
in both the ‘‘Drug Interactions’’ section
and the ‘‘Dosage and Administration’’
section would be unnecessary or
repetitive because the purposes of the
sections are distinct (see comment 51).
The ‘‘Drug Interactions’’ section alerts
the prescriber to the existence of
interactions and provides a place for
substantive discussion of the nature of
the identified interactions, including
practical advice about preventing or
limiting interactions. The ‘‘Dosing and
Administration’’ section provides
specific information about how to
modify the dose to minimize the risk of
drug interactions when such
information is available, but does not
provide the details that are discussed in
the ‘‘Drug Interactions’’ section.
(Comment 63) One comment
recommended revising the ‘‘Drug
Interactions’’ section to require the
presentation of drug interaction data
PO 00000
Frm 00027
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
3947
ranked by order of the strength of the
data supporting the existence of an
interaction.
FDA believes that relative clinical
significance of the drug interaction
would ordinarily be the most reasonable
basis for determining the order of
presentation of drug interactions.
Because, for certain products, this
section can be lengthy and complex, the
agency will not designate a specific
order in the regulations.
(Comment 64) One comment
recommended that, in the following
language from the proposed provision
for the ‘‘Drug Interactions’’ section, the
word ‘‘patients’’ be replaced with the
word ‘‘humans’’: ‘‘Information in this
section must be limited to that
pertaining to clinical use of the drug in
patients.’’ The comment maintained that
drug interaction studies often involve
healthy volunteers, rather than patients,
and the language in the regulation
should reflect the nature of the study
participants.
The agency has revised final
§ 201.57(c)(8)(i) to clarify the scope of
the information to be included in this
section and this sentence was deleted.
(Comment 65) One comment
requested that the agency clarify the
requirement in the proposed ‘‘Drug
Interactions’’ section to briefly describe
the mechanism of interaction for drugs
and drug classes that interact with a
drug in vivo. The comment maintained
that the mechanism is not always
understood and requested that the rule
specify that the requirement to describe
the mechanism applies only if the
mechanism is understood.
The agency agrees. Proposed
§ 201.57(c)(7) (§ 201.57(c)(8)(i) in this
final rule) has been revised to state that
the mechanism of an interaction must
be briefly described, if it is known.
• Use in specific populations
(proposed § 201.57(c)(8))
FDA proposed to require a new
section entitled ‘‘Use in Specific
Populations’’ (proposed § 201.57(c)(8))
to include the information on specific
populations required in the
‘‘Pregnancy,’’ ‘‘Labor and delivery,’’
‘‘Nursing mothers,’’ ‘‘Pediatric use,’’ and
‘‘Geriatric use’’ subsections of the
‘‘Precautions’’ section at then-current
§ 201.57(f)(6) through (f)(10). The
agency also proposed to revise certain
required warning language in the
labeling of drugs in pregnancy
categories D and X (proposed
§ 201.57(c)(8)(i)(A)(4) and
(c)(8)(i)(A)(5)). The proposal would have
replaced the following language from
then-current § 201.57(f)(6)(i)(d) and
(f)(6)(i)(e): ‘‘If this drug is used during
pregnancy, or if the patient becomes
E:\FR\FM\24JAR2.SGM
24JAR2
rwilkins on PROD1PC63 with RULES_2
3948
Federal Register / Vol. 71, No. 15 / Tuesday, January 24, 2006 / Rules and Regulations
pregnant while taking this drug, the
patient should be apprised of the
potential hazard to the fetus.’’ The
proposed alternative language, which
was intended to address the concern
that any woman with reproductive
potential should be apprised of the risk
associated with taking the category D
and X drugs during pregnancy, read: ‘‘If
this drug is administered to a woman
with reproductive potential, the patient
should be apprised of the potential
hazard to a fetus.’’
FDA also proposed some changes in
terminology to the ‘‘Nursing mothers’’
subsection (proposed § 201.57(c)(8)(iii)).
For example, FDA proposed to change
the term ‘‘nursing mothers’’ to ‘‘lactating
women.’’ Other proposed changes
included making assessments based on
‘‘clinically significant adverse
reactions’’ rather than ‘‘serious adverse
reactions.’’
(Comment 66) Several comments
supported creation of a section devoted
to information about use in specific
populations. The comments indicated
that placing all the information on
specific populations in one labeling
section would make the information
much easier to locate. However, one
comment stated that the revised
warning statement for drugs in
pregnancy categories D and X no longer
makes clear that a pregnant woman
receiving the drug should be apprised of
the potential hazard to the fetus. The
comment expressed concern that the
phrase ‘‘women with reproductive
potential’’ could be interpreted as
referring only to women with the
potential to become pregnant and not to
those who actually are pregnant.
The agency is developing a proposal
that would revise the requirements for
the ‘‘Pregnancy,’’ ‘‘Labor and delivery,’’
and ‘‘Nursing mothers’’ subsections of
prescription drug labeling. For this
reason, the agency has reconsidered the
need to make minor, interim changes to
the warning statements for pregnancy
categories D and X in this final rule and
has decided to retain the language at
former § 201.57(f)(6)(i)(d) and (f)(6)(i)(e).
This language clearly addresses use of
the drug by pregnant women and
obviates the need for the changes
advocated by the comment.
FDA also decided not to make interim
changes to the ‘‘Nursing mothers’’
subsection of the labeling and will
retain the language at former
§ 201.57(f)(8) for this subsection. The
agency believes that it is best to address
all changes to the content of these
subsections at one time.
(Comment 67) One comment
requested that the agency combine the
initiative to revise the requirements for
VerDate Aug<31>2005
16:08 Jan 23, 2006
Jkt 208001
the pregnancy labeling with this
rulemaking to revise the requirements of
prescription drug labeling generally.
The comment maintained that the
pregnancy labeling requirements need
to be changed expeditiously to require
that the labeling address the likelihood
of harm to the fetus based on timing of
exposure, pharmacokinetic changes in
pregnant women, and the relevance of
animal data to humans.
The agency does not agree that the
two initiatives should be combined. The
pregnancy labeling initiative focuses
exclusively on revising the content
requirements for the pregnancy
subsection of labeling to meaningfully
describe the risks associated with fetal
and maternal exposure to a drug and the
clinical implications of those risks. In
contrast, this final rule is focused on
revising the format and content of
labeling to increase its usefulness for
health care practitioners.
• Adverse reactions—definition of
adverse reaction (proposed
§ 201.57(c)(9))
FDA proposed to revise the definition
of ‘‘adverse reaction’’ to mean a
‘‘noxious and unintended response to
any dose of a product for which there
is a reasonable possibility that the
product caused the response, i.e., the
relationship cannot be ruled out’’
(proposed § 201.57(c)(9)).
(Comment 68) Several comments
objected to the revised definition of an
adverse reaction in proposed
§ 201.57(c)(9). The comments
maintained that this definition would be
too restrictive and could result in
omission of important information.
Comments expressed particular concern
that the terms ‘‘noxious’’ and
‘‘unintended’’ could be applied to
exclude important adverse reactions.
They also stated that important
information could be excluded from the
‘‘Adverse Reactions’’ section because
manufacturers could narrowly construe
whether the drug caused the event.
Comments maintained, for example,
that an adverse reaction that affects
compliance could be considered
clinically meaningful and thus merit
discussion in the ‘‘Warnings and
Precautions’’ section, but be excluded
from the ‘‘Adverse Reactions’’ section
because it is not considered noxious or
unintended. Some comments requested
clarification of elements of the
definition—in particular ‘‘noxious,’’
‘‘unintended,’’ and ‘‘injurious to
health.’’ One comment recommended
that ‘‘unintended’’ be changed to
‘‘unexpected,’’ stating that
‘‘unexpected’’ may more accurately
reflect the intent of the definition. One
comment requested that FDA issue
PO 00000
Frm 00028
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
guidance to clarify these concepts and
conduct an educational campaign to
explain the meaning and significance of
the new definition. Several comments
maintained that the definition of an
adverse reaction in then-current
§ 201.57(g) is a more accurate
description of the events that should be
included in labeling.
One comment expressed concern that
the proposed definition of adverse
reaction could result in excluding
adverse events that should be included
in the labeling because there is a lack of
guidance for determining ‘‘reasonable
causality’’ to identify which adverse
reactions to list. The comment said that
it is commonly known that prescription
drug labeling lists all adverse reactions
that occurred in trials, with definite,
probable, possible, and remote
causality. The comment recommended
that significant adverse reactions be
listed in Highlights and reinforced in
the full prescribing information. The
comment also stated that all other
events that occurred should still be
listed, perhaps last in the
comprehensive ‘‘Adverse Reactions’’
section, because the loss of a
comprehensive listing of all reported
events could be detrimental to patient
safety.
Some comments stated that the
proposed new definition for an adverse
reaction was a marked improvement
because it would narrow the scope of
the ‘‘Adverse Reactions’’ section. These
comments contended that narrowing the
scope of events considered adverse
reactions for purposes of the ‘‘Adverse
Reactions’’ section would help address
long-standing practitioner concerns that
the section is not very informative
because it contains excessively long lists
of reactions, many of which are not
relevant to clinical use of the drug.
The agency has reconsidered the
proposed definition of an adverse
reaction, which was intended to
conform to the definition of adverse
drug reaction for safety reporting in the
International Conference on
Harmonisation of Technical
Requirements for Registration of
Pharmaceuticals for Human Use (ICH)
guidance ‘‘E2A Clinical Safety Data
Management: Definitions and Standards
for Expedited Reporting’’ (60 FR 11284
at 11285, March 1, 1995).
Upon consideration of the comments
submitted in response to this proposal,
the agency concluded that it should not
require use of a new definition of
adverse reaction for labeling of new and
recently approved products. The agency
believes that the language in the
definition of adverse reaction at former
§ 201.57(g) (designated in the final rule
E:\FR\FM\24JAR2.SGM
24JAR2
rwilkins on PROD1PC63 with RULES_2
Federal Register / Vol. 71, No. 15 / Tuesday, January 24, 2006 / Rules and Regulations
as § 201.57(c)(7)), in particular ‘‘an
undesirable effect, reasonably associated
with use of a drug, that may occur as
part of the pharmacological action of the
drug or may be unpredictable in its
occurrence’’ is appropriate for labeling,
but that it requires clarification, as
described in the next paragraph, to
minimize including information in
labeling that does not help prescribers
use the drug safely and effectively (i.e.,
adverse events that are not related to use
of the drug), and that may result in
diluting the usefulness of clinically
meaningful information. Thus, FDA
will, as recommended by several
comments, continue to use its existing
definition for adverse reaction.
The agency believes, as previously
indicated, that the definition of adverse
reaction at former § 201.57(g) requires
clarification. For this purpose, FDA has
revised this definition to make clear that
it is specific to prescription drug
labeling and does not include all
adverse events observed during use of a
drug, but only those adverse events for
which there is some basis to believe
there is a causal relationship between
the drug and the occurrence of the
adverse event. There are many factors to
consider in assessing the association
between a drug and a reported adverse
event and determining whether a
reported event is an adverse reaction
that should be included in labeling. The
agency has included clarifying language
in this final rule to assist in selecting
and organizing reactions. To further
assist manufacturers and reviewers,
FDA is making available the ‘‘Adverse
Reactions’’ section guidance (see section
IV of this document).
(Comment 69) One comment
expressed concern that inclusion of an
adverse reaction in the ‘‘Adverse
Reactions’’ section under the proposed
definition would be tantamount to an
admission that the event was caused by
a drug for product liability purposes.
Another comment stated that having
two definitions for adverse reactions
(i.e., the definition in proposed
§ 201.57(c)(9) for new and recently
approved drugs and the definition in
redesignated § 201.80(g) for older drugs)
may have implications for product
liability. One comment stated that
application of the proposed adverse
reactions definition to drugs that have to
revise their labeling to implement the
new format would require reevaluation
of clinical data and a new safety review
by the agency. One comment requested
the agency clarify whether
manufacturers would now have to
reclassify or otherwise reassess adverse
reactions profiles of products with
existing labeling.
VerDate Aug<31>2005
16:08 Jan 23, 2006
Jkt 208001
The concerns expressed in these
comments are based on the proposed
adverse reaction definition. Because the
agency is not adopting this definition
for the purposes of labeling, FDA
believes that the concerns expressed in
these comments are no longer
applicable.
• Adverse reactions—
characterization of adverse reactions
(proposed § 201.57(c)(9)(ii))
FDA proposed to retain the language
from then-current § 201.57(g)(2) in
proposed § 201.57(c)(9)(ii):
In this listing, adverse reactions may be
categorized by organ system, by severity of
the reaction, by frequency, or by toxicological
mechanism, or by a combination of these, as
appropriate. If frequency information from
adequate clinical studies is available, the
categories and the adverse reactions within
each category must be listed in decreasing
order of frequency. An adverse reaction that
is significantly more severe than the other
reactions listed in a category, however, must
be listed before those reactions, regardless of
its frequency. If frequency information from
adequate clinical studies is not available, the
categories and adverse reactions within each
category must be listed in decreasing order of
severity.* * *
(Comment 70) One comment
requested that the agency reconcile
apparent inconsistencies between the
draft of the ‘‘Adverse Reactions’’ section
guidance in development and the
language in the ‘‘Adverse Reactions’’
section of the proposed rule. The
comment maintained that the
recommended organization in the draft
‘‘Adverse Reactions’’ section guidance is
not consistent with the organization of
the ‘‘Adverse Reactions’’ section in the
proposed rule. This comment advocated
that important points regarding adverse
reactions be discussed in both the
proposed rule and the ‘‘Adverse
Reactions’’ section guidance, with
extensive detail provided in the
guidance document.
Based on this comment and on
comments received on the draft
‘‘Adverse Reactions’’ section guidance,
the agency has revised the regulation on
the ‘‘Adverse Reactions’’ section at
proposed § 201.57(c)(9) (designated in
this final rule as § 201.57(c)(7)) to clarify
the scope of information for this section
of labeling. See comments 71 through
75.
The agency recognizes that the
‘‘Adverse Reactions’’ section has
evolved over time to a point where it
now typically contains several different
components (e.g., information from
controlled clinical trials, uncontrolled
clinical trials, and postmarketing
experience). The agency also recognizes
that there exists considerable
inconsistency in how information in
PO 00000
Frm 00029
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
3949
this section is organized and presented
across different drug products. To
address this problem, the agency
recommends, in the ‘‘Adverse
Reactions’’ section guidance, an
organization for the typical components
of the ‘‘Adverse Reactions’’ section.
Thus, FDA continues, as
recommended by the comment, to
provide general requirements in
regulation and detailed
recommendations in guidance. The
‘‘Adverse Reactions’’ section guidance
provides recommendations for how to
select information for inclusion in this
section, how to characterize the
information, and how to further
organize it (see section IV of this
document).
(Comment 71) One comment
recommended that manufacturers be
required to specify in the ‘‘Adverse
Reactions’’ section what categorization
scheme was employed for listing of the
adverse reactions.
The agency believes that, in most
cases, the basis for the categorization of
‘‘Adverse Reactions’’ section will be
readily apparent to readers. In rare
instances in which the basis for
categorization is not apparent, it would
be appropriate to identify the
categorization scheme employed. The
agency has, therefore, determined that it
is not necessary to require in regulation
that the basis for categorization of
adverse reactions be identified for all
labeling.
The agency has revised, for the
reasons described in the response to
comment 70, proposed § 201.57(c)(9)(ii)
(designated in this final rule as
§ 201.57(c)(7)(ii)) to provide clarification
for this part of the ‘‘Adverse Reactions’’
section. The agency changed the term
‘‘organ system’’ to ‘‘body system.’’
Although the two terms have been used
interchangeably, currently, the term
‘‘body system’’ is used most often.
In addition, the agency deleted the
option to categorize adverse reactions by
toxicological mechanism. After
reviewing the 1975 proposed and 1979
final rules, the agency concluded that
the term is not clear; therefore,
categorization by toxicological
mechanism is not an appropriate option
for the ‘‘Adverse Reactions’’ section.
The agency also made clear that,
however categorized, adverse reactions
must be listed in order of decreasing
frequency.
FDA also removed the requirement
that significantly more severe reactions
be listed before other reactions
regardless of frequency. In most cases,
frequency information is paramount, but
in other cases, severity information may
be more important or a combination of
E:\FR\FM\24JAR2.SGM
24JAR2
rwilkins on PROD1PC63 with RULES_2
3950
Federal Register / Vol. 71, No. 15 / Tuesday, January 24, 2006 / Rules and Regulations
the two may be the best approach. The
categorization scheme selected for the
‘‘Adverse Reactions’’ section should be
appropriate to the drug’s safety database
and reflect the relative public health
importance of the information.
The agency also clarified that if data
are available and important for adverse
reactions with significant clinical
implications, details about the nature,
frequency, and severity of the reaction
must be included. This provision makes
clear that, in many cases, in addition to
lists of adverse reactions, descriptive
information is appropriate for inclusion
in the ‘‘Adverse Reactions’’ section.
(Comment 72) One comment
requested that the agency require that
adverse reactions identified from
postmarketing experience be listed
separately from adverse reactions
identified from clinical trials.
The agency agrees that adverse
reactions identified from domestic and
foreign spontaneous reports after a drug
is marketed should be listed separately
from adverse reactions identified in
clinical trials. Adverse reaction data
from clinical trials and spontaneous
reports communicate different
information to practitioners. In clinical
trials, subjects are specifically queried
about and evaluated for occurrence of
adverse events and clinical investigators
have requirements for identifying and
reporting such events (21 CFR
312.64(b)). Data from clinical trials
inform practitioners about the range of
adverse reactions that may occur. In
addition, because there is typically a
comparison to a control group, these
data provide an estimate of the
incidence and the ability to identify
events that, because they are likely to be
causally related, represent adverse
reactions.
Postmarketing experience with a drug
permits observation of suspected
adverse reactions in a larger, often more
diverse, patient population. This
experience may provide an opportunity
to identify low frequency reactions and
reactions not previously observed
because the susceptible population was
either excluded from the controlled
trials or only included in small
numbers. But, to interpret this
information accurately, a practitioner
must be mindful that postmarketing
experience, although more closely
reflective of clinical practice, lacks the
structure of a clinical trial setting that
permits increased precision. For
postmarketing reporting, the impetus for
reporting, the frequency with which a
suspected adverse reaction is reported,
and the number of exposures to the drug
compared to the number of suspected
reactions reported are unknown, making
VerDate Aug<31>2005
16:08 Jan 23, 2006
Jkt 208001
estimation of incidence calculations
difficult.
Because these differences
significantly affect the interpretation of
these complementary sets of data, the
agency believes it is important to
separate in labeling adverse reactions
identified in clinical trials from adverse
reactions identified from domestic and
foreign spontaneous reports. For
precisely these reasons, in the draft
‘‘Adverse Reactions’’ section guidance,
FDA suggested segregating adverse
reactions from spontaneous reports in
this section of the labeling. Thus, the
agency has revised proposed
§ 201.57(c)(9)(ii) (§ 201.57(c)(7) in this
final rule) by creating a separate listing
for each set of adverse reactions within
the ‘‘Adverse Reactions’’ section.
The agency clarifies that this
distinction is between adverse reactions
identified in clinical trials and those
identified from domestic and foreign
spontaneous reports after a drug is
marketed. Adverse reactions that are
identified in clinical trials conducted
after a drug is marketed would be listed
under adverse reactions identified from
clinical trials.
(Comment 73) One comment
requested that, for drugs with multiple
doses or indications, the ‘‘Adverse
Reactions’’ section have a separate
presentation of adverse reactions for
each dose or indication.
The agency agrees that it is important
for the ‘‘Adverse Reactions’’ section to
call attention to adverse reactions for
which there are clinically significant
dose-response relationships.
Thus, the agency has revised
proposed § 201.57(c)(9) (designated in
this final rule as § 201.57(c)(7)) to
require manufacturers to include details
about the relationship of adverse
reactions to drug dose where sufficient
data are available and necessary to
prescribe the drug safely and effectively.
The agency does not believe, however,
that it needs to require that separate
presentations of adverse reactions
always be included for different doses.
If there are important differences in
adverse reaction rates for different
doses, the section can include a single
table that directly compares the adverse
reactions rates for different doses.
Presenting rates for different doses side
by side in a table, for example, is an
effective way to make a dose-response
relationship apparent.
The agency also does not believe that
it needs to require a separate
presentation of adverse reactions for
each indication. Such information could
be appropriate for a drug with multiple
indications, however, when the adverse
reaction profile differs substantially
PO 00000
Frm 00030
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
from one indication or population to
another, the differences are drug related,
and the data have important clinical
implications. On the other hand, where
differences are relatively minor and not
clinically meaningful, separate
presentations for multiple indications
would not be informative and would
detract from more important
information.
(Comment 74) One comment
requested that the ‘‘Adverse Reactions’’
section discuss differences in adverse
reaction rates among different
demographic subgroups (e.g., men,
women, blacks, renally-impaired).
The agency agrees that the ‘‘Adverse
Reactions’’ section must include
information on differences in adverse
reactions among demographic
subgroups where sufficient data are
available and important. Thus, the
agency has revised proposed
§ 201.57(c)(9) (designated in this final
rule as § 201.57(c)(7)) to require such
information in the ‘‘Adverse Reactions’’
section.
• Adverse reactions—frequency
information (proposed § 201.57(c)(9)(ii))
FDA proposed to retain the language
from then-current § 201.57(g)(2) in
proposed § 201.57(c)(9)(ii):
The approximate frequency of each adverse
reaction must be expressed in rough
estimates or orders of magnitude essentially
as follows:
The most frequent adverse reaction(s) to
(name of drug) is (are) (list reactions). This
(these) occur(s) in about (e.g., one-third of
patients; one in 30 patients; less than onetenth of patients). Less frequent adverse
reactions are (list reactions), which occur in
approximately (e.g., one in 100 patients).
Other adverse reactions, which occur rarely,
in approximately (e.g., one in 1,000 patients),
are (list reactions).
Percent figures may not ordinarily be used
unless they are documented by adequate and
well-controlled studies as defined in
§ 314.126(b) of this chapter (except for
biological products), they are shown to
reflect general experience, and they do not
falsely imply a greater degree of accuracy
than actually exists.
For biological products, such figures
must be supported by substantial
evidence.
(Comment 75) One comment asked
the agency to clarify an apparent
inconsistency between the proposed
rule and the draft ‘‘Adverse Reactions’’
section guidance concerning how to
characterize the incidence of adverse
reactions. The comment pointed out
that the proposed rule (which used the
same language as in the 1979 final rule)
recommended grouping adverse
reactions by rough orders of magnitude
and encouraged use of the terms
‘‘frequent,’’ ‘‘infrequent,’’ and ‘‘rare’’ in
conjunction with orders of magnitude
E:\FR\FM\24JAR2.SGM
24JAR2
rwilkins on PROD1PC63 with RULES_2
Federal Register / Vol. 71, No. 15 / Tuesday, January 24, 2006 / Rules and Regulations
appropriate for a given drug’s safety
database. The comment observed that
agency guidance discouraged use of
these terms when grouping by rough
orders of magnitude.
The agency agrees that clarification is
needed regarding presentation of
incidence information for adverse
reactions. The language in the proposed
rule is not sufficiently precise to
accurately reflect current practices in
characterizing the incidence of adverse
reactions associated with the use of a
drug product. The preamble to the 1975
proposed rule indicates that precise
percent figures would be appropriate if
there is scientific evidence from wellcontrolled trials substantiating such
figures and when inclusion of percent
figures does not falsely imply a greater
degree of accuracy than actually exists
(40 FR 15392 at 15393, April 7, 1975).
The science of clinical trials has
progressed so substantially over time
that ascertaining such rates is typically
part of virtually all drug development
programs.
Under current labeling practices, rates
of incidence for most adverse reactions
identified in controlled clinical trials
are expressed as percentages. Current
labeling also typically includes
percentage rates for comparison groups
in clinical trials (e.g., placebo group)
where inclusion of such rates would not
be misleading. Broader frequency ranges
are used only when meaningful
percentage rates cannot be determined.
Therefore, the agency has revised
proposed § 201.57(c)(9) (designated in
this final rule as § 201.57(c)(7)) to make
it clear that when meaningful adverse
reaction rates can be derived (for drug
treatment group and comparison
groups) and presentation of comparator
rates would not be misleading, they
must be included in labeling.
The agency also believes it is
inappropriate to use nonspecific terms
such as ‘‘frequent,’’ ‘‘infrequent,’’ and
‘‘rare’’ when presenting adverse reaction
information. The agency believes the
science of clinical trials has evolved
such that use of those terms in the
manner recommended by the 1979 rule
is confusing because the terms do not
necessarily refer to the same frequency
range across different drug products. For
example, for product A, ‘‘rare’’ might
mean an incidence of less than 1/500,
but for product B, ‘‘rare’’ might mean an
incidence of less than 1/1000. Moreover,
the terms are imprecise and, even if
precise meanings were defined, would
reinforce the misconception that
frequency is synonymous with
seriousness.
The agency believes that identifying
the numerical frequency range alone is
VerDate Aug<31>2005
16:08 Jan 23, 2006
Jkt 208001
a clearer way to communicate rough
rates of incidence for a group of adverse
reactions. Therefore, the agency has
revised proposed § 201.57(c)(9) to
require that adverse reactions for which
meaningful percentage rates cannot be
reliably determined (e.g., adverse
reactions were observed only in the
uncontrolled trial portion of the overall
safety database), be grouped within
specified frequency ranges as
appropriate to the safety database of the
drug (e.g., adverse reactions occurring at
a rate of less than 1/100, adverse
reactions occurring at a rate of less than
1/500) or descriptively identified, if
frequency ranges cannot be determined.
(Comment 76) One comment
requested clarification on how
percentages should be used to
characterize the frequency of adverse
reactions when percentages are derived
from studies that evaluated greater
doses than the approved dose. The
comment asked whether, in this
circumstance, rates of adverse reactions
should be omitted from the ‘‘Adverse
Reactions’’ section.
The agency will determine, during
review of an application, whether
adverse reaction rates derived from
doses greater than recommended doses
would be informative for practitioners
and not misleading, and thus
appropriate for inclusion in labeling.
Where there are adverse reaction data
from studies using different doses,
including doses greater than
recommended doses, the agency will
evaluate whether pooling or otherwise
combining adverse reaction data would
more accurately describe the frequency
of adverse reactions.
(Comment 77) One comment
requested clarification on whether
manufacturers are required to identify
the total number of patients enrolled in
clinical trials in the ‘‘Adverse
Reactions’’ section.
FDA has revised proposed
201.57(c)(9)(i) (designated in this final
rule as 201.57(c)(7)(i)) to clarify that the
total number of subjects or patients
exposed to the drug, and the extent of
exposure, must be identified in the
‘‘Adverse Reactions’’ section, so that
practitioners can interpret the
significance of the data in this section.
The ‘‘Adverse Reactions’’ section
guidance provides recommendations on
how to describe the database from
which the adverse reaction data in this
section are derived (see section IV of
this document).
• Clinical pharmacology (proposed
§ 201.57(c)(13))
FDA proposed to require that the
‘‘Clinical Pharmacology’’ section
(proposed § 201.57(c)(13)) contain three
PO 00000
Frm 00031
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
3951
subsections—‘‘Mechanism of action,’’
‘‘Pharmacodynamics,’’ and
‘‘Pharmacokinetics.’’ Proposed
§ 201.57(c)(13) also provided for an
optional subsection for incorporation of
other clinical pharmacology information
that does not fit into one of the specified
subsections.
(Comment 78) One comment
recommended that the ‘‘Clinical
Pharmacology’’ section be revised to
require discussion of a drug’s
elimination half-life, indicate
differences in elimination half-life as a
function of age or other subpopulation,
and specify the enzyme involved in
metabolism (e.g., CYP450).
Under the final rule, elimination halflife of drugs and differences in the
elimination half-life as a function of
specific populations (including agerelated populations) must be reported in
the ‘‘Pharmacokinetics’’ subsection of
the ‘‘Clinical Pharmacology’’ section of
the labeling (§ 201.57(c)(13)(i)(C)). In
addition, if there are clinically
significant differences in elimination
half-lives among specific populations
and those differences require special
monitoring or alternate dosing regimens,
such information must be included in
other sections, such as ‘‘Use in Specific
Populations,’’ ‘‘Warnings and
Precautions,’’ and ‘‘Dosage and
Administration.’’ Information about
drug metabolism, including metabolic
pathways and the enzyme systems
involved, is also required in the
‘‘Pharmacokinetics’’ subsection of the
‘‘Clinical Pharmacology’’ section.
(Comment 79) One comment
requested that FDA clarify the statement
in proposed § 201.57(c)(13)(i)(B): ‘‘If
pharmacokinetic/pharmacodynamic
relationships are not demonstrated or
are unknown, the labeling must contain
a statement about the lack of
information.’’ The comment asked that
FDA clarify whether the provision is
referring to concentration versus
response relationships generally.
In response to this comment, the
agency has rephrased this provision, as
follows: ‘‘Exposure-response
relationships (e.g., concentrationresponse, dose-response) and time
course of pharmacodynamic response
(including short-term clinical response)
must be included if known.’’ (See final
§ 201.57(c)(13)(i)(B).)
(Comment 80) One comment stated
that the three new subsections in the
‘‘Clinical Pharmacology’’ section will
make it easier to find information in the
section.
One comment requested that in vitro
data supporting the ‘‘Mechanism of
action’’ subsection in the ‘‘Clinical
Pharmacology’’ section be permitted to
E:\FR\FM\24JAR2.SGM
24JAR2
rwilkins on PROD1PC63 with RULES_2
3952
Federal Register / Vol. 71, No. 15 / Tuesday, January 24, 2006 / Rules and Regulations
be included in the subsection because
such information is helpful in
understanding a drug’s physiologic
activity and in differentiating a drug
from other therapeutic agents.
The agency agrees that the three new
subsections should make information
easier to find. Because 201.56(d)(2)
(proposed 201.56(d)(5)) permits
additional nonstandard subsections,
FDA deleted ‘‘12.4 other clinical
pharmacology information’’ (proposed
201.57(c)(13)(i)(D)) from the final rule.
The ‘‘Mechanism of action’’
subsection must include information
based on in vitro data if the information
is essential to a description of the
established mechanism of action and
the information is clinically relevant.
Where in vitro information about
mechanism of action is included, the
information must not be used as the
basis for a clinical comparison (i.e., to
differentiate the drug from other
therapeutic agents).
(Comment 81) Many comments
opposed the proposal (proposed
§ 201.57(c)(13)(ii) to revise the current
‘‘Clinical Pharmacology’’ section to
require that in vitro data related to the
activity or effectiveness of an antiinfective drug be included in the section
only if a waiver is granted under
§ 201.58 or § 314.126(c) (21 CFR
314.126(c)). While comments conceded
that in vitro data have their limitations,
the comments maintained that in vitro
data for anti-infective agents can be an
important component of the total
information available for making
prescribing decisions in some
situations, including: (1) In the absence
of susceptibility testing, (2) in treating
drug resistant pathogens (e.g., drugresistant pneumococci), and (3) in
treating rare infections. Some comments
stated that preventing inclusion of in
vitro data that indicate a drug is inactive
against a microorganism could result in
selection of inappropriate antibiotics
and poor clinical outcomes. One
comment maintained that some
physician organizations effectively
endorse use of in vitro data by having
guidelines that recommend use of in
vitro data as an adjunct to making
educated empirical judgments about
appropriate anti-infective therapy.
Several comments stated that the
absence of in vitro data will make it
difficult for practitioners to identify
appropriate broad spectrum agents
when broad coverage is needed. One
comment requested that in the event the
agency decides to go forward and
exclude in vitro data related to
effectiveness unless a waiver has been
granted, the agency explain in detail the
VerDate Aug<31>2005
16:08 Jan 23, 2006
Jkt 208001
process by which a waiver could be
granted.
Several comments expressed concern
about the implications of removing in
vitro data for devising susceptibility
tests for new anti-infective drugs. They
stated that these data are relied on by
FDA (the Center for Devices and
Radiological Health) and by
manufacturers of in vitro susceptibility
tests in selecting appropriate organisms
for which to devise tests. In addition,
comments stated the data are used to
develop quality control mechanisms for,
and to help develop criteria for use in
the review and clearance of,
susceptibility test devices. Some
comments maintained that removal of in
vitro data would cause manufacturers
not to develop susceptibility tests for
organisms for which such tests would
be desirable.
One comment supported exclusion of
in vitro data from labeling. The
comment stated that exclusion of in
vitro data that are not adequate to
support therapeutic decisionmaking
will improve anti-infective therapy and
help prevent inappropriate use of
antibiotics.
The agency has reconsidered its
proposal to exclude from the ‘‘Clinical
Pharmacology’’ section in vitro data for
anti-infectives that are not supported by
clinical data. The agency is considering
a broad range of issues concerning the
development and labeling of antiinfective products, including the types
of data that should be obtained to
support indications, the way that
indications and anti-infectives data
should be presented in labeling, and
ways to meaningfully address resistance
to anti-infective drugs. The agency
believes a comprehensive and
coordinated approach is needed to
address these issues. Thus, FDA is
deferring any action on the in vitro data
proposals in the ‘‘Clinical
Pharmacology’’ section of labeling at
§§ 201.57(c)(13)(ii) and 201.80(b)(2)
until the agency has developed a
comprehensive plan. At that time, the
agency may repropose changes to the
way in which in vitro data are presented
in labeling.
(Comment 82) Several comments
maintained that the algorithm in the
agency’s current guidance for industry
(‘‘Clinical Development and Labeling of
Anti-Infective Drug Products,’’ 1992) for
determining when it is appropriate to
include in labeling in vitro data not
supported by clinical data contains
adequate safeguards and should
continue to be used for determining
when to include such data. One
comment suggested that labeling users
be educated about the criteria for
PO 00000
Frm 00032
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
inclusion in labeling of in vitro data not
supported by clinical data and how to
use such data in making prescribing
decisions.
At this time, the agency will continue
to rely on the algorithm in its current
guidance on clinical development and
labeling of anti-infectives for
determining when to include in vitro
data in the ‘‘Clinical Pharmacology’’
section of labeling. As part of the
comprehensive evaluation of the way in
which anti-infective therapies are
currently developed and labeled (see
response to comment 81), the agency
may reconsider use of the algorithm and
make any changes that may be needed.
For this reason, the agency will not at
this time undertake an educational
campaign to educate prescribers about
the basis for inclusion of in vitro data
in labeling.
(Comment 83) Several comments
recommended retaining in vitro data for
anti-infective drugs in the ‘‘Clinical
Pharmacology’’ section and
strengthening the current in vitro
disclaimer statement that indicates that
the clinical significance of the in vitro
data is unknown.
Until FDA has developed a
comprehensive plan to address the
broad range of issues confronting
development and labeling of antiinfective products, the agency will defer
any decisions about the content of the
disclaimer that accompanies in vitro
data indicating that the clinical
significance of the data is unknown.
(Comment 84) One comment
requested that the agency clarify the
scope of the proposed exclusion of in
vitro data to make clear that it does not
encompass in vitro data with clinical
substantiation. The comment
maintained that in vitro susceptibility
data from large scale clinical trials
would provide some basis for making an
informed decision about possible
effectiveness in the absence of
susceptibility testing (e.g., while
awaiting such testing) and that this
information is especially important for
antiviral drugs.
In vitro data that are supported by
clinical data have certain problems in
common with in vitro data not
supported by clinical data (e.g.,
antimicrobial susceptibilities are
constantly changing and vary by
location). In vitro and animal data not
supported by clinical data were the
focus of the agency’s proposal to
exclude in vitro and animal data from
the ‘‘Clinical Pharmacology’’ section
(§ 201.57(c)(13)(ii)). As discussed
previously, the agency has reconsidered
its proposal to exclude such data from
E:\FR\FM\24JAR2.SGM
24JAR2
rwilkins on PROD1PC63 with RULES_2
Federal Register / Vol. 71, No. 15 / Tuesday, January 24, 2006 / Rules and Regulations
labeling and will defer any action until
it has developed a comprehensive plan.
(Comment 85) Several comments
recommended that in vitro
susceptibility data for anti-infectives be
retained in labeling and be placed in a
new labeling section entitled ‘‘Clinical
Microbiology.’’
The agency believes that a labeling
section devoted specifically to clinical
microbiology data is not needed at this
time. As a result of its ongoing
comprehensive evaluation of antiinfectives drug development and
labeling practices, the agency may
reconsider the need for a separate
section on clinical microbiology.
• Nonclinical toxicology (proposed
§ 201.57(c)(14))
FDA proposed to require a new
section in the FPI entitled ‘‘Nonclinical
Toxicology’’ (proposed § 201.57(c)(14))
to contain information from thencurrent § 201.57(f)(5) (the
‘‘Carcinogenesis, mutagenesis,
impairment of fertility’’ subsection) and
then-current § 201.57(l) (the ‘‘Animal
Pharmacology and/or Animal
Toxicology’’ section).
(Comment 86) One comment
requested that FDA provide guidance
clarifying when it would be appropriate
to omit the ‘‘Nonclinical Toxicology’’
section.
Although the final rule provides that
any section of labeling would be
omitted if it is clearly inapplicable (see
§ 201.56(d)(4)), it is unlikely that the
‘‘Nonclinical Toxicology’’ section, in its
entirety, would ever be inapplicable.
Animal data are often the only practical
and ethical means to understand a
product’s potential for certain kinds of
toxicity (e.g., carcinogenicity,
mutagenicity, reproductive and
developmental toxicity). In addition,
even if carcinogenicity data are not
available, the labeling must state that
these studies were not done
(§ 201.57(c)(14)(i)). The final rule
provides, however, that the ‘‘Animal
toxicology and/or pharmacology’’
subsection must include certain data
that do not appear elsewhere in the
labeling. This means that this
subsection would be omitted if all the
required information appears in one or
more of the other labeling sections
(§ 201.57(c)(14)(ii)).
• Clinical studies (proposed
§ 201.57(c)(15))
FDA proposed to require a section in
the FPI entitled ‘‘Clinical Studies’’
(proposed § 201.57(c)(15)). The section
would be required to contain a
discussion of clinical studies that are
important to a prescriber’s
understanding of the basis for approval
of the drug product, including the
VerDate Aug<31>2005
16:08 Jan 23, 2006
Jkt 208001
extent and limitation of the product’s
benefits, how the drug was used in
clinical trials, who was studied, and
critical parameters that were monitored.
(Comment 87) One comment
requested that the agency clarify the
extent to which secondary endpoint
data, quality of life data, and
pharmacoeconomic data would be
permitted in the ‘‘Clinical Studies’’
section.
The ‘‘Clinical Studies’’ section must
describe those studies that facilitate an
understanding of how to use a drug
safely and effectively. Generally, this
means those studies that were essential
to establishing the drug’s effectiveness
for the purpose of obtaining marketing
approval.
If studies were appropriately designed
to evaluate secondary endpoints, it may
be appropriate to include a discussion
of these secondary endpoints in the
section.
The agency would evaluate the
appropriateness of including quality of
life and pharmacoeconomic data
according to the same standard. The
data could be appropriate for inclusion
in the section if all of the following
apply: (1) The data are from adequate
and well-controlled trials that
incorporated quality of life or
pharmacoeconomic endpoints in their
design and carried out appropriate
analyses, (2) for pharmacoeconomic
studies, the findings are reasonably
generalizable to most clinical
environments, not just the ones studied,
and (3) the information would be
important to a practitioner’s
understanding of how to use the drug in
a clinical setting. The ‘‘Clinical Studies’’
section guidance contains FDA’s
recommendations on what studies are
appropriate for inclusion in the
‘‘Clinical Studies’’ section (see section
IV of this document).
(Comment 88) Some comments
requested that the agency reconsider its
proposal to bar, in the ‘‘Clinical
Studies’’ section, inclusion of data
concerning indications and doses that
are not consistent with the approved
indications and dosing regimens.
Comments maintained that such
information can be important to a
practitioner’s understanding of a
product’s clinical and safety profile, as
well as to an understanding of the
approved indication. Some comments
stated that all studies that are
scientifically sound and provide
medically relevant information should
be included in the ‘‘Clinical Studies’’
section. One comment stated that
practitioners understand that data
presented in the ‘‘Clinical Studies’’
section, as opposed to the ‘‘Indications
PO 00000
Frm 00033
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
3953
and Usage’’ or ‘‘Dosage and
Administration’’ sections, are intended
for informational purposes only (i.e., not
to suggest claims).
One comment asked that the agency
make clear that the limitation on
inclusion of information in labeling
about unapproved doses and regimens
would not preclude discussion of a dose
ranging study that supports approval
and includes dosage regimens that were
not approved for use.
One comment agreed with the
proposed revision to exclude from the
‘‘Clinical Studies’’ section data and
information concerning indications and
dosing that are not consistent with the
information in the ‘‘Indications and
Usage’’ and ‘‘Dosage and
Administration’’ sections. The comment
maintained that inconsistent
information about indications and
dosing creates confusion and
contributes to uncertainty and distrust
of information in the labeling.
Some comments stated that if the
agency has concerns about the
implications of labeling on product
promotion, these can be addressed
through its existing legal authority and
should be addressed as a separate issue.
The agency requires that claims in
any section of labeling, expressed or
implied, be supported by substantial
evidence (§ 201.56(a)(3)). This
requirement would not preclude
discussing in labeling an adequate and
well-controlled clinical study, including
a dose ranging study that has treatment
arms with dosing regimens that are not
recommended, if the data for the use of
such regimens are important to a
practitioner’s understanding of how to
use the drug safely and effectively. For
instance, it might be important to
include such data if the data indicate
that a particular dosage regimen is not
effective, is minimally active, provides
no benefit compared to lower doses, or
is associated with an unacceptable level
of toxicity. If data that include dosage
regimens other than recommended
regimens are discussed in the ‘‘Clinical
Studies’’ section, the data must be
accompanied by a statement
appropriately qualifying the data and
indicating that those dosage regimens
have not been found safe and effective
by FDA, if such a statement is necessary
for the labeling to be truthful and not
misleading.
The agency agrees that advertising
and promotional labeling regulations
address product promotion issues and
that this final rule is not an appropriate
context for discussion of these issues.
• References (proposed
§ 201.57(c)(16))
E:\FR\FM\24JAR2.SGM
24JAR2
rwilkins on PROD1PC63 with RULES_2
3954
Federal Register / Vol. 71, No. 15 / Tuesday, January 24, 2006 / Rules and Regulations
FDA proposed to permit references to
be included in labeling in place of a
detailed discussion of a subject that is
of limited interest, but nonetheless
important (proposed § 201.57(c)(16)).
The proposed provision stated that the
reference must be based on an adequate
and well-controlled clinical
investigation under § 314.126(b) or, for
a biological product, upon substantial
evidence of effectiveness.
(Comment 89) One comment
maintained that requiring that all
information contained in the
‘‘References’’ section be based on
adequate and well-controlled trials will
result in omission of important
references for many anti-infective
products, including references for
standardized test methodology in in
vitro studies.
The agency believes that inclusion of
a reference to clinical data will be
unusual. Any clinical data that are
important to a prescriber’s
understanding of the safe and effective
use of the drug must be summarized in
the ‘‘Clinical Studies’’ section, rather
than referenced in the ‘‘References’’
section. The ‘‘References’’ section may
cite an authoritative scientific body,
standardized methodology, scale,
technique, or similar material important
to prescribing decisions that are
mentioned in another section of
labeling, but cannot readily be
summarized. The agency has revised
proposed §§ 201.57(c)(16) and 201.80(l)
to make this clear and to delete the
requirement that limits the ‘‘References’’
section to references to adequate and
well-controlled clinical studies.
(Comment 90) One comment noted
that, even though the conditions for
including references in the proposed
rule are essentially the same as in the
requirements for old labeling, there are
substantial differences in the way these
conditions are applied across new drug
reviewing divisions.
As discussed in the response to the
previous comment, in this final rule, the
agency has clarified the conditions
under which it is appropriate to include
a reference in prescription drug
labeling. The agency appreciates the
comment’s concern about inconsistent
application of the criteria for inclusion
of references across different new drug
review divisions. As part of its internal
efforts to implement this final rule and
related labeling initiatives, the agency
intends to make considerable efforts to
ensure consistent application of the
requirements.
• Patient counseling information
(proposed § 201.57(c)(17))
FDA proposed that the ‘‘Information
for patients’’ subsection of the
VerDate Aug<31>2005
16:08 Jan 23, 2006
Jkt 208001
‘‘Precautions’’ section (required under
then-current § 201.57(f)(2)) be made a
separate section entitled ‘‘Patient
Counseling Information’’ (proposed
§ 201.57(c)(17)). The section would be
placed at the end of the FPI.
The agency also proposed to require
in proposed § 201.57(c)(17) that any
approved printed patient information or
Medication Guide be referenced in the
‘‘Patient Counseling Information’’
section and that the full text of the
approved printed patient information or
Medication Guide be reprinted
immediately following the section.
(Comment 91) One comment
supported the proposal to put
information for patients in its own
section and change the name from
‘‘Information for patients’’ to ‘‘Patient
Counseling Information.’’ The comment
stated that the name change is important
because it emphasizes the need to
counsel patients on their medications
and not just provide printed materials.
As described in the proposed rule,
FDA determined to change the heading
of the information required under thencurrent § 201.57(f)(2) from ‘‘Information
for patients’’ to ‘‘Patient Counseling
Information’’ to clarify that the
information under this section is not
intended to be distributed to patients,
but is intended to help practitioners
communicate important drug
information to patients.
(Comment 92) Some comments
requested that the agency clarify the
meaning of ‘‘any approved printed
patient information.’’ One comment also
asked that the agency clarify
‘‘Medication Guide.’’
FDA has revised the terminology in
the final rule to clarify the meaning of
‘‘any approved printed patient
information’’ and ‘‘Medication Guide.’’
The term ‘‘FDA-approved patient
labeling’’ refers to any labeling that has
been reviewed and approved by the
agency that provides information for
patients and is for distribution to
patients who are prescribed a drug. This
term includes approved printed patient
information specifically required by
regulation (e.g., for oral contraceptives
(21 CFR 310.501) and estrogens (21 CFR
310.515)) and patient labeling that is
submitted voluntarily to FDA by
manufacturers and approved by the
agency. FDA-approved patient labeling
may have different functions reflected
in the type of information conveyed to
patients. For example, some FDAapproved patient labeling contains risk
information, and some contains only
detailed instructions about how to
administer a drug product.
Medication Guides are a specific
category of FDA-approved patient
PO 00000
Frm 00034
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
labeling. Under part 208 (21 CFR part
208), FDA can require a Medication
Guide for a prescription drug product
that FDA determines poses a serious
and significant public health concern
requiring distribution of FDA-approved
patient information (§ 208.1(a)).
Medication Guides are subject to
specific content and format
requirements (§ 208.20).
(Comment 93) Some comments
supported the proposed requirement to
reprint FDA-approved patient labeling
at the end of the ‘‘Patient Counseling
Information’’ section so that this
information is readily accessible for
healthcare practitioners. Other
comments requested that the agency
reconsider the proposal to require that
FDA-approved patient labeling be
printed at the end of the FPI. Some
comments asked whether attaching
prescription drug labeling without FDAapproved patient labeling to trade
packaging and attaching the FDAapproved patient labeling separately
would satisfy the requirement. Some
comments expressed concern that
prescription drug labeling with the
FDA-approved patient labeling
reprinted at the end may make it more
difficult for patients to find and read the
patient information. One comment
stated that patient information typically
uses larger fonts and may use color and
illustrations, making it difficult and
costly to reprint in the prescription drug
labeling. Some comments also
expressed concern that inclusion of
FDA-approved patient labeling would
make the labeling too long and impose
additional costs because it could
necessitate redesign and enlarging of
trade packaging. One comment asked
whether it would be sufficient to
provide only a reference to FDAapproved patient labeling in the
‘‘Patient Counseling Information’’
section instead of reprinting the
information in the section.
FDA believes that it is crucial that
prescribers have ready access to FDAapproved patient labeling so that they
are aware that the information exists,
can familiarize themselves with the
content of that information, and can
explain the information to their
patients. The agency believes this
objective can best be accomplished by
requiring that this information be
reprinted at the end of prescription drug
labeling. Thus, it would be insufficient
to provide only a reference to FDAapproved patient labeling in the
‘‘Patient Counseling Information’’
section.
However, the agency is persuaded
that reprinting the FDA-approved
patient labeling at the end of the
E:\FR\FM\24JAR2.SGM
24JAR2
Federal Register / Vol. 71, No. 15 / Tuesday, January 24, 2006 / Rules and Regulations
labeling is not the only approach that
would successfully address the need to
familiarize prescribers with this
information. Therefore, the agency has
revised the requirements at
§§ 201.57(c)(18) and 201.80(f)(2) to
require that FDA-approved patient
labeling either accompany the
prescription drug labeling or be
reprinted at the end of such labeling
(i.e., immediately following the ‘‘Patient
Counseling Information’’ section of the
FPI for products subject to
§ 201.57(c)(18) or after the last section of
labeling for products subject to
§ 201.80(f)(2)).
The agency acknowledges that, in
cases for which FDA-approved patient
labeling is included with prescription
drug labeling, additional costs will be
incurred by the manufacturer. To help
minimize the added cost, FDA has
revised proposed § 201.57(c)(18) to
specify that the same type size
requirements that apply to prescription
drug labeling (§ 201.57(d)(6)) also apply
to FDA-approved patient labeling that is
printed at the end of the labeling or
accompanies labeling, unless a
Medication Guide is to be distributed to
patients in compliance with § 208.24
(see table 7 of this document). In most
cases, this will be a minimum type size
of 8 points. For trade labeling, this will
be a minimum type size of 6 points (see
response to comment 102 for discussion
of 6-point minimum type size for trade
labeling for products subject to
3955
§ 201.57). For Medication Guides to be
distributed to patients, the type size
requirements set forth at § 208.20 apply.
With regard to the labeling for products
subject to § 201.80, the agency clarifies
at § 201.80(f)(2) that the font size
requirement for Medication Guides in
§ 208.20 does not apply to a Medication
Guide that is printed in prescription
drug labeling unless it is intended to
comply with § 208.24 (i.e., the
requirement to distribute Medication
Guides to patients). Thus, for these
products, there is no minimum font size
requirement for FDA-approved patient
labeling that is included with labeling
but not for distribution to patients (see
table 7).
TABLE 7.—TYPE SIZE REQUIREMENTS FOR LABELING AND FDA-APPROVED PATIENT LABELING INCLUDED WITH LABELING
Type Size Requirements for Labeling
FDA-Approved Patient Labeling Included with Labeling
Type Size Requirements for
FDA-Approved Patient Labeling
Minimum 6-point type
FDA-approved patient labeling that is not for distribution
to patients
Minimum 6-point type
Any FDA-approved patient labeling except a Medication
Guide that is for distribution to patients
Minimum 6-point type
Medication Guide that is for distribution to patients
Minimum 10-point type
FDA-approved patient labeling that is not for distribution
to patients
Minimum 8-point type
Any FDA-approved patient labeling except a Medication
Guide that is for distribution to patients
Minimum 8-point type
Medication Guide that is for distribution to patients
Minimum 10-point type
FDA-approved patient labeling that is not for distribution
to patients
No minimum requirement
Any FDA-approved patient labeling except a Medication
Guide that is for distribution to patients
No minimum requirement
Medication Guide that is for distribution to patients
Labeling
Minimum 10-point type
New Format (§ 201.57)
Trade Labeling (i.e., labeling
on or within the package
from which the drug is to
be dispensed)
Other Labeling (e.g., labeling accompanying promotional materials)
Minimum 8-point type
Old Format (§ 201.80)
rwilkins on PROD1PC63 with RULES_2
Trade Labeling and Other
Labeling
No minimum requirement
(Comment 94) One comment asked
whether the agency meant for the
prescription drug labeling with the
FDA-approved patient labeling
reprinted at the end to replace the
stand-alone FDA-approved patient
labeling required to be distributed to
patients. The comment asked if the
combined document would satisfy the
requirement to distribute the FDAapproved patient labeling to patients
who have been prescribed the drug.
Other comments asked whether FDAapproved patient labeling attached to
VerDate Aug<31>2005
16:08 Jan 23, 2006
Jkt 208001
prescription drug labeling in a way that
would facilitate it being torn off (e.g.,
along a perforation line) would satisfy
these requirements. One comment noted
that if the FDA-approved patient
labeling is appended to the prescription
drug labeling as a perforated
attachment, it might be more difficult
for the patient to receive information at
the pharmacy because the pharmacist
would have to separate the patient
information from the prescription drug
labeling.
PO 00000
Frm 00035
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
The agency does not mean for
prescription drug labeling with the
FDA-approved patient labeling
reprinted at the end to replace the
stand-alone FDA-approved patient
labeling required to be distributed to
patients. FDA has long stressed the
importance of providing such
information to consumers.
However, if the FDA-approved patient
labeling is appended to the prescription
drug labeling (e.g., as a perforated
attachment that can be torn off and
given to patients) and is formatted as
E:\FR\FM\24JAR2.SGM
24JAR2
rwilkins on PROD1PC63 with RULES_2
3956
Federal Register / Vol. 71, No. 15 / Tuesday, January 24, 2006 / Rules and Regulations
required for distribution to patients
(§ 208.20), it would meet the
requirement to provide information to
patients. For example, for a product
subject to § 201.57 with a Medication
Guide, trade labeling for the product
would be required to be in at least 6point type (see comment 102 of this
document), while the Medication Guide,
if reprinted as a perforated attachment
to the labeling for distribution to
patients, would be required to be in a
minimum 10-point type (see table 7).
For products subject to § 201.80 with a
Medication Guide, there is no minimum
font size requirement for the labeling,
while the Medication Guide, if reprinted
as a perforated attachment to the
labeling for distribution to patients,
would be required to be in a minimum
10-point type (see table 7). The agency
does not agree that distributing
prescription drug labeling with the
FDA-approved patient labeling
appended as a perforated attachment
will make it more difficult for the
patient to receive information at the
pharmacy because the pharmacists
would have to detach the patient
information.
(Comment 95) One comment sought
clarification of what information should
be included in the ‘‘Patient Counseling
Information’’ section. The comment
expressed concern about how the
information in this section is to be
communicated to patients.
The ‘‘Patient Counseling Information’’
section contains information that the
practitioner may decide to convey to the
patient at the time of prescribing for the
drug to be used safely and effectively
(e.g., warnings about driving if the
product causes drowsiness, or the
concomitant use of other substances that
may have harmful additive effects). The
information in this section will vary
depending on the safety and efficacy
characteristics of the product and how
it is taken.
FDA believes that requiring a separate
‘‘Patient Counseling Information’’
section and a reminder message in
Highlights directing practitioners to this
section will make patient counseling
information in labeling more accessible
to health care practitioners. These
requirements will increase the
accessibility of the section and should
reinforce the need for practitioners to
counsel their patients, thereby fostering
communication between practitioners
and patients about prescribed drugs.
(Comment 96) One comment asked
whether including the FDA-approved
patient labeling in the ‘‘Patient
Counseling Information’’ section would
be sufficient to meet the content
requirements for the section.
VerDate Aug<31>2005
16:08 Jan 23, 2006
Jkt 208001
Including only the FDA-approved
patient labeling in the ‘‘Patient
Counseling Information’’ section is not
sufficient to meet the requirements of
this section. This section, like the other
sections of prescription drug labeling, is
specifically written for health care
practitioners. Its purpose is to inform
practitioners about what information is
important to convey to the patient at the
time of prescribing for the drug to be
used safely and effectively. FDAapproved patient labeling, in contrast, is
specifically written for a lay audience
and is intended to be read by patients.
The agency emphasizes how
important it is that prescribers be
informed about what they should
communicate to their patients. On the
basis of a series of national telephone
surveys conducted by FDA to assess
how patients receive information about
their prescription medicines, the agency
determined that the prescribing
physician is the primary source of drug
information for patients (Ref. 5). The
most recent survey, conducted in 1998,
showed that more patients received
verbal prescription medicine
information at their physician’s office
(69 percent) than at the pharmacy (43
percent) (Ref. 5). In addition, although
74 percent of patients reported receiving
written information at the pharmacy, of
those who received written information
at the pharmacy, 85 percent received
instruction sheets and 83 percent
received stickers on the medicine
container, but only 38 percent received
brochures about the medicine. These
results indicate that most consumers
who receive product information, other
than instructions for use or the sticker
information, receive it orally from their
physicians during an office visit.
(Comment 97) One comment asked
whether products with existing labeling
that will be required to convert to the
new labeling format will be required to
have a ‘‘Patient Counseling
Information’’ section if the product’s
existing labeling does not contain an
‘‘Information for patients’’ subsection in
its ‘‘Precautions’’ section.
If a product that does not have an
‘‘Information for patients’’ subsection
becomes subject to the new content and
format requirements at § 201.57, the
product’s manufacturer would be
required to develop a ‘‘Patient
Counseling Information’’ section for the
product’s prescription drug labeling
unless a ‘‘Patient Counseling
Information’’ section would be clearly
inapplicable (see § 201.56(d)(4)) and
thus not required. The agency
anticipates that few products would
qualify for such an exception. The
agency believes that the vast majority of
PO 00000
Frm 00036
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
products that will be required to have a
‘‘Patient Counseling Information’’
section will already have an
‘‘Information for patients’’ subsection in
their existing labeling on which to base
the ‘‘Patient Counseling Information’’
section. Thus, this new requirement is
anticipated to impose minimal burdens
on manufacturers.
I. Comments on the Format
Requirements (Proposed § 201.57(d))
FDA proposed new format
requirements for prescription drug
labeling (proposed § 201.57(d)). The
proposed provisions set forth minimum
standards and requirements for many of
the key graphic elements of labeling
(e.g., type size, letter and line spacing,
and contrast).
(Comment 98) Some comments
recommended implementation of the
proposed changes solely or primarily as
part of the electronic labeling initiative.
Some comments requested that the new
format requirements not be
implemented for prescription drug
labeling required to be distributed with
a drug in trade packaging. They pointed
out that using an electronic format
would permit use of larger print size,
hypertext linking to all sections of
labeling, links to newly revised sections
of labeling, key word searches, and links
to patient information without affecting
the size of trade packaging. The
comments maintained that larger trade
packaging will be required to
accommodate larger labeling that will
result from the new format
requirements.
The agency agrees that use of the
required format in conjunction with an
electronic medium may have benefits
over paper labeling. As discussed in
section V of this document, the agency
believes that, in the future, the Internet
and other electronic sources for labeling
will most likely be the primary means
for delivering drug information to
practitioners. At the present time,
however, some practitioners may not
have the requisite computer equipment
or skills to access prescription drug
labeling in an electronic format. The
agency anticipates that it will be several
years before the phase-out of paper
labeling as the major source of
prescribing information can begin.
Therefore, the agency believes that it is
important to establish minimum format
requirements for paper labeling.
(Comment 99) One comment
recommended the use of more blank
space among sections of Highlights. The
comment expressed concern that,
because Highlights contains a
significant amount of information in a
constrained space and uses a variety of
E:\FR\FM\24JAR2.SGM
24JAR2
rwilkins on PROD1PC63 with RULES_2
Federal Register / Vol. 71, No. 15 / Tuesday, January 24, 2006 / Rules and Regulations
formatting techniques, the overall effect
would be confusing. One comment
stated that the placement of the ‘‘Patient
Counseling Information Statement’’
above the ‘‘Highlights Limitation
Statement’’ in Highlights is not ideal
because it appears that the ‘‘Patient
Counseling Information Statement’’ is
the title of the limitation statement. The
comment also requested that the FPI be
required to be in a two-column format
because such a format enables users to
stay better aware of the overall
information structure, as well as read
individual sections more easily.
The agency believes that use of more
blank space in Highlights would not be
feasible because additional blank space
would increase the length of Highlights
and of labeling generally. The one-half
page length limitation for Highlights is
based on the strong preferences of
physicians surveyed in developing the
prototype for the new labeling format in
the proposed rule. Physicians reacted
negatively to prototype Highlights that
were one or one and one-half pages
long. They indicated that the utility of
Highlights decreased significantly as its
length increased. In addition, there was
significant concern from manufacturers
about the costs associated with adding
to the length of labeling.
The agency also believes that the
formatting techniques used in
Highlights help make the information
accessible, notwithstanding the density
of the section. Therefore, the agency
does not believe that it is necessary to
include more blank space in Highlights.
The agency agrees that the formatting
and placement of the ‘‘Patient
Counseling Information Statement’’ and
the ‘‘Highlights Limitation Statement’’
in Highlights could be improved to
better communicate the discrete
information provided by each statement.
For this reason, and in response to
comments recommending greater
prominence for the ‘‘Highlights
Limitation Statement,’’ the agency
moved this statement to appear at the
beginning of Highlights (see comment
35). The agency also removed the
requirement at proposed § 201.57(d)(3)
that the ‘‘Patient Counseling
Information Statement’’ be presented in
the center of a horizontal line, so that it
does not appear to be a section title.
The agency agrees that a two-column
format is effective, but believes other
formats may be equally effective in
conveying prescription drug
information and, therefore, is not
requiring a two-column format for the
FPI.
• Bolding (Proposed § 201.57(d)(5))
In the proposal, the agency
specifically sought comment on whether
VerDate Aug<31>2005
16:08 Jan 23, 2006
Jkt 208001
the requirement in proposed
§ 201.57(d)(5) to bold the information
required by proposed § 201.57(a)(1)
through (a)(4), (a)(11), and (a)(15) (i.e.,
the following information in Highlights:
Drug names, dosage form, route of
administration, and controlled
substance symbol; the inverted black
triangle symbol; the prescription drug
symbol; boxed warnings or
contraindications; adverse reaction
reporting contacts; and Highlights
limitation statement) would ensure the
visual prominence of the bolded
information or whether different
highlighting methods would be more
effective.
(Comment 100) Most comments
expressed satisfaction that bolding was
adequate to ensure the visual
prominence of the specified
information. Some comments stated that
capitalization, italics, and underlining,
also effective methods of ensuring
prominence and flexibility, should be
maintained. Some comments expressed
concern that possible alternative
methods of ensuring visual prominence
(e.g., color printing) would add
unnecessary costs. One comment
requested that, if color is required,
specific Pantone colors be assigned to
specific types of information to ensure
consistency in all product labeling.
The agency recognizes that use of
different methods to ensure prominence
may decrease their impact and
significance. Therefore, FDA concludes
that bolding alone is adequate to
achieve visual prominence for the
specified information in Highlights. The
agency also agrees that color printing
would add cost and impose an
additional burden on manufacturers that
would not be offset by meaningful
improvement in visual prominence.
Therefore, § 201.57(d)(5) requires the
following Highlights information to be
in bold type: Highlights limitation
statement; drug names, dosage form,
route of administration, and controlled
substance symbol; the initial U.S.
approval statement and year of this
approval; boxed warnings; adverse
reaction reporting contacts; and the
patient counseling information
statement.
(Comment 101) One comment
requested that the agency revise the
format of Contents to make it easier to
read and use. The comment stated that
the information in Contents is not as
accessible as it could be because it uses
straight columns, which make it hard to
distinguish the major labeling sections
(e.g., ‘‘Use in Specific Populations’’)
from subsections (e.g., ‘‘Pregnancy’’).
The comment recommended use of
contrasting font types and sizes for the
PO 00000
Frm 00037
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
3957
section titles and subheadings in each
section, underlining section titles,
indenting subheadings under each
section title, and providing more blank
space between each section. Another
comment also recommended indenting
the subheadings under the major
sections to more readily distinguish
between the major sections and the
subheadings within the sections.
The agency agrees that all the
recommended revisions to the format of
Contents could make the information
easier to read and use. Because of cost
and space constraints, however, the
agency believes that it is impractical to
implement all of the recommended
changes. FDA has revised the format
requirements at proposed § 201.57(d) to
now require that the subheadings under
each section heading in Contents be
indented (§ 201.57(d)(10). In addition,
the final rule now requires that only the
headings in Contents be bolded, not the
subheadings (§ 201.57(d)(10)). The
agency believes these changes make the
Contents easier to read and use without
increasing its length or attendant costs.
(Comment 102) In the proposal, the
agency specifically sought comment on
whether the proposed requirement
(proposed § 201.57(d)(6)) for a minimum
type size of 8 points for all typeface
information in labeling is sufficient or
whether a minimum type size of 10
points would be more appropriate.
Currently, prescribing information is
usually printed in 6- or 7-point type.
One manufacturer stated that 6-point
type was generally adequate for
prescribing information, and another
manufacturer stated that it typically
uses 4- to 6-point type. Some
manufacturers were concerned that a
minimum 8-point type would increase
the length of labeling to such an extent
that trade packaging would have to
increase in size to accommodate the
longer labeling and the increase in size
would impose substantial costs. One
comment recommended that prescribing
information that accompanies trade
packaging not be subject to the 8-point
type minimum, while prescribing
information that is distributed in other
contexts, where it is more likely to be
referenced by the prescriber (e.g.,
prescribing information in electronic
format, prescribing information
accompanying promotional materials
and product samples), be required to be
in at least 8-point type. Some
manufacturers stated that 8-point type
was adequate for prescribing
information included in trade
packaging, but that a minimum 10-point
type would increase the length of
labeling to such an extent that trade
packaging would have to increase in
E:\FR\FM\24JAR2.SGM
24JAR2
rwilkins on PROD1PC63 with RULES_2
3958
Federal Register / Vol. 71, No. 15 / Tuesday, January 24, 2006 / Rules and Regulations
size to accommodate the larger
prescribing information.
Some consumers and health care
advocacy organizations requested that
the agency reconsider whether the
increase to an 8-point minimum type
size was sufficient to achieve the
agency’s goal of improving the
readability of the prescribing
information. They stated that, to
improve readability, labeling should be
printed in a type size larger than 8
points and with more white space. They
urged the agency to test prototypes to
compare the relative readability of 8point versus 10-point type. Some
comments advocated that the minimum
type size should be at least 10 points,
and preferably 12 points, for all patient
information.
In the preamble accompanying the
proposed rule, FDA summarized studies
that demonstrated the importance of
type size in evaluating readability of
written information and its effect on
visibility and reading speed (see 65 FR
81082 at 81096 and Refs. 6 through 9).
Type size combined with other
graphical elements (e.g., letter and line
spacing, contrast, print and background
color, and type style) also affect
readability (Ref. 10).
The agency carefully considered the
literature, the comments submitted in
response to the font size proposal, and
the estimated costs of using various font
sizes for labeling, and has determined
that permitting different font sizes for
trade labeling (i.e., labeling on or within
the package from which the drug is to
be dispensed) and labeling disseminated
in other settings (e.g., labeling that
accompanies prescription drug
promotional materials) best achieves the
agency’s objective of ensuring an
acceptable base level of readability for
prescription drug labeling while, at the
same time, minimizing costs to
manufacturers. Even though a larger
font size may improve readability, the
agency believes that an 8-point
minimum type size, combined with
other required graphical elements (e.g.,
bold type, bullets, demarcation lines), is
adequate for prescription drug labeling
disseminated in settings where it is
likely to be referred to by prescribers
(e.g., labeling that accompanies drug
promotional materials). The agency
believes that the 8-point minimum type
size reasonably balances the agency’s
objective of improving the readability of
labeling with the costs associated with
the resultant increase in the length of
the labeling.
The agency also agrees with the
comments requesting that there be an
exception for trade labeling. FDA
believes that a minimum 6-point type
VerDate Aug<31>2005
16:08 Jan 23, 2006
Jkt 208001
size requirement is satisfactory for such
labeling. FDA’s telephone survey of
office-based physicians showed that the
prescribing information in trade labeling
is referred to by physicians substantially
less frequently than other sources of
prescribing information (Ref. 11, p. 30).
Because manufacturers could incur
substantial costs in converting trade
labeling to 8-point type and the public
health benefits of such conversion may
not justify these costs, the agency
believes it is reasonable to allow a 6point minimum type size for trade
labeling (see comment 124). Thus,
proposed § 201.57(d)(6) was revised to
permit a 6-point minimum type size for
trade labeling.
The agency disagrees with the
comment that recommended use of type
sizes smaller than 6 points because such
labeling would not be sufficiently
readable. The final rule on OTC drug
labeling requirements summarized
research on smaller font sizes, noting
that a significant portion of the adult
population is not able to read OTC drug
product labeling with 4.5-point type
size (see 64 FR 13254 at 13264 and
13265, March 17, 1999).
The agency acknowledges those
comments that urge even larger
minimum type sizes to further increase
readability. The agency agrees that,
absent any cost or space constraints, a
10- or 12-point minimum type size
would be preferable to 8-point.
However, the agency believes that the 8point minimum type size requirement
for all labeling except trade labeling and
the variety of formatting techniques
incorporated into the new labeling
format will substantially improve the
readability of labeling without imposing
unreasonable costs on manufacturers.
Moreover, this final rule establishes
minimum type sizes, but does not
prevent manufacturers from printing
labeling in larger type sizes.
(Comment 103) One comment
requested that the agency require
Roman typeface in labeling for optimal
legibility. The comment stated that
Roman is a major improvement over
currently used sans serif, and that sans
serif is only appropriate in applications
where appearance is more important
than legibility (e.g., advertising).
The agency does not agree that FDA
should require a specific typeface for all
prescription drug labeling. The agency
believes that any typeface that is clear
and legible should be acceptable in
labeling.
(Comment 104) In the proposal, the
agency specifically sought comment on
whether the requirement in proposed
§ 201.57(d)(8) for a one-half page limit
on Highlights is adequate or whether
PO 00000
Frm 00038
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
there are alternatives that would be
more appropriate and under what
circumstances such alternatives should
be considered.
Some comments stated that the onehalf page length restriction should be
required for all products (i.e., there are
no circumstances in which the
limitation should be waived). Other
comments maintained that it might be
difficult to consistently accommodate
the information required to be in
Highlights within one-half page. These
comments stated that the final rule
should allow for some flexibility in the
length of Highlights in those cases
where one-half page may not be
practical or possible. These comments
indicated that some manufacturers had
done mockups of Highlights and had
been unable to get the required
information on one-half page. Some
comments stated that the length
restriction should be flexible enough to
accommodate as many disclaimers and
qualifying messages as are necessary to
guide the physician to the more detailed
discussion of the desired information in
the FPI. These comments maintained
that the limitation on length could
result in increased medication errors
because important information would
be too compressed or might be excluded
from Highlights.
The agency believes that a one-half
page Highlights is adequate for the vast
majority of products. As discussed
previously, Highlights provides
introductory information to the more
detailed FPI. The agency does not agree
that multiple disclaimers or qualifying
statements would be useful or
appropriate.
The agency acknowledges, however,
that there may be situations in which it
may not be possible to accommodate all
the information that should go into
Highlights within one-half page. In such
cases, the agency may waive the onehalf page requirement and approve the
labeling with slightly longer Highlights.
Accordingly, FDA has revised § 201.58
in this final rule to make clear that FDA
can waive any of the requirements
under § 201.56 or § 201.57.
The agency strongly believes that
limiting the length of Highlights is
critical to preserving its usefulness. In
the physician surveys relied on by the
agency in developing and refining the
new labeling format, 80 percent of
physicians indicated that a summary or
highlights section should be no more
than one-half page. The surveys found
that the perceived usefulness of
Highlights declined considerably with
increasing length. Accordingly, the
labeling format was designed to
accommodate, on a single page, a one-
E:\FR\FM\24JAR2.SGM
24JAR2
rwilkins on PROD1PC63 with RULES_2
Federal Register / Vol. 71, No. 15 / Tuesday, January 24, 2006 / Rules and Regulations
half page Highlights and a one-half page
Contents. To test the feasibility of
limiting Highlights to one-half of a page,
the agency did numerous mockups of
Highlights for a wide range of products
and found that the one-half page limit
provided adequate space in each case.
Thus, the agency anticipates that the
length restriction will be feasible in the
vast majority of cases.
(Comment 105) In the proposal, the
agency specifically sought comment on
whether there are means other than a
vertical line that would facilitate access
to, and identification of, new labeling
information in the FPI.
Some comments agreed that it was
highly desirable to call attention to new
information in the FPI and that the
vertical line is adequate to identify the
new information. Other comments
stated that it was desirable to call
attention to new information, but that a
vertical line in the FPI might not be the
best mechanism because it might not be
understood as a revision mark by
practitioners. Some comments
maintained that use of a vertical line
would make the printing and graphics
process for labeling more complex and
costly. One comment recommended
italicizing new or revised text in the
FPI. One comment recommended use of
an asterisk to identify changes, along
with a footnote explaining what was
changed. Some comments maintained
that identifying recent changes in
narrative in a section of the FPI devoted
to labeling changes or in the proposed
‘‘Recent Labeling Changes’’ section in
Highlights (now called ‘‘Recent Major
Changes’’) would alone be adequate to
call attention to changes in the FPI.
Some comments stated that the vertical
line will call unnecessary attention to
minor changes. Some comments stated
that, by stressing labeling changes, the
identification of changes in the FPI
could dilute the significance of
unmarked text.
The agency has retained the proposed
requirement at § 201.57(d)(9) to mark
major changes in the FPI with a vertical
line in the left margin. The agency
agrees that it is highly desirable to call
attention to new information in the FPI
and that the vertical line is adequate to
identify the new information. The
agency considered bolding, underlining,
and italicizing as means to emphasize
changes. These formatting techniques
are all currently used in labeling to add
emphasis for purposes other than
identifying new information, so they
would not be readily understood as
identifying labeling changes. Asterisks
are also used in labeling for purposes
other than identifying labeling changes.
The agency believes that use of an
VerDate Aug<31>2005
16:08 Jan 23, 2006
Jkt 208001
explanatory footnote with the asterisk
would not overcome the confusion
arising from use of an asterisk for
multiple purposes in labeling.
The agency acknowledges that a
vertical line in the margin might not be
universally understood as an indication
that the text adjacent to the mark has
been changed. The agency believes,
however, that a significant percentage of
practitioners have had some experience
with commercial word processing
software and thus some exposure to
revision marks, including the use of the
vertical line to identify changed text.
The agency also intends to develop for
practitioners a comprehensive
educational campaign to accompany the
introduction of the revised labeling
format. This educational campaign will
address, among other issues, the
significance of the vertical line in the
margin.
The agency does not believe the
vertical line will unnecessarily call
attention to minor changes in labeling.
The vertical line will be applied only to
substantive changes that are identified
in the ‘‘Recent Major Changes’’ (‘‘Recent
Labeling Changes’’ in the proposed rule)
section in Highlights. In response to
comments requesting that the agency
clarify what is meant by substantive
changes, the agency specified in the
final rule that only significant changes
in the ‘‘Boxed Warning,’’ ‘‘Indications
and Usage,’’ ‘‘Dosage and
Administration,’’ ‘‘Contraindications,’’
and ‘‘Warnings and Precautions’’
sections of the FPI be listed in the
‘‘Recent Major Changes’’ section.
Nonsubstantive changes such as
typographical or editorial changes
should not be identified. The agency
believes that focusing on substantive
changes in only these sections will
avoid calling unnecessary attention to
minor changes and will ensure that the
significance of unmarked text is not
diluted.
The agency believes that it would not
be adequate to identify labeling changes
only in a section of the labeling devoted
to changes. The agency believes it is
important to also identify the specific
text that has been changed so that
practitioners will be able to locate
changes and access the complete text.
J. Comments on Revisions to Container
Labels
In addition to revising its regulations
governing the content and format of
labeling for prescription drugs, the
agency also proposed certain revisions
to the information required to appear on
prescription drug product labels
(proposed § 201.100). The proposed
revisions were intended to lessen
PO 00000
Frm 00039
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
3959
overcrowding on prescription drug
labels by removing certain information
from the container label.
Current § 201.100(b)(2) requires that
the label on a prescription drug
container bear a statement of the
recommended or usual dosage. Where it
is not possible to present an informative
or useful statement about the
recommended or usual dosage in the
space available on the container label,
current § 201.55 states that the
requirements of § 201.100(b)(2) may be
met by including the statement ‘‘See
package insert for dosage information.’’
The agency proposed to eliminate
§ 201.55. The agency also proposed to
eliminate the requirement in
§ 201.100(b)(5) that the label of a
prescription drug for other than oral use
must bear the names of all inactive
ingredients. The agency proposed to
eliminate the requirement in
§ 201.100(b)(7) that the container label
bear a statement directed to the
pharmacist specifying the type of
container to be used in dispensing the
product to maintain its identity,
strength, quality, and purity. The agency
proposed to require instead that these
instructions be placed in the ‘‘How
Supplied/Storage and Handling’’ section
of prescription drug labeling (proposed
§ 201.57(c)(4)(v)).
(Comment 106) Several comments
opposed the proposal to eliminate the
requirement that the label of a
prescription drug product for other than
oral use bear the name of all inactive
ingredients. The comments stated that
identification of inactive ingredients is
important because of their potential to
be allergens. Some comments
maintained that manufacturers should
be able to list on product labels selected
inactive ingredients (e.g., ingredients
that are known allergens or are
associated with adverse reactions). One
comment recommended listing the
diluent that should be used for
admixture or those diluents that are
contraindicated. Two comments
supported eliminating the list of
inactive ingredients from the container
label of products for other than oral use.
They agreed that the presence of such
information in the ‘‘Description’’ section
of prescription drug labeling would be
sufficient and that eliminating the
information from the container label
could make other information on the
label more accessible and legible.
Several comments also opposed the
proposal to eliminate the requirement
that the label of a prescription drug
product bear a statement directed to the
pharmacist specifying the type of
container to be used in dispensing the
product to maintain its identity,
E:\FR\FM\24JAR2.SGM
24JAR2
rwilkins on PROD1PC63 with RULES_2
3960
Federal Register / Vol. 71, No. 15 / Tuesday, January 24, 2006 / Rules and Regulations
strength, quality, and purity. The
comments maintained that eliminating
dispensing information from the
container label, and placing it in
prescription drug labeling, would make
the information less accessible to
pharmacists and would thus be
inefficient and frustrating for
pharmacists. The comments were
concerned that making information on
storage and handling less accessible
could lead to inappropriate storage and
handling. Some comments urged that
the label at least be required to state any
special or unusual conditions for
storage. One comment recommended
mandatory use of a symbol that signifies
when a product requires special
handling. Two comments supported
removal of information on storage and
handling from product labels, agreeing
that less information on the container
label could make other information on
the label more accessible and legible.
One comment maintained that
manufacturers should be able to remove
from the label the statement referring
practitioners to the full prescribing
information for dosage information
before the manufacturer is required to
revise its label in accordance with this
final rule.
The agency has reconsidered its
proposals to eliminate from container
labels: (1) The list of inactive
ingredients for products other than for
oral use, (2) the statement directed to
the pharmacist concerning the type of
container in which a product should be
dispensed, and (3) the statement
referring practitioners to the package
insert for dosage information in
situations in which it is not possible to
include information about the
recommended or usual dose on the
label. The agency decided to withdraw
these proposed revisions to container
labels. The agency believes that what is
appropriate content for product
container labels and how to make that
information as accessible as possible
need to be further evaluated. The agency
intends to conduct a comprehensive
evaluation of information required to be
included on container labels and, if
necessary, will propose changes to these
requirements at that time.
At this time, the agency will not
require placement of a symbol on the
container label indicating that the
product has special storage and
handling requirements. The agency will
consider this possibility during its
evaluation of the content of product
labels. It would be premature to adopt
such a symbol at this time.
(Comment 107) One comment
requested that the proposed requirement
to specify in the ‘‘How Supplied/Storage
VerDate Aug<31>2005
16:08 Jan 23, 2006
Jkt 208001
and Handling’’ section the type of
container to be used in dispensing a
product to maintain a product’s
identity, strength, quality, and purity
(information formerly presented on the
product label) should apply only if the
product cannot be dispensed in the
standard amber vial. The comment
maintains that limiting the scope of the
requirement to situations in which
exceptional storage conditions are
required would serve to highlight the
need for special considerations when
dispensing.
As discussed in the previous
comment, the agency has reconsidered
its proposed changes to the container
label, including the proposal to remove
from the container label information
directed at the pharmacist concerning
the appropriate container in which to
dispense a product. The agency will
continue to require that dispensing
instructions appear on the container
label. Accordingly, proposed
§ 201.57(c)(4)(v) was deleted from the
final rule. Storage and special handling
conditions have to be specified in
labeling consistent with the
requirements of § 201.57(c)(17)(iv) of
this final rule.
(Comment 108) One comment
requested that the container label also
be required to disclose when the
container or some component of the
container contains latex or polyvinyl
chloride (PVCs).
As discussed in the response to
comment 106, the agency intends to
conduct a comprehensive evaluation of
the product label and may repropose
changes in the content of the product
label at a later time, including changes
concerning the presence of latex and
PVCs in drug containers.
(Comment 109) One comment urged
that there be a mandatory location for
the ‘‘Rx Only’’ symbol on the main part
of the label and that there be a specified
minimum font size for the symbol.
In rulemaking (initiated under section
126 of the Food and Drug
Administration Modernization Act of
1997), the agency amended its
regulation requiring that container
labels contain the statement ‘‘Caution:
Federal law prohibits dispensing
without prescription’’ by replacing the
statement with the symbol ‘‘Rx Only’’
(67 FR 4904, February 1, 2002).
Comments submitted to the agency in
response to this proposed change
requested that FDA specify the font size
and the location of the symbol on the
container label. The agency declined
this request in the final rule of February
1, 2002, and declines it again in this
final rule. As discussed in the preamble
to the February 2002 final rule, existing
PO 00000
Frm 00040
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
statutory (section 502(c) of the act) and
regulatory provisions (§ 201.15)
requiring that information on product
labels be prominent and conspicuous so
as to render it likely to be read and
understood by the ordinary individual
under customary conditions of purchase
and use provide the agency adequate
authority to ensure that the symbol is
visually accessible. The agency does not
believe it is necessary to specify the
location of the symbol or its font size to
ensure that the symbol achieves
adequate prominence.
(Comment 110) One comment
expressed concern about the
proliferation of artwork on label
containers and the potential for that
artwork to make the label more difficult
to read and cause medication errors.
The agency acknowledges the
potential for artwork to obscure
important information on the label. The
agency believes, however, that its
existing authority under 502(c) of the
act and § 201.15 is adequate to ensure
that artwork does not compromise the
prominence and conspicuousness of
information required to be on the label.
K. Miscellaneous Comments
(Comment 111) One comment
requested that the agency clarify how
the content and format of the brief
summary required to accompany
prescription drug advertising under
§ 202.1 would be affected by the
proposed revisions to prescription drug
labeling. Another comment suggested
that the agency entertain the idea that
Highlights could serve as an alternative
to the brief summary because the agency
has noted that Highlights contains the
most important information about drugrelated risks.
The proposed regulations were not
designed to affect either the content or
the format of the brief summary of
prescribing information required to
accompany prescription drug
advertisements under § 202.1 (21 U.S.C.
352(n)). As discussed in the proposed
rule (65 FR 81082 at 81087), statements
made in promotional labeling and
advertisements must be consistent with
all information included in labeling
under proposed § 201.57(c) to comply
with current §§ 201.100(d)(1) and
202.1(e).9 The agency does believe,
however, that Highlights communicates
important information about a drug. The
agency therefore will explore further, in
conjunction with other prescription
drug advertising initiatives, the concept
9 This requirement at proposed § 201.57(a) has
been removed because it is not pertinent to the
contents of § 201.57 and is redundant with
provisions at §§ 202.1 and 201.100.
E:\FR\FM\24JAR2.SGM
24JAR2
rwilkins on PROD1PC63 with RULES_2
Federal Register / Vol. 71, No. 15 / Tuesday, January 24, 2006 / Rules and Regulations
that Highlights could serve as a brief
summary (see also FDA’s response to
comment 112 about the brief summary
for consumer directed advertisements).
(Comment 112) Some comments
stated that prescription drug labeling
should be written in language that a lay
audience can comprehend. The
comments noted that consumers need to
be able to read and understand the
labeling because it accompanies the
product, and because it is often used to
provide information for direct-toconsumer (DTC) advertisements.
The purpose of prescription drug
labeling is to provide health care
practitioners information necessary for
safe and effective use. The agency
believes that use of medical and
scientific terminology is necessary to
effectively communicate to practitioners
information about a product’s risks and
benefits as required under 21 U.S.C.
352(n) and § 201.100. Requiring that
language used in prescription drug
labeling be tailored to a lay audience
would result in a loss of the clarity and
precision needed to effectively
communicate to practitioners a
product’s benefits and risks. For
example, if a drug is associated with a
risk of a specific type of blood disorder,
the disorder must be identified by its
technical name (e.g., thrombotic
thrombocytopenic purpura) so the
practitioner can more quickly diagnose
and treat the disorder when symptoms
present. Scientific terminology may
help to identify types of patients that
might be at increased risk or otherwise
manage the risk of that blood disorder.
If the risk can only be described in
terms that a lay audience can
comprehend (e.g., blood disorder), the
labeling would lack the precision
needed to communicate the specific risk
to prescribers.
For many products, the final rule will
improve the usefulness of the brief
summary to consumers and health care
practitioners by improving the
usefulness of the prescription drug
labeling, on which the brief summary is
based. To this end, FDA has issued a
draft guidance document entitled ‘‘Brief
Summary: Disclosing Risk Information
in Consumer-Directed Print
Advertisements’’ that describes various
options for presenting this information
in DTC print advertisements (69 FR
6308, February 10, 2004). By providing
recommendations on use of alternatives
to prescription drug labeling to fulfill
the brief summary requirement, FDA is
encouraging manufacturers to develop
brief summaries for use in consumerdirected advertisements using language
they can understand.
VerDate Aug<31>2005
16:08 Jan 23, 2006
Jkt 208001
L. Comments on the Proposed
Implementation Plan
For new and more recently approved
drugs, FDA proposed a staggered
implementation schedule for the
labeling requirements, with revised
labeling required for newer products
first (proposed § 201.56(c)). The
schedule is being finalized as proposed
(see table 5 in section III of this
document). Revised labeling for ANDA
products depends on the labeling for the
reference listed drug. The agency
proposed to implement no later than 1
year after the effective date of the final
rule the revised content requirements
regarding unsubstantiated claims in
labeling for newer and older drugs. The
agency also proposed to implement by
1 year after the effective date of the final
rule the requirement that any FDAapproved patient labeling be reprinted
immediately following the ‘‘Patient
Counseling Information’’ section of the
FPI for newer products or immediately
following the last section of the labeling
for older products. The agency also
proposed to implement by 1 year after
the effective date of the final rule the
requirement that in vitro or animal data
related to activity or efficacy of a drug
that have not been shown by adequate
and well-controlled studies to be
pertinent to clinical use be removed
from the labeling unless a waiver is
granted.
In the proposal, the agency
specifically sought comment on whether
the revised content and format
requirements should be applied, as
proposed, to drug products with an
NDA, BLA, or efficacy supplement that
is pending at the effective date of the
final rule, that was submitted on or after
the effective date of the final rule, or
that has been approved from 0 up to and
including 5 years prior to the effective
date of the final rule, or whether
alternative application criteria should
be used.
(Comment 113) Several comments
agreed with the categories of
prescription drugs that would be subject
to the new labeling content and format
requirements in the agency’s proposed
implementation plan. Other comments
expressed concern that the proposed
implementation plan is too narrow.
These comments maintained that the
new format is superior to the old format
and the scope of the proposed
implementation of the new format
would leave large numbers of products
with inferior labeling. Some comments
requested that the revised content and
format requirements eventually be
applied to all marketed prescription
drugs. One comment recommended that
PO 00000
Frm 00041
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
3961
the implementation plan also apply to
all drugs that are among the 150 most
frequently prescribed drugs that would
not otherwise be covered by the
implementation plan. The comment
maintained that under the proposed
implementation plan only 1 of the
current top 15 drugs used in the elderly
would be required to implement the
revised content and format.
Some comments expressed concern
that having different labeling formats
would be confusing to physicians. One
comment expressed concern that having
two different formats might impact
prescribing behavior, arguing that
prescribers might favor newer, more
expensive drugs. Some comments
maintained that a single standard format
is needed to facilitate access to labeling
in electronic formats. One comment also
questioned FDA’s underlying
assumption that there is a lesser need
for improved labeling for older products
because practitioners are more familiar
with older products and refer to older
product labeling less frequently than
newer product labeling. The comment
maintained that newer practitioners
would need to refer to the labeling of
older drugs to the same extent as for
newer drugs. One comment suggested
that manufacturers be given the option
to revise labeling for older products.
Some comments from manufacturers
maintained that it would be most
practical to apply the new format
requirements only to products whose
applications are submitted on or after
the effective date of the final rule. They
stated that broader implementation
would place a substantial burden on
FDA resources and could interfere with
review of new drugs. One comment
stated that the new format should apply
only to drugs that are not a member of
an existing drug class (i.e., products that
would be considered the original
member of a drug class) or that are a
new and novel member of an existing
drug class and whose applications are
submitted on or after the effective date
of the final rule. The comment
maintained that having different
labeling formats for similar drugs within
the same drug class would be a
competitive disadvantage for one format
or the other.
The agency believes the
implementation plan as proposed for
new and more recently approved drug
products is the best option for
implementing the new format
requirements. The agency agrees that it
is desirable for all prescription drugs to
be subject to the same labeling rules.
However, the agency has carefully
considered the costs and benefits of
implementing the revised labeling
E:\FR\FM\24JAR2.SGM
24JAR2
rwilkins on PROD1PC63 with RULES_2
3962
Federal Register / Vol. 71, No. 15 / Tuesday, January 24, 2006 / Rules and Regulations
format and determined that requiring
broader implementation (e.g., to all
prescription drugs) of the new format
requirements would be an excessive
regulatory burden.
This initiative will require substantial
resource allocation by the agency and
industry for a period of several years.
The agency’s proposed implementation
plan, which is being finalized in this
rule as proposed, is intended to make
the best use of these resources. As
discussed in the preamble to the
proposed rule (65 FR 81082 at 81098),
the plan targets newer products because
practitioners are more likely to refer to
the labeling for newer products. In
FDA’s survey of physicians, newness of
the product was a reason rated by 87
percent of physicians as very likely to
trigger a labeling referral for a drug (Ref.
11, p. 35). In addition, the labeling for
newer products is typically longer and
more complex and, thus, more likely to
benefit from a new format that makes
the information more accessible. The
implementation plan will also capture
many older products that would not
otherwise be covered by the plan when
manufacturers seek new indications for
their products (i.e., submit an efficacy
supplement). For these reasons, the
agency believes the implementation as
proposed is the most reasonable
approach to maximizing the public
health benefit and best utilizing
available resources in requiring the new
content and format for labeling. In
addition, manufacturers of older
products not covered by the
implementation plan may voluntarily
revise, and submit for review, labeling
for their products in the new format at
any time.
The agency does not believe that an
implementation plan based on volume
of prescriptions would be prudent.
Prescription volume can fluctuate
considerably over time, and the agency
is not aware that there are standardized
prescription volume data that are
generally accepted as accurate. Thus,
the agency believes it would be very
difficult to fairly implement and enforce
an implementation plan based on
prescription volume.
The agency also acknowledges that
the existence of two different labeling
formats may lead to some frustration
among practitioners. The agency
believes, however, that any potential
confusion can be minimized.
Practitioners are already aware of the
content and format of existing labeling.
The agency intends to engage in a
comprehensive educational campaign to
educate practitioners about the major
features of the new format and why the
VerDate Aug<31>2005
16:08 Jan 23, 2006
Jkt 208001
implementation plan did not encompass
all prescription drugs.
FDA is cognizant that the presence of
two labeling formats will present
important challenges when
implementing electronic labeling but is
confident that these challenges can be
successfully addressed. For example,
the ways in which information will be
formatted, tagged, and stored in the
contemplated electronic format will
permit access to labeling information in
both the old and new labeling formats.
The agency does not agree that the
new format should be applied only
prospectively or that it should be
optional for the currently approved
drugs that would be subject to the new
format requirements under the proposed
implementation plan. This narrower
application of the new format
requirements would fail to reach a
significant number of products whose
labeling is frequently referenced and
could benefit from the new format
requirements.
(Comment 114) Several comments
objected to the proposed requirement
that, within 1 year of the effective date
of the final rule, manufacturers review
all existing labeling and remove any
express or implied unsubstantiated
claims from the ‘‘Indications and
Usage,’’ ‘‘Dosage and Administration,’’
‘‘Clinical Pharmacology,’’ and ‘‘Clinical
Studies’’ sections. Some comments
maintained that this requirement would
be very burdensome for industry and
the agency. They disagreed with the
agency’s contention in the preamble to
the proposed rule that the labeling
changes to remove unsubstantiated
claims could usually be accomplished
without prior approval by the agency
(i.e., with a ‘‘Changes Being Effected’’
labeling supplement). They stated that
these changes would more often than
not require prior approval and extensive
negotiations between the agency and a
manufacturer. Some comments
maintained that there would be a
substantial number of requests for
waivers under § 201.58 or § 314.126(c)
and these requests would also be a
burden on the agency. Some comments
agreed with the requirement to remove
unsubstantiated claims from existing
labeling, but stated that 1 year was not
enough time for manufacturers to
accomplish the task. One comment
maintained that the burden on the
agency would compromise the drug
approval process. One comment
requested that the agency clarify what
types of statements would have to be
removed.
The agency has reconsidered the
proposed requirement to have
manufacturers scrutinize all existing
PO 00000
Frm 00042
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
labeling for unsubstantiated claims and
remove all such claims from labeling
within 1 year of the effective date of the
final rule. The agency agrees that a
requirement to scrutinize all existing
labeling within that timeframe would
place substantial burdens on
manufacturers and the agency and that
such burdens might not be justified. In
the preamble to the proposed rule, the
agency estimated that no more than 25
percent of labeling for drugs other than
antibiotics might contain
unsubstantiated claims. Based on a
recent review of a sample of
prescription drug labeling, however, the
agency believes the percentage of
products whose labeling might contain
such claims is considerably lower than
25 percent and not high enough to
justify a requirement that manufacturers
scrutinize all existing labeling to
identify those claims, particularly in a
short timeframe.
The agency is eliminating only the
requirement that manufacturers
scrutinize all labeling for the presence
of unsubstantiated claims within 1 year
of the effective date of the final rule.
The language in proposed § 201.57(c)(2),
(c)(3), and (c)(15) and § 201.80(c)(2), (j),
and (m)(1) remains in the final rule,
requiring that the ‘‘Indications and
Usage,’’ ‘‘Dosage and Administration,’’
and ‘‘Clinical Studies’’ sections must
not imply or suggest uses not supported
by substantial evidence and/or dosing
regimens not included in the ‘‘Dosage
and Administration’’ section. This
language accurately reflects the existing
regulatory standard for claims presented
in prescription drug labeling.
While the agency will not require a
systematic evaluation of all existing
labeling to identify unsubstantiated
claims within 1 year of the effective date
of the final rule, the agency wishes to
make it clear that manufacturers have an
ongoing obligation to ensure that claims
in labeling have adequate substantiation
and are not false or misleading. When
new information comes to light that
causes information in labeling to
become inaccurate, manufacturers must
act to change the content of their
labeling, in accordance with §§ 314.70
and 601.12 (21 CFR 314.70 and 21 CFR
601.12). To clarify this obligation, the
agency has revised § 201.56 to specify
that manufacturers must act to correct
labeling that, in light of new
information, has become inaccurate (see
§ 201.56(a)(2)).
(Comment 115) One comment
recommended an implementation
period of 3 years, rather than 1 year as
proposed, to append any FDA-approved
patient labeling to the end of the
labeling for trade packages. The
E:\FR\FM\24JAR2.SGM
24JAR2
rwilkins on PROD1PC63 with RULES_2
Federal Register / Vol. 71, No. 15 / Tuesday, January 24, 2006 / Rules and Regulations
comment maintained that additional
time was needed for reconfiguration and
replacement of packaging equipment.
The agency believes that the proposed
implementation plan is appropriate and
in the best interest of public health.
Including the FDA-approved patient
labeling in prescription drug labeling
ensures that this information is
available to health care practitioners to
reinforce the discussions they have with
their patients concerning the risks and
benefits of prescription drugs. The
agency considers improving physicianpatient communication crucial for
public health. Furthermore, the agency
believes that this requirement should
not place an undue burden on
manufacturers because of the
approximately 200 products that would
be affected by this provision of the final
rule, the labeling of more than 60
percent of them already conform with
the requirement (see section XI.C.1 of
this document).
(Comment 116) Manufacturers of
products subject to an ANDA (generic
products) expressed concern that NDA
holders will use the rule’s
implementation provisions as a
mechanism to delay approval of
generics. The specific concern was that
NDA holders will obtain approval for a
new indication near the end of their
marketing exclusivity for their drug’s
original indication, revise the labeling
for the drug to the new format, and
receive 3 years’ marketing exclusivity
for the new indication. The comments
asked FDA to make it clear that, in such
situations, manufacturers of generic
products would be permitted to base
their labeling on the old format until the
marketing exclusivity for the new
indication has expired.
The agency wishes to make clear that
the requirement to revise the labeling of
a reference listed drug in the new format
does not have any impact on the
duration of exclusivity for the drug and,
therefore, does not prevent a
manufacturer of a generic product from
using the revised labeling of the
reference listed drug. Under section
505(j)(2)(A)(v) of the act (21 U.S.C.
355(j)(2)(A)(v)) and §§ 314.94(a)(8) and
314.127(a)(7) (21 CFR 314.127(a)(7)) of
the agency’s regulations, the labeling of
a drug product submitted for approval
under an ANDA must be the same as the
labeling of the listed drug referenced in
the ANDA, except for changes required
because of differences approved under a
suitability petition (§ 314.93), because
the generic drug product and the
reference listed drug are produced or
distributed by different manufacturers,
or because aspects of the listed drug’s
labeling are protected by patent or
VerDate Aug<31>2005
16:08 Jan 23, 2006
Jkt 208001
exclusivity. This final rule does not
change the requirement to exclude any
condition of use or indication from the
labeling of a generic product when
necessary (e.g., when the reference
listed drug has patent protection or
market exclusivity for an indication),
nor does it prevent, as described at
§ 314.127(a)(7), approval of an ANDA
when the reference listed drug has
protected labeling.
In the scenario described, the
reference listed drug and the generic
product would both be required to use
the new labeling format. The NDA
holder could not prevent the
manufacturer of the generic product
from using the new labeling format of
the reference listed drug, but the NDA
holder would still have exclusivity for
the new indication.
(Comment 117) One comment
recommended that all generic drugs
pending approval or approved on or
after the effective date of the final rule
be required to submit labeling based on
the new format. The comment
maintained that the content of labeling
is not significantly changed, just
reordered, so this requirement would
not be burdensome for manufacturers of
generic products and the information in
the labeling of the reference listed drug
product and the generic product would
still be essentially the same.
The agency does not believe that
manufacturers of generic products
should be required to provide labeling
in the new format when seeking
approval for their product if the
reference listed drug product is not
required to have its labeling in the new
format. As discussed in the response to
comment 115, the act and regulations
currently require that a generic product
have the same labeling as the reference
listed drug product. Moreover, the
agency believes that, to avoid confusion,
the labeling of a generic product should
be in the same format as the labeling of
the reference listed drug.
(Comment 118) One comment urged
FDA to compile a list of products that
would be subject to the new format
requirements and make the list publicly
available.
FDA does not believe that it is
necessary to compile such a list.
Manufacturers can readily determine
whether their products are subject to
these requirements by referring to the
implementation plan and the effective
date of the rule (see section III of this
document).
(Comment 119) Some comments
requested that the agency clarify
whether this final rule has implications
for labeling that is distributed with
prescription drug samples. One
PO 00000
Frm 00043
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
3963
comment requested that the agency
amend the rule to include labeling that
is distributed with prescription drug
samples. The comment maintained that
free prescription drug samples do not
contain adequate information in their
packaging to keep consumers safe from
harm.
FDA has often emphasized the
importance of providing patients with
useful written prescription drug
information (e.g., FDA-approved patient
labeling) in a variety of settings (see e.g.,
63 FR 66378, December 1, 1998; 68 FR
33724, June 5, 2003). Prescription drug
samples must be accompanied by trade
labeling (§ 201.100(c)), which is subject
to this final rule. If FDA-approved
patient labeling for a product is required
to be distributed to the patient, the
manufacturer or distributor of that
product must provide it with the
samples.
M. Comments on Environmental Impact
(Comment 120) One comment
maintained that FDA failed to
adequately consider the environmental
impact of the additional paper that will
be required for labeling and the increase
in size of packaging and shipping
containers.
As stated in section IX of the
proposed rule (65 FR 81082 at 81103),
the agency determined that it is not
required to do an environmental
assessment or an environmental impact
statement. This is an action excluded
under § 25.30(h) and (k) (21 CFR
25.30(h) and (k)) (i.e., does not
individually or cumulatively have a
significant effect on the human
environment). The changes made to the
proposal in this final rule do not change
this conclusion. Therefore, neither an
environmental assessment nor
environmental impact statement is
required.
VII. Legal Authority
In this rule, FDA is addressing legal
issues relating to the agency’s action to
revise the regulations prescribing
content and format requirements for
prescription drug labeling.
A. Statutory Authority
FDA’s revisions to the content and
format requirements for prescription
drug labeling are authorized by the act
and by the Public Health Service Act
(the PHS Act). Section 502(a) of the act
deems a drug to be misbranded if its
labeling is false or misleading ‘‘in any
particular.’’ Under section 201(n) of the
act, labeling is misleading if it fails to
reveal facts that are material with
respect to consequences which may
result from the use of the drug under the
E:\FR\FM\24JAR2.SGM
24JAR2
rwilkins on PROD1PC63 with RULES_2
3964
Federal Register / Vol. 71, No. 15 / Tuesday, January 24, 2006 / Rules and Regulations
conditions of use prescribed in the
labeling or under customary or usual
conditions of use. Section 502(f) of the
act deems a drug to be misbranded if its
labeling lacks adequate directions for
use and adequate warnings against use
in those pathological conditions where
its use may be dangerous to health, as
well as adequate warnings against
unsafe dosage or methods or duration of
administration or application, in such
manner and form, as are necessary for
the protection of users. Section 502(j) of
the act deems a drug to be misbranded
if it is dangerous to health when used
in the dosage or manner, or with the
frequency or duration, prescribed,
recommended, or suggested in its
labeling.
In addition, the premarket approval
provisions of the act authorize FDA to
require that prescription drug labeling
provide the practitioner with adequate
information to permit safe and effective
use of the drug product. Under section
505 of the act, FDA will approve an
NDA only if the drug is shown to be
both safe and effective for use under the
conditions set forth in the drug’s
labeling. Section 701(a) of the act (21
U.S.C. 371(a)) authorizes FDA to issue
regulations for the efficient enforcement
of the act.
Under 21 CFR 314.125, FDA will not
approve an NDA unless, among other
things, there is adequate safety and
effectiveness information for the labeled
uses and the product labeling complies
with the requirements of part 201.
Under § 201.100(d) of FDA’s
regulations, prescription drug products
must bear labeling that contains
adequate information under which
licensed practitioners can use the drug
safely for their intended uses. This final
rule amends the regulations specifying
the format and content for such labeling.
Section 351 of the PHS Act (42 U.S.C.
262) provides legal authority for the
agency to regulate the labeling and
shipment of biological products.
Licenses for biological products are to
be issued only upon a showing that they
meet standards ‘‘designed to insure the
continued safety, purity, and potency of
such products’’ prescribed in
regulations (section 351(d) of the PHS
Act). The ‘‘potency’’ of a biological
product includes its effectiveness (21
CFR 600.3(s)). Section 351(b) of the PHS
Act prohibits false labeling of a
biological product. FDA’s regulations in
part 201 apply to all prescription drug
products, including biological products.
B. First Amendment
FDA’s requirements for the content
and format of prescription drug labeling
are constitutionally permissible because
VerDate Aug<31>2005
16:08 Jan 23, 2006
Jkt 208001
they are reasonably related to the
government’s interest in ensuring the
safe and effective use of prescription
drug products and because they do not
impose ‘‘unjustified or unduly
burdensome’’ disclosure requirements.
(See Zauderer v. Office of Disciplinary
Counsel, 471 U.S. 626, 651 (1985); see
also Ibanez v. Florida Dep’t of Bus. and
Prof’l Regulation, 512 U.S. 136, 146
(1994).) The information required by the
final rule to appear in labeling is the
information necessary to provide facts
that are material with respect to
consequences which may result from
the use of the drug under the conditions
of use prescribed in the labeling or
under customary or usual conditions of
use (sections 201(n) and 502(a) of the
act); adequate directions for use and
adequate warnings (section 502(f) of the
act); and information on the conditions
of use in which the product would be
dangerous (section 502(j) of the act). In
addition, pursuant to section 505 of the
act, the labeling sets forth information
on the conditions in which the product
is safe and effective. By its terms, the
final rule requires disclosure of the
essential scientific information
necessary for safe and effective use of
the labeled drug product. Consequently,
FDA believes the final rule passes
muster under the First Amendment.
In Central Hudson Gas & Electric
Corporation v. Public Service
Commission 447 U.S. 557 (1980), the
Supreme Court established a four-step
analysis for assessing the
constitutionality of government
restrictions on the content of
commercial speech.
[First,] we must determine whether the
expression is protected by the First
Amendment. For commercial speech to come
within that provision, it at least must concern
lawful activity and not be misleading.
[Second,] we ask whether the asserted
governmental interest is substantial. If both
inquiries yield positive answers, we must
determine [third] whether the regulation
directly advances the government interest
asserted, and [fourth,] whether it is not more
extensive than is necessary to serve that
interest.
This rule also survives scrutiny under
the four-part test in Central Hudson.
FDA believes that much information
required to appear in prescription drug
labeling is necessary for labeling to be
nonmisleading. The risk information
contained in such labeling, for example,
constitutes material facts within the
meaning of sections 201(n) and 502(a) of
the act. Risk information can also
qualify as warnings compelled by
section 502(f) and (j) of the act. Other
information, such as information on
indications for the product, dosage and
administration information, and how
PO 00000
Frm 00044
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
supplied information, is necessary
because it provides adequate directions
for use. Because not all of the
information required in labeling clearly
is necessary to prevent the labeling from
being false or misleading, it is necessary
for FDA to apply the remaining parts of
the Central Hudson analysis.
FDA’s interest in protecting the public
health has been previously upheld as a
substantial government interest under
Central Hudson. (See Pearson v.
Shalala, 164 F.3d 650, 656 (D.C. Cir.
1999) (citing Rubin v. Coors Brewing
Co., 514 U.S. 476, 484–85 (1995).) The
final rule’s labeling requirements
directly advance this interest, thereby
satisfying the third part of Central
Hudson, because by requiring disclosure
of complete information on the
conditions under which a product can
be used safely and effectively, the
requirements help to ensure that
prescription drug products will be
prescribed properly by health care
practitioners and will be used safely and
effectively by patients.
Finally, under the fourth part of the
Central Hudson test, there are not
numerous and obvious alternatives (in
fact, there are no reasonable
alternatives) (Cincinnati v. Discovery
Network, 507 U.S. 410, 418 n.13 (1993))
to the content and format requirements
of this final rule that directly advance
the government’s interest but are less
burdensome to speech. Health care
practitioners are accustomed to looking
to the prescription drug labeling as their
primary source of information about a
product, and patients rely for their drug
information primarily on practitioners.
Neither a public education campaign,
nor encouraging sponsors to provide
information on the risks and benefits of
drugs but not requiring such
information, would ensure that
practitioners have the information they
need about the conditions in which
prescription drugs can be used safely
and effectively. Requiring disclosures
meets the fourth part of the test.
Accordingly, the agency believes it
has complied with its burdens under the
First Amendment to support the content
and format requirements for
prescription drug labeling.
VIII. Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995
The final rule contains information
collection provisions that are subject to
review by the OMB under the
Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995 (44
U.S.C. 3501–3520). The title,
description and respondent description
of the information collection provisions
are shown below with an estimate of the
reporting burdens. Included in the
estimate is the time for reviewing
E:\FR\FM\24JAR2.SGM
24JAR2
Federal Register / Vol. 71, No. 15 / Tuesday, January 24, 2006 / Rules and Regulations
rwilkins on PROD1PC63 with RULES_2
instructions, searching existing data
sources, gathering and maintaining the
data needed, and completing and
reviewing each collection of
information. The OMB and FDA
received no comments concerning the
information collection provisions of the
proposed rule.
Title: Requirements on Content and
Format of Labeling for Human
Prescription Drug and Biological
Products
Description: The final rule amends
FDA’s regulations governing the format
and content of labeling for human
prescription drug products. It revises
current regulations to require that the
labeling of new and recently approved
products contain highlights of
prescribing information, a table of
contents for prescribing information,
reordering of certain sections, minor
content changes, and minimum
graphical requirements. The final rule
does not subject older drugs to the
revised labeling requirements. However,
it does require, as for new and recently
approved products, that FDA-approved
patient labeling accompany or be
reprinted immediately following the last
section of prescription drug labeling.
As discussed in section VII of this
document, FDA’s legal authority to
amend its regulations governing the
content and format of labeling for
human prescription drugs derives from
sections 201, 301, 502, 503, 505, and
701 of the act and from section 351 of
the PHS Act.
A. Summary of Prescription Drug
Labeling Content and Format
Requirements in this Final Rule That
Contain Collections of Information
Section 201.56 requires that
prescription drug labeling contain
certain information in the format
specified in either § 201.57 or § 201.80,
depending on when the drug was
approved for marketing. Section
201.56(a) sets forth general labeling
requirements applicable to all
prescription drugs. Section 201.56(b)
specifies the categories of new and more
recently approved prescription drugs
subject to the revised content and
format requirements in §§ 201.56(d) and
201.57. Section 201.56(c) sets forth the
schedule for implementing these revised
content and format requirements.
Section 201.56(e) specifies the sections
and subsections, required and optional,
for the labeling of older prescription
drugs not subject to the revised format
and content requirements.
Section 201.57(a) requires that
prescription drug labeling for new and
more recently approved prescription
drug products include ‘‘Highlights of
VerDate Aug<31>2005
16:08 Jan 23, 2006
Jkt 208001
3965
Prescribing Information.’’ Highlights
provides a concise extract of the most
important information required under
§ 201.57(c) (the FPI), as well as certain
additional information important to
prescribers. Section 201.57(b) requires a
table of contents to prescribing
information, entitled ‘‘Full Prescribing
Information: Contents,’’ consisting of a
list of each heading and subheading
along with its identifying number to
facilitate health care practitioners’ use
of labeling information. Section
201.57(c) specifies the contents of the
FPI. The final rule reorders information
required at former § 201.57, makes
minor content changes, and provides
standardized identifying numbers for
the required information. Section
201.57(d) mandates new minimum
specifications for the format of
prescription drug labeling and
establishes minimum requirements for
key graphic elements such as bold type,
bullet points, type size, and spacing.
In accordance with the final rule,
older drugs not subject to the revised
labeling content and format
requirements in § 201.57 remain subject
to labeling requirements at former
§ 201.57, which is redesignated as
§ 201.80 by this final rule. Section
201.80 contains minor clarifications. In
addition, § 201.80(f)(2) requires that
within 1 year, any FDA-approved
patient labeling be referenced in the
‘‘Precautions’’ section of the labeling of
older products and either accompany or
be reprinted immediately following the
labeling.
they were previously incurred to
produce existing labeling.
B. Estimates of Reporting Burden
The final rule requires that
prescription drug applications approved
during the 5 years before, or pending on,
the effective date conform to format and
content requirements at § 201.57. For
these products, applicants must
redesign and negotiate the labeling,
including Highlights and Contents, test
the redesigned labeling, and prepare
and submit that labeling to FDA for
approval. Based on information
provided in the ‘‘Analysis of Economic
Impacts’’ (economic analysis) (see
section XI.D.2.a of this document),
labeling supplements for a total of
approximately 344 innovator products
would be submitted to the FDA over a
5-year period (beginning in year 3 and
ending in year 7 after the effective date
of the rule). Approximately 172
applicants would submit these labeling
supplements. The time required for
redesigning, testing, and submitting the
labeling to FDA is estimated to be
approximately 196 hours per
application, totaling 67,424 hours (see
row 1 of table 8b).
1. The Reporting Burdens for the
General Requirements (§ 201.56)
The reporting burdens for the general
requirements in § 201.56(a) are the same
as those for former § 201.56(a) through
(c) and are estimated in tables 8a and 8b
as part of the burdens associated with
§ 201.57. Section 201.56(b) and (c) sets
forth the categories of affected drugs and
their implementation schedule,
generating no reporting burdens.
Section 201.56(d) sets forth the required
sections and subsections associated
with the revised format in § 201.57;
therefore, its associated reporting
burdens are estimated in tables 8a and
8b under the requirements at § 201.57.
Sections 201.56(e) and 201.80 codify
former labeling requirements at
§§ 201.56(d) and (e) and 201.57, with
minor clarifications, for older
prescription drugs. The requirements in
these sections impose no new reporting
burdens (except those accounted for in
section VIII.B.6 of this document), as
PO 00000
Frm 00045
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
2. Annual Burden for Labeling Design,
Testing, and Submitting to FDA for
NDAs Submitted on or After the
Effective Date of the Final Rule
(§§ 201.56 and 201.57)
New drug product applicants must:
(1) Design and create prescription drug
labeling containing Highlights,
Contents, and FPI, (2) test the designed
labeling (e.g., to ensure that the
designed labeling fits into cartonenclosed products), and (3) submit it to
FDA for approval.
Based on information received from
the pharmaceutical industry, FDA
estimated that it took applicants
approximately 3,200 hours to design,
test, and submit prescription drug
labeling to FDA as part of an NDA or
BLA under former labeling requirements
(see row 1 of table 8a). FDA estimates
that it will take an additional 149 hours
to generate Highlights and Contents and
otherwise comply with the additional
requirements of the final rule (see row
2 of table 8a). Therefore, it will take a
total of approximately 3,349 hours to
design, test, and submit new labeling.
Approximately 85 applicants would
submit approximately 107 new
applications (NDAs and BLAs) to FDA
per year, totaling 358,343 hours (see
Total of table 8a).
3. Burden Associated with Labeling
Supplements for Applications
Approved Within 5 Years Prior to the
Effective Date of the Rule (§ 201.57)
E:\FR\FM\24JAR2.SGM
24JAR2
3966
Federal Register / Vol. 71, No. 15 / Tuesday, January 24, 2006 / Rules and Regulations
4. Burden Associated with Revised
Labeling Efficacy Supplements
Submitted on or After the Effective Date
of the Rule (§§ 201.56(d) and 201.57)
Efficacy supplemental applications
for older drugs submitted on or after the
effective date of the final rule are subject
to the content and format requirements
at §§ 201.56(d) and 201.57. To meet
these requirements, applicants must
revise the existing labeling for these
products. Each year an increasing
number of innovator drug labeling will
have been revised, and over time, very
few efficacy supplements independently
will generate labeling revisions as a
result of this final rule. According to
information in the economic analysis,
the total number of affected efficacy
supplements over 10 years is estimated
at 324, with a decreasing number each
year over the 10-year period (see section
XI.D.2.a. of this document). For
purposes of this analysis, the total
burden for efficacy supplements is
summarized in row 2 of table 8b. Over
10 years, approximately 172 applicants
will trigger approximately 324 efficacy
supplements, each one requiring
approximately 196 hours to revise the
labeling in the application, totaling
63,504 hours. In addition to this burden,
a minimal annual reporting burden,
probably even lower than the 7 per year
estimated in year 10 of table 13 of this
document, will continue indefinitely.
5. Burden Associated with Revised
Labeling for Efficacy Supplements for
Generic Drug Products (§ 201.57)
The reporting burden for generic
products subject to the requirements of
the final rule has only been estimated
for those products requiring revisions to
their existing labeling. Reporting
burdens for generating newly approved
labeling for generic products
(§ 314.94(8)) is already approved under
OMB control number 0910–0001.
According to the data in the economic
analysis, beginning in year 3 and
continuing throughout the 10-year
period analyzed, approximately 42
generic applications per year must
submit labeling supplements to comply
with the final rule (see section XI.D.2.a
of this document). For purposes of this
analysis, approximately 336 already
approved generic drug applications
must submit labeling supplements over
the 10-year period after the effective
date of the rule (see section XI.D.2.a of
this document). The time required to
revise and submit this labeling to FDA
would be approximately 27 hours per
application, totaling 9,072 hours (see
row 3 of table 8b). In addition to this
burden, a minimal reporting burden
associated with a very small number of
generic applications referencing older
drugs may continue indefinitely.
6. Requirement That FDA-Approved
Patient Labeling Accompany
Prescription Drug Labeling Within 1
Year (§§ 201.57 and 201.80)
Within 1 year, all FDA-approved
patient labeling must either accompany
or be reprinted immediately following
the prescription drug labeling
(§§ 201.57(c)(18) and 201.80(f)(2)). As
indicated in the economic analysis
(section XI.D.1 of this document), an
estimated 80 products will need to
revise labeling as a result of this
requirement. Approximately 18
applicants would be subject to this
requirement. The agency estimates
approximately 38 hours per product as
a one-time labeling revision, totaling
3,040 hours (see row 4 of table 8b).
C. Capital Costs
A small number of carton-enclosed
products may require new packaging to
accommodate longer inserts (see section
XI.D.2.c and comment 124 of this
document). As described in more detail
in the economic analysis (section
XI.D.2.c.ii), up to 5 percent of the
existing products affected by the rule
(i.e., products with new efficacy
supplements, products approved in the
5 years prior to the effective date of the
rule, and affected ANDAs) may require
equipment changes at an estimated cost
of $200,000 each product. As shown in
table 17, the estimated value of
equipment changes totals $7.2 million
and $8.7 million over 10 years
discounted at 7 and 3 percent,
respectively.
Description of Respondents: Persons
and businesses, including small
businesses and manufacturers.
TABLE 8A.—ESTIMATED REPORTING BURDEN FOR NEW DRUG APPLICATIONS1
Number of
Respondents
Number of Responses
per Respondent
Total
Responses
Hours
per Response
Total Hours
Annual burden associated with
former labeling requirements
(former 201.56(d) and 201.57)
85
1.26
107
3,200
342,400
Additional annual burden associated with requirements of this
final rule (201.56(d) and
201.57)
85
1.26
107
149
15,943
3,349
358,343
Category (21 CFR section)
Total
rwilkins on PROD1PC63 with RULES_2
1
There are no capital costs or operating and maintenance costs associated with this collection of information.
VerDate Aug<31>2005
16:08 Jan 23, 2006
Jkt 208001
PO 00000
Frm 00046
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
E:\FR\FM\24JAR2.SGM
24JAR2
Federal Register / Vol. 71, No. 15 / Tuesday, January 24, 2006 / Rules and Regulations
3967
TABLE 8B.—ESTIMATED REPORTING BURDENS FOR LABELING REVISIONS TO ALREADY-APPROVED DRUG PRODUCTS1
Category (21 CFR section)
Year(s) In Which Burdens Occur Following
Rule’s Effective Date
Number of
Respondents
Number of
Responses
per Respondent
Total Responses
Hours per
Response
Total
Hours
Total Capital
Costs
Burden associated with revised labeling for applications approved within 5
years prior to the rule’s effective date (201.57)
Beginning year 3,
ending year 7
172
2.0
344
196
67,424
$3.3 million
Burden associated with revised labeling for efficacy
supplements submitted on
or after the rule’s effective
date (201.56(d) and 201.57)
Beginning year 1, diminishing over time
172
1.88
324
196
63,504
$2.5 million
Burden associated with revised labeling for efficacy
supplements for generic
drug products (201.57)
Beginning year 3,
continuing annually
thereafter
42
8
336 (for years
1–10)
27
9,072
$2.5 million
Burden as a result of having
FDA-approved patient labeling accompany drug labeling within 1 year
(201.57(c)(18) and
201.80(f)(2))
Year 1 only
18
4.44
80
38
3,040
$400,000
Total
1 There
143,040
are no operating and maintenance costs associated with this collection of information.
The information collection provisions
in this final rule have been approved
under OMB control number 0910–0572.
This approval expires December 31,
2008. An agency may not conduct or
sponsor, and a person is not required to
respond to, a collection of information
unless it displays a currently valid OMB
control number.
IX. Environmental Impact
The agency has determined under 21
CFR 25.30(h) and (k) that this action is
of a type that does not individually or
cumulatively have a significant effect on
the human environment. Therefore,
neither an environmental assessment
nor an environmental impact statement
is required.
X. Executive Order 13132: Federalism
rwilkins on PROD1PC63 with RULES_2
Up to $8.7
million (see
table 17)
We have analyzed this final rule in
accordance with the principles set forth
in Executive Order 13132. Section 4(a)
of the Executive order requires agencies
to ‘‘construe * * * a Federal statute to
preempt State law only where the
statute contains an express preemption
provision or there is some other clear
evidence that the Congress intended
preemption of State law, or where the
exercise of State authority conflicts with
the exercise of Federal authority under
VerDate Aug<31>2005
16:08 Jan 23, 2006
Jkt 208001
the Federal statute.’’10 Here, FDA has
determined that the exercise of State
authority conflicts with the exercise of
Federal authority under the act.
The act gives FDA comprehensive
authority over drug safety, effectiveness,
and labeling. FDA is the expert Federal
agency charged by Congress with
ensuring that drugs are safe and
effective and that product labeling is
truthful and not misleading (sections
505(d) and 903(b)(2)(B) of the act (21
U.S.C. 393(b)(2)(B))). According to the
act, a manufacturer of a drug must
submit an NDA containing ‘‘full reports
of investigations which have been made
to show whether or not such drug is safe
for use and whether such drug is
effective in use’’ (section 505(b)(1)(A) of
the act; see also 21 CFR 314.50; see also
United States v. Rutherford, 442 U.S.
544, 555 (1979) (‘‘Few if any drugs are
completely safe in the sense that they
may be taken by all persons in all
circumstances without risk. Thus, the
Commissioner generally considers a
drug safe when the expected therapeutic
gain justifies the risk entailed by its
use’’ (citations omitted))).
10 Because we have determined that the act
preempts State law because the exercise of State
authority conflicts with the exercise of Federal
authority under that statute, we need not construe
our statutory rulemaking authority as required by
section 4(b) of the Executive order.
PO 00000
Frm 00047
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
An NDA must include the ‘‘proposed
text of the labeling,’’ together with
‘‘annotations to the information in the
summary and technical sections of the
application that support the inclusion of
each statement in the labeling * * *’’
(21 CFR 314.50(c)(2)(i)). The proposed
labeling must also provide ‘‘adequate
directions for use’’ (section 502(f) of the
act). FDA by regulation has defined this
to mean ‘‘directions under which the
layman can use a drug safely * * *’’ (21
CFR 201.5). Because a prescription drug,
by definition, cannot be used safely by
a layperson without professional
supervision, FDA regulations afford an
exemption from the statutory
requirement of adequate directions for
use for a prescription drug whose
labeling includes ‘‘any relevant hazards,
contraindications, side effects, and
precautions under which practitioners
licensed by law to administer the drug
can use the drug safely and for the
purposes for which it is intended
* * *’’ (§ 201.100(c)(1)). If labeling
lacks this information, or is otherwise
false or misleading in any particular,
FDA is authorized to refuse to approve
the NDA (section 505(d) of the act; 21
CFR 314.125(b)(6) and (b)(8)).
The FDA review process for an NDA
is thorough and scientifically rigorous.
An NDA must contain proposed
labeling and all information about the
E:\FR\FM\24JAR2.SGM
24JAR2
3968
Federal Register / Vol. 71, No. 15 / Tuesday, January 24, 2006 / Rules and Regulations
rwilkins on PROD1PC63 with RULES_2
drug (whether favorable or unfavorable)
that is pertinent to evaluating the
application and that is received or
otherwise obtained by the applicant
from any source (21 CFR 314.50 and
601.2(a)). FDA scientists evaluate this
information, and may request additional
information as necessary to provide a
complete and accurate picture of the
product. FDA may supplement the
expertise of its in-house scientific
personnel with advice from scientific
advisory committees of outside experts
(21 CFR 14.171).
Under the act and FDA regulations,
the agency determines that a drug is
approvable based not on an abstract
estimation of its safety and
effectiveness, but rather on a
comprehensive scientific evaluation of
the product’s benefits and risks under
the conditions of use prescribed,
recommended, or suggested in the
labeling (section 505(d) of the act). FDA
considers not only complex clinical
issues related to the use of the product
in study populations, but also important
and practical public health issues
pertaining to use of the product in dayto-day clinical practice, such as the
nature of the disease or condition for
which the product will be indicated,
and the need for risk management
measures to help assure in clinical
practice that the product maintains its
favorable benefit-risk balance. The
centerpiece of risk management for
prescription drugs generally is the
labeling, which reflects thorough FDA
review of the pertinent scientific
evidence and communicates to health
care practitioners the agency’s formal,
authoritative conclusions regarding the
conditions under which the product can
be used safely and effectively in
accordance with the act.
FDA carefully controls the content of
prescription drug labeling, because such
labeling is FDA’s principal tool for
educating health care practitioners
about the risks and benefits of the
approved product to help ensure safe
and effective use. As FDA noted in the
preamble accompanying the December
2000 proposed rule amending the 1979
physician labeling regulations:
The part of a prescription drug product’s
approved labeling directed to health care
practitioners * * * is the primary
mechanism through which FDA and drug
manufacturers communicate essential,
science-based prescribing information to
health care professionals. This part of
approved labeling is a compilation of
information based on a thorough analysis of
the new drug application (NDA) or biologics
license application (BLA) submitted by the
applicant * * * . [T]he primary purpose of
prescription drug labeling is to provide
practitioners with the essential information
VerDate Aug<31>2005
16:08 Jan 23, 2006
Jkt 208001
they need to prescribe the drug safely and
effectively for the care of patients.
(65 FR 81082 at 81082 and 81083). What
distinguishes the prescription drug
labeling from other information
available to practitioners about a
prescription drug is that the
prescription drug labeling ‘‘is intended
to provide physicians with a clear and
concise statement of the data and
information necessary for the safe and
effective use of the drug.’’ Moreover, the
act ‘‘permits labeling statements with
respect to safety only if they are
supported by scientific evidence and are
not false or misleading in any
particular’’ (44 FR 37434 at 37435 and
37441).
Under this final rule, risk information
must appear in different sections of the
prescription drug labeling in a
particular order and must be based on
data derived from human experience
whenever possible. For example,
information included in the
contraindications section of prescription
drug labeling must include only
‘‘[k]nown hazards and not theoretical
possibilities’’ (§ 201.57(c)(5)). The
adverse reactions section must include
those adverse events for which there is
some basis to believe there is a causal
relationship between the event and the
drug (§ 201.57(c)(7)).
The act and FDA regulations prescribe
several procedures to ensure that FDA
receives information about risks that
become apparent after approval.
Because clinical trials involve timelimited administration of the
investigational product to a relatively
small and homogeneous population of
study subjects, adverse events that were
not observed during clinical trials may
be recognized or identified following
approval. The act provides that a
manufacturer must establish and
maintain such records, and make such
reports, as FDA may require by
regulation (section 505(k) of the act). To
implement this provision, FDA has
issued regulations requiring prompt
reports of serious, unexpected drug
experiences and periodic reports of all
information relating to the safety and
effectiveness of the drug (21 CFR 314.80
and 314.81). Manufacturers may also
commit to conduct additional safety and
effectiveness studies following approval
and submit data from these studies to
the agency. (See section 506B of the act
(21 U.S.C. 356b).)
The statutory and regulatory
requirements for the submission of
information to FDA are accompanied by
statutory provisions addressing the
failure of a sponsor to comply with
these requirements. A manufacturer that
introduces a new drug into interstate
PO 00000
Frm 00048
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
commerce without having submitted the
required premarket information has
violated the act (section 505(a) of the
act) and is subject to FDA enforcement
action. Similarly, if a manufacturer fails
to submit information required by 21
CFR 314.80 and 314.81, it is subject to
enforcement action under 21 U.S.C.
331(e). FDA is authorized to investigate
suspected fraud using its general
statutory investigative authority (section
702 of the act (21 U.S.C. 372)). The
agency is also empowered to address
fraud by seeking injunctive relief and
civil penalties (21 U.S.C. 332,
333(g)(1)(A)), and has authority to
invoke the general federal prohibition
on making false statements to the
Federal Government (18 U.S.C. 1001). In
sum, FDA has a variety of enforcement
options that allow it to make a
calibrated response to suspected
violations of the act’s information
submission requirements.
The agency carefully reviews all the
information submitted by a sponsor in
a marketing application to make its
statutorily required judgment as to
whether the product is safe and effective
and otherwise in compliance with the
act. It also reviews adverse event
information submitted after marketing
approval and determines what action, if
any, should be taken. In rare cases, FDA
finds that the information supports a
determination to withdraw the product
from the market (section 505(e) of the
act; 21 CFR 601.5(b)(1)). In other
instances, FDA uses other risk
management techniques. One such
technique is incorporating additional
risk information into, or otherwise
modifying, the prescription drug
labeling (§ 201.57(e)). In many cases,
review of the submitted reports does not
lead to any change, e.g., because FDA
determines that the event reported is not
causally related to the product.
Changes to prescription drug labeling
typically are initiated by the sponsor,
subject to FDA review, but are
sometimes initiated by FDA. Under FDA
regulations, to change prescription drug
labeling (except for editorial and other
minor revisions), the sponsor must
submit a supplemental application fully
explaining the basis for the change
(§§ 314.70 and 601.12(f)). FDA permits
two kinds of labeling supplements: (1)
Prior approval supplements, which
require FDA approval before a change is
made (§§ 314.70(b) and 601.12(f)(1)),
and (2) CBE supplements, which may be
implemented before FDA approval, but
after FDA notification (§§ 314.70(c) and
601.12(f)(2)). Labeling changes to the
FPI to add or strengthen a warning,
precaution, contraindication, or adverse
reaction statement are within the
E:\FR\FM\24JAR2.SGM
24JAR2
rwilkins on PROD1PC63 with RULES_2
Federal Register / Vol. 71, No. 15 / Tuesday, January 24, 2006 / Rules and Regulations
category of changes for which CBE
supplements are required by FDA
regulations (§§ 314.70(c)(6)(iii) and
601.12(f)(2)(i)) (see comment 5). While a
sponsor is permitted to add risk
information to the FPI without first
obtaining FDA approval via a CBE
supplement, FDA reviews all such
submissions and may later deny
approval of the supplement, and the
labeling remains subject to enforcement
action if the added information makes
the labeling false or misleading under
section 502(a) of the act. To mitigate this
risk, manufacturers often consult with
FDA before adding risk information to
labeling. As noted in response to
comment 5, however, a sponsor may not
use a CBE supplement to make most
changes to Highlights.
As FDA has long recognized, its role
is not to regulate medical practice. The
agency’s actions nevertheless affect
medical practice in a variety of ways.
For example, FDA approval decisions
affect the availability of drugs and
medical devices. Also, FDA decisions as
to the content and format of prescription
drug labeling affect health care
practitioners’ communications with
patients, to the extent such labeling is
relied upon by such practitioners to
guide their discussions of risk with
patients. FDA strongly believes that
health care practitioners should be able
to rely on prescription drug labeling for
authoritative risk information and that
health care practitioners should not be
required to convey risk information to
patients that is not included in the
labeling.
If State authorities, including judges
and juries applying State law, were
permitted to reach conclusions about
the safety and effectiveness information
disseminated with respect to drugs for
which FDA has already made a series of
regulatory determinations based on its
considerable institutional expertise and
comprehensive statutory authority, the
federal system for regulation of drugs
would be disrupted. Where a drug has
not been reviewed by FDA and
decisions with respect to safety,
effectiveness, and labeling have not
been made by the agency, expert
determinations would not yet have been
made by FDA, and such disruption
would not occur.
Section 4(c) of Executive Order 13132
instructs us to restrict any Federal
preemption of State law to the
‘‘minimum level necessary to achieve
the objectives of the statute pursuant to
which the regulations are promulgated.’’
This final rule meets the preceding
requirement because, as discussed in
VerDate Aug<31>2005
16:08 Jan 23, 2006
Jkt 208001
more detail above, it preempts state law
only to the extent required to preserve
Federal interests. Section 4(d) of
Executive Order 13132 states that when
an agency foresees the possibility of a
conflict between State law and federally
protected interests within the agency’s
area of regulatory responsibility, the
agency ‘‘shall consult, to the extent
practicable, with appropriate State and
local officials in an effort to avoid such
a conflict.’’ Section 4(e) of Executive
Order 13132 adds that, when an agency
proposes to act through adjudication or
rulemaking to preempt State law, the
agency ‘‘shall provide all affected State
and local officials notice and an
opportunity for appropriate
participation in the proceedings.’’
FDA sought input from all
stakeholders on new requirements for
the content and format of prescription
drug labeling through publication of the
proposed rule in the Federal Register.
Although the proposed rule did not
propose to preempt state law, it did
solicit comment on product liability
issues. FDA received no comments on
the proposed rule from State and local
governmental entities.
Officials at FDA consulted with a
number of organizations representing
the interests of state and local
governments and officials about the
interaction between FDA regulation of
prescription drug labeling (including
this rule) and state law.
In conclusion, the agency believes
that it has complied with all of the
applicable requirements under
Executive Order 13132 and has
determined that this final rule is
consistent with the Executive order.
XI. Analysis of Economic Impacts
FDA has examined the impacts of the
final rule under Executive Order 12866,
the Regulatory Flexibility Act (5 U.S.C.
601–612), and the Unfunded Mandates
Reform Act of 1995 (Public Law 104–4).
Executive Order 12866 directs agencies
to assess all costs and benefits of
available regulatory alternatives and,
when regulation is necessary, to select
regulatory approaches that maximize
net benefits (including potential
economic, environmental, public health
and safety, and other advantages;
distributive impacts; and equity). Under
the Regulatory Flexibility Act, unless
the agency certifies that the rule is not
expected to have significant economic
impact on a substantial number of small
entities, an agency must consider
alternatives that would minimize any
significant impact of the rule on small
entities.
PO 00000
Frm 00049
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
3969
Section 202(a) of the Unfunded
Mandates Reform Act of 1995 requires
that agencies prepare a written
statement of anticipated costs and
benefits before proposing any rule that
may result in an expenditure by State,
local, and tribal governments, in the
aggregate, or by the private sector, of
$100 million in any one year (adjusted
annually for inflation).
The agency believes that this rule is
consistent with the regulatory
philosophy and principles identified in
Executive Order 12866 and in these two
statutes. The final rule would amend
current requirements for the format and
content of human prescription drug
product labeling. Although the
effectiveness of the revised labeling in
achieving time savings and reductions
in adverse reactions is uncertain, based
on the following analysis as
summarized in table 9, FDA projects
that the present value of the quantifiable
benefits of the final rule over 10 years
range from $330 million to $380 million
and from $420 million to $480 million
at a 7 and 3 percent discount rate,
respectively. Direct costs of the final
rule are projected to range from
approximately $7 million to $17 million
in any one year, for a total present value
of approximately $90 million and $120
million over 10 years at a 7 and 3
percent discount rate, respectively. The
agency thus concludes that the benefits
of this final rule outweigh the costs.
Furthermore, the agency has determined
that the final rule is not an economically
significant rule as described in the
Executive order, because annual
impacts on the economy are
substantially below $100 million.
Because the rule does not impose any
mandates on State, local or tribal
governments, or the private sector that
will result in an expenditure in any one
year of $100 million or more, FDA is not
required to perform a cost-benefit
analysis according to the Unfunded
Mandates Reform Act. The current
inflation-adjusted statutory threshold is
about $115 million.
The agency believes that this rule
would not have a significant impact on
most small entities. However, it is
possible that some small firms that
produce several affected drugs, or small
firms that might be required to
undertake packaging modifications, may
be significantly affected by this rule.
Therefore, the following analysis, in
conjunction with the preamble,
constitutes the agency’s final regulatory
flexibility analysis as required by the
Regulatory Flexibility Act.
E:\FR\FM\24JAR2.SGM
24JAR2
3970
Federal Register / Vol. 71, No. 15 / Tuesday, January 24, 2006 / Rules and Regulations
TABLE 9.—SUMMARY OF PROJECTED QUANTIFIABLE BENEFITS AND COSTS OVER 10 YEARS1
Present Value ($ million)
Total ($ million)
3 percent
7 percent
150
360 to 430
120
300 to 360
90
240 to 290
510 to 580
420 to 480
330 to 380
42
36
59
36
30
49
29
25
39
140
120
90
Benefits:
Health Care Practitioner Time Saved
Cost of Adverse Drug Events Avoided
Total Potential Benefits
Costs:
Design and Produce Trade Labeling; Modify Packaging Equipment
Reformat and Produce Labeling Not Accompanying Drug Products
Print Longer PDR
Total Costs
1 Numbers
may not sum due to rounding.
rwilkins on PROD1PC63 with RULES_2
A. Purpose of the Final Rule
The purpose of the final rule is to
make it easier for health care
practitioners to find and read
information important for the safe and
effective use of prescription drugs. As
described elsewhere in this preamble,
the agency has found that the current
format of prescription drug labeling can
be improved to more optimally
communicate important drug
information (see section I of this
document). Enhanced communication
of drug information to physicians
should make them better informed
prescribers. The final rule is designed to
achieve these objectives by amending
the current content and format of the
labeling for certain human prescription
drug products to, among other things,
highlight frequently accessed and new
information, include a table of contents
for the detailed information in labeling,
and reorder this detailed information.
B. Comments on the Economic Impact
Analysis
Most comments on the economic
analysis of the proposed rule came from
pharmaceutical manufacturers.
Although many manufacturers
expressed concerns that the agency had
significantly underestimated the costs to
industry, especially the additional
packaging costs that would be necessary
with labeling printed in 8 points, only
a few provided detailed information
about the potential burden they
expected the rule to impose. The agency
welcomes these comments and,
whenever possible, has incorporated
data from these examples in the final
analysis of economic impacts.
(Comment 121) Several comments
argued that manufacturers would incur
significant administrative costs when
negotiating the content of Highlights
with FDA.
VerDate Aug<31>2005
16:08 Jan 23, 2006
Jkt 208001
Although our analysis did not
separate administrative costs from other
labeling design costs, the agency
anticipated that manufacturers would
require some ‘‘detailed discussions and
drug-specific decisions’’ during the
design phase of labeling (e.g., regarding
exactly which adverse reactions should
be listed in Highlights) (65 FR 81082 at
81106). Currently, manufacturers
submitting new applications (i.e., NDAs
and BLAs) and efficacy supplements
have to negotiate the content of labeling
as part of the review process. Because
any information in Highlights is also in
the FPI, the agency does not agree that
negotiating the content of Highlights
will impose significant administrative
costs beyond what is currently incurred
by these manufacturers. As noted, to
facilitate this process, the agency is
making available guidance to assist
manufacturers in selecting information
for inclusion in Highlights (section IV of
this document).
On the other hand, manufacturers of
recently approved innovator drugs (i.e.,
approved within 5 years prior to the
effective date of the final rule) will incur
costs to: (1) Prepare and submit their
redesigned labeling to FDA for approval,
which may include negotiations
concerning the content of Highlights,
and (2) replace existing labeling with
redesigned labeling. To account for
these additional actions, the one-time
design costs for labeling of recently
approved products are estimated to be
about 50 percent higher than for
labeling of new products (see section
XI.D.2 of this document).
(Comment 122) The agency sought
specific comment on whether the
potential impact of the proposed rule on
small entities has been accurately
estimated by the agency, and whether
small business concerns have been
adequately addressed. One comment
PO 00000
Frm 00050
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
stated that because the proposal has the
potential to substantially affect larger
companies (could double the length of
labeling and require extensive reengineering and re-design of packaging
lines and ancillary equipment), its
impact would be even greater on smaller
companies.
Although the agency had requested
input from small companies that might
be affected by the rule, all comments on
this question came from large
companies. FDA believes it is difficult
to predict the effect of the rule on small
firms. While small firms may have
lower sales volume over which to
spread the fixed costs of compliance,
some industry consultants have found
that small pharmaceutical firms have
less organizational layers and incur
lower costs for the same activity than
large pharmaceutical firms (Ref. 12).
Table 22 in section XI.E.2 of this
document illustrates the potential
impact that the final rule might have on
small firms.
(Comment 123) One comment
maintained that there is no support for
FDA’s identified benefit of reducing the
time it takes a prescriber to use labeling
by 15 seconds. The comment argued
that Highlights, because it contains
incomplete information, would actually
increase physician reading time and
asserts that FDA’s assumption would be
true only if physicians read just
Highlights.
The agency acknowledges that there is
not direct empirical support for the
estimate of 15 seconds time savings, but
is persuaded based on consultation with
physicians that the labeling changes
would save time. The agency consulted
physicians in a national survey, focus
groups, and a public meeting to design
labeling that provides easier and faster
access to the most important and
commonly referenced prescribing
E:\FR\FM\24JAR2.SGM
24JAR2
rwilkins on PROD1PC63 with RULES_2
Federal Register / Vol. 71, No. 15 / Tuesday, January 24, 2006 / Rules and Regulations
information (65 FR 81082 at 81083
through 81085; see also Ref. 11). Using
a standard format with frequently
accessed sections at the beginning of
labeling will help physicians find
important information quickly and
retain that information. Inclusion of
Contents and references in Highlights to
the full prescribing information that is
cited or concisely summarized will
speed access to detailed information in
the FPI. In the absence of quantitative
evidence suggesting a different estimate
of time savings, the agency is retaining
15 seconds as a conservative estimate of
the amount of time health care
practitioners can save when seeking
drug product information in labeling.
(Comment 124) Some comments
argued that FDA’s estimate significantly
underestimates increased costs for trade
packaging, shipping containers, and
new packaging and shipping equipment
to accommodate the larger labeling that
will result from the new format. Some
comments argued that the agency’s
initial estimate of $200,000 to adjust or
retool existing packaging equipment
underestimates the impact on industry
by almost fourfold. Moreover, one
comment stated it could cost large
manufacturers with many product lines
up to $40 million to change all
packaging lines. Several comments
stated that increases of this magnitude
will require retooling or replacing
existing equipment, increasing
containers to accommodate longer
outserts, or, in some cases, adding a
carton. Comments also stated that longer
labeling would increase administrative
costs.
FDA allows each manufacturer some
flexibility to determine the size and
shape of a product’s trade labeling and
packaging. A survey of labeling printed
in the Physicians’ Desk Reference (PDR)
for 200 products showed that, on
average, labeling requires 200 square
inches of surface area when printed in
6.5-point type size. Since prescription
drug labeling is printed on both sides of
the paper, these findings suggest that
current trade labeling averages 100
square inches. From this baseline, the
agency calculates that about an
additional 92.6 square inches of paper
would be needed to print labeling in 8point type size and to add Highlights
and Contents to the labeling.
To reduce the burden on industry, the
final rule requires that trade labeling be
printed in at least 6-point type size (see
comment 102), similar to the size of the
baseline case used in the original
analysis and a size generally supported
by industry comments on the proposed
rule. Even though some trade labeling is
currently printed in a size as small as 4
VerDate Aug<31>2005
16:08 Jan 23, 2006
Jkt 208001
points, on average, trade labeling is in
6 points, and thus requiring a minimum
type size of 6-point will not increase the
size of most trade labeling. However for
the few products currently printed in 4
points, labeling will require
approximately 33 percent more paper to
conform with the 6-point minimum size
requirement at § 201.57(d)(6). The
agency believes that the additional
resources associated with longer
labeling are warranted by the ease of use
and speed of comprehension by having
labeling printed in 6 rather than 4
points.
Highlights and Contents will increase
trade labeling by approximately 40
square inches, requiring an additional
20 square inches of paper.
Manufacturers submitting NDAs and
BLAs have not yet designed product
labeling or packaging. Thus, the agency
does not agree that the final rule will
impose additional packaging costs on
these manufacturers. In contrast,
manufacturers submitting efficacy
supplements or having existing labeling
for drug products affected by the final
rule will need to determine if their
redesigned trade labeling fits on or
within existing packaging.
The final rule will affect less than 15
percent of existing products in the
United States.11 The agency agrees that
some packaging lines of these products
will require adjustment to accommodate
longer trade labeling, but disagrees that
this will be necessary for all packaging
lines. Based on an analysis of
ophthalmic products, the agency
increased the proportion of existing
products expected to incur one-time
production costs from 1 to 5 percent
(see section XI.D.2.c.ii of this
document).
(Comment 125) One comment insisted
that FDA’s estimate of 92.6 square
inches of additional labeling space is
not sufficient to accommodate the
proposed new labeling sections,
increase in white space, increase in type
size, and inclusion of patient
information in the FPI. The comment
suggested that FDA’s presentation of
how much additional labeling space
would be needed was confusing.
The implementation schedule to add
FDA-approved patient labeling to
prescription drug labeling differs from
the implementation schedule for the
formatting and content changes affecting
labeling for new and recently approved
products (i.e., approved within 5 years
of the effective date of the final rule).
Consequently, the agency analyzed the
11 Data derived from information in ‘‘Approved
Drug Products with Therapeutic Equivalence
Evaluations,’’ December 2001.
PO 00000
Frm 00051
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
3971
impact of each of these requirements
separately.
Within 1 year of the effective date of
the final rule, any FDA-approved
patient labeling must either be reprinted
immediately following the end of
labeling or accompany the labeling
(§§ 201.57(c)(18) and 201.80(f)(2)). An
estimated 150-square inches of surface
area would be needed to print this
information, adding an additional 75square inches to the size of the labeling
(65 FR 81082 at 81109). The agency
identified up to 200 products with some
form of FDA-approved patient labeling
that will be affected by the final rule. A
sample of these affected products shows
that the labeling of more than 60 percent
already conforms to this provision of the
final rule. For the final analysis, the
agency increased the estimate of the
number of affected products from 50 to
80, thus increasing the incremental
printing costs for this provision of the
final rule to $0.4 million annually (see
section XI.D.1 of this document).
More space will be needed to print
longer trade labeling and labeling
distributed with promotional materials
for new and recently approved
products. The length will depend on the
minimum type size requirements for the
labeling. For trade labeling printed in a
minimum of 6 points, an estimated 20
square inches of paper is necessary to
accommodate Highlights and Contents.
In contrast, product labeling distributed
with promotional materials must be
printed in a minimum 8-point type size,
requiring about 93 square inches of
paper (65 FR 81082 at 81107).
Furthermore, for labeling with FDAapproved patient labeling which is not
currently appended to the product
labeling, after all provisions of the final
rule are implemented, product labeling
will be approximately 168 square inches
or 65 square inches longer when printed
in 8-point or 6-point type, respectively.
(Comment 126) One comment asked
the agency to consider the impact of the
increased number of calls on
companies, and possible increases in
personnel to process calls, as a result of
requiring companies to include their
phone number in the package inserts.
Another comment raised concerns that
requiring corporate telephone numbers
for reporting of serious adverse
reactions in Highlights would require
companies to change their labeling with
each change of their corporate telephone
number.
The agency believes that health care
practitioners have varied access to
company information via the Internet
and other sources, thus including the
phone number is unlikely to overly
burden a company’s ability to handle
E:\FR\FM\24JAR2.SGM
24JAR2
3972
Federal Register / Vol. 71, No. 15 / Tuesday, January 24, 2006 / Rules and Regulations
incoming calls. The agency believes that
changes in corporate phone numbers are
an ordinary business expense.
C. Benefits of Regulation
The expected economic benefits of
this final rule are the sum of the present
values of: (1) The reduced time needed
by health care practitioners to seek
desired information in prescription drug
labeling; (2) the increased effectiveness
of drug treatment; and (3) the avoided
costs of treating drug-related errors due
to misunderstood or incorrectly applied
drug information.
We acknowledge that the information
to estimate the benefits of this rule is
quite limited. In particular, we do not
have direct estimates of how much time
practitioners might save by using the
new labeling, or how the new labeling
might improve doctors’ understanding
of risks of prescription drugs. There is
no formal study that tested how
alternative labeling formats affect
physicians’ speed or quality of
comprehension of information related to
potential adverse effects of drugs.
rwilkins on PROD1PC63 with RULES_2
1. Decreased Health Care Practitioner
Time
Prescription drug labeling is a major
source of information about the risks
and benefits of prescription drugs. Each
year health care practitioners spend
considerable time seeking medical
knowledge about the therapeutic risks
and benefits of the drugs prescribed to
treat patients. However, only a few
studies have focused on the
information-seeking behavior of health
care practitioners. Four studies using
family practice physicians reported that
the PDR, a compilation of prescription
drug labeling, was the most frequently
used reference book in a clinical setting
(Refs. 13 through 16). In one study
published in 1990, physicians reported
using the PDR almost daily (Ref. 13). In
addition to the PDR, physicians receive
prescription drug labeling directly from
drug manufacturers and their
representatives.
A 1994 FDA survey of physicians
found that 42 percent referred to
prescription drug labeling at least once
a day, 33 percent less often than once
a day but more often than once a week,
and 25 percent once a week or less (Ref.
11, pp. 30–31). These findings suggest
that a physician seeks drug information
from prescription drug labeling on
average 212 times each year.12
12 On average, physicians work 47 weeks per year
and consult prescription drug labeling 4.51 times
each week [(7 consultations per week x 42 percent)
+ (4 consultations per week x 33 percent) + (1
consultation per week x 25 percent)] (65 FR 81082
at 81104 through 81105).
VerDate Aug<31>2005
16:08 Jan 23, 2006
Jkt 208001
Moreover, comments from a pharmacy
association, submitted in response to
the proposed rule, reported that a recent
informal survey of pharmacists found
that 30 percent refer to prescription
drug labeling several times each day, 36
percent refer at least once per day, and
34 percent refer at least once per week.
If representative, these findings suggest
that the average pharmacist in the
United States seeks information from
prescription drug labeling at least 257
times each year.13 To put this estimate
in perspective, approximately 2.85
billion prescriptions were dispensed by
retail pharmacies in 2001 (Ref. 17).
About 60 percent of the 212,660
pharmacists in the United States work
in retail pharmacies (Refs. 18 and 19)
and cumulatively seek information from
prescription drug labeling about 32.8
million times each year (212,660
pharmacists x 0.6 x 257 labeling
consultations per year), approximately
12 times for every 1,000 prescriptions
dispensed.
For the analysis of the proposed rule,
FDA was aware of no data estimating
the total time physicians spend reading
prescription drug labeling. It also had
no estimates of how much time savings
might result from possible changes in
drug labeling. It therefore conservatively
assumed that physicians could save an
average of 15 seconds each time they
refer to prescription drug labeling in the
new format (65 FR 81082 at 81104). One
comment from a pharmaceutical
manufacturing organization requested
justification for this assumption (see
comment 123). The comment stated that
rather than save time, the new format
with Highlights would lengthen the
time practitioners spend looking for
information.
The agency disagrees it will take
health care practitioners more time to
find information with the new format
compared to the old format. As
described elsewhere in the preamble,
the agency solicited input from health
care practitioners to develop a format
that presents complex drug information
in a manner that will enable them to
find information more rapidly,
improving the communication of the
risks and benefits of the drug (see
section I of this document). In
comments on the proposed rule,
organizations representing health care
practitioners and consumer groups
strongly supported the new format as
being easier and quicker to use (see
comment 2). Comments from many drug
13 On average, it is assumed that pharmacists
work 50 weeks per year and consult labeling 5.14
times per week [(10 consultations per week x 30
percent) + (5 consultations per week x 36 percent)
+ (1 consultation per week x 34 percent)].
PO 00000
Frm 00052
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
manufacturers agreed that including a
comprehensive table of contents and
reordering of the detailed information
would improve clarity of the labeling
and quickly direct the reader to the
appropriate section of the FPI, but
expressed reservations about the utility
of Highlights (see comment 2).
Comments, including one by an
expert in human cognition, supported
Highlights as a way to improve the
accessibility of the most heavily used
information (see comment 2). Moreover,
by including references in Highlights to
specific sections of the FPI, Highlights
will also enhance the effective use of the
information in the detailed sections of
the labeling. Therefore, based on
comments from health care
practitioners, professional organizations
and consumer groups, the agency
believes that the new format will reduce
the time physicians, pharmacists, and
other practitioners must spend seeking
specific information in prescription
drug labeling and increase the extent
they rely on labeling for drug
information.
A recent study in Oregon found that
primary care physicians on average will
consult two sources of information, one
of which is usually the PDR, and spend
an average of 12 minutes seeking
information to answer patient questions
(Ref. 16). Another study in Finland
logged the time physicians spent
searching a computerized set of
guidelines, the ‘‘Physicians’ Desk
Reference and Database,’’ and found the
average time needed to find and read an
article was 4.9 minutes (Ref. 20).
Although these studies may not be
representative of the average
practitioner in the United States, they
suggest that the agency’s estimate of a
15-second time savings with the new
format (once drug labeling is at hand) is
plausible and conservative in that it is
only a small improvement relative to
time currently spent for most labeling
referrals. If the new format were
implemented for all prescription drug
products, the nation’s 625,100
physicians active in patient care (Ref.
21) could save a total of about 552,100
hours per year (625,100 physicians x
212 labeling consultations per year x 15
seconds saved per labeling consultation/
3600 seconds per hour). Likewise,
pharmacists could save an additional
227,700 hours per year (212,660
pharmacists x 257 labeling
consultations per year x 15 seconds
saved per labeling consultation/ 3,600
seconds per hour).
The final rule only applies to new and
recently approved products. Moreover,
implementation for recently approved
products is phased in over several years.
E:\FR\FM\24JAR2.SGM
24JAR2
Federal Register / Vol. 71, No. 15 / Tuesday, January 24, 2006 / Rules and Regulations
Thus, the final rule will initially apply
only to a small percentage of
prescription drug labeling. The rule’s
focus on newer products includes the
prescription drug labeling that health
care practitioners consult most
frequently. In FDA’s survey of
physicians, newness of the product was
the factor most often rated by physicians
as ‘‘very likely’’ to trigger referral to
prescription drug labeling (Ref. 11, p.
35). Similarly, the pharmacy
association’s survey found that
pharmacists were most likely to consult
labeling if the drug was recently
approved (48 percent).
Although the average practitioner
regularly prescribes from 40 to 100
pharmaceutical products (Ref. 24), the
proportion of these that are new drugs
is unknown. Because the agency
received no comments and has no other
information on the percentage of
reformatted labeling that practitioners
will consult, the initial assumptions
remain unchanged (65 FR 81082 at
81104). This analysis, therefore,
assumes that the rule will begin
affecting the length of time needed for
prescription drug labeling consultations
in the second year of implementation,
only affecting 5 percent of all
consultations in that year. The
percentage of reformatted prescription
drug labeling consulted by physicians is
assumed to increase to 10, 15, and 25
percent in years 3, 4, and 5 respectively.
Thereafter, it is assumed to increase an
additional 5 percent each year, reaching
50 percent in year 10. Thus, in year 10,
the time savings for physicians and
pharmacists is projected to equal about
276,000 and 113,900 hours,
respectively. FDA has not attempted to
project impacts beyond 10 years, due to
the uncertainty of the longer term
technological changes that would affect
these estimates (see section V of this
document).
3973
To estimate the monetary value of the
time saved, an hourly loaded wage for
physicians is calculated using data from
the American Medical Association
(AMA) on the average net annual
income of all non-Federal physicians
(excluding residents), the average
weekly workload, average number of
weeks worked per year and benefits
adjusted by the proportion of selfemployed physicians (Refs. 22 and 23).
The loaded wage for pharmacists is
calculated from Bureau of Labor
Statistics data (Ref. 18). At $88.16 per
hour for physicians ([$194,400 x (1 +
0.2)] / [47 weeks x 56.3 hours / week])
and $46.75 per hour for pharmacists
($33.39 / hour x (1 + 0.4)), table 10
shows the annual monetary value of
time saved and indicates that the
present value over 10 years equals
approximately $90 million or $120
million using a 7 or 3 percent discount
rate, respectively.
TABLE 10.—VALUE OF HEALTH CARE PRACTITIONER TIME SAVED1
Current Value ($ million)
Present Value ($ million)
Year
Physicians
Pharmacists
1
0
0
0
0
0
2
2
1
3
3
3
3
5
1
6
5
5
4
7
2
9
8
7
5
12
3
15
13
11
6
15
3
18
15
12
7
17
4
21
17
13
8
19
4
24
19
14
9
22
5
27
20
15
10
24
5
30
22
15
120
30
150
120
90
Total
1 Numbers
rwilkins on PROD1PC63 with RULES_2
Total Discounted at 3 percent
Total Discounted at 7 percent
may not sum due to rounding.
2. Improved Effectiveness of Treatment
The final rule will improve
prescription drug labeling to make it
easier to find and use information about
the product. More effective
communication of drug information will
better inform practitioners about the
risks and benefits of drugs prescribed to
patients. Prescription drug labeling can
contain hundreds of facts about a drug,
increasing the time needed to find
specific information, relative to simpler
labeling. For example, labeling of the
drug cisapride contains over 470 facts
(Ref. 24). Under the final rule,
VerDate Aug<31>2005
Total
16:08 Jan 23, 2006
Jkt 208001
Highlights would emphasize those
characteristics of drugs that physicians
report are the most important for
decisionmaking. With the Contents and
references to the FPI in Highlights,
practitioners can more quickly find all
relevant facts about the drug that are
specific to their patients. Each format
change required by the final rule is
intended, therefore, to present the
complex drug information contained in
labeling in a way that will improve the
ability of practitioners to select and
prescribe drugs to their patients safely
and effectively.
PO 00000
Frm 00053
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
The initial U.S. approval date will
alert practitioners to newer products
that should be used with greater
vigilance. There are over 100 NDAs,
including about 30 new molecular
entities, approved every year in the
United States. Initial approval is based
on data from clinical trials conducted to
determine the safety and effectiveness of
a product. These trials typically include
only enough subjects to detect 1 adverse
reaction in every 300 to 500 patients
(Ref. 25). It is not uncommon for drugs
to have significant adverse effects that
occur at lower frequencies than can be
E:\FR\FM\24JAR2.SGM
24JAR2
3974
Federal Register / Vol. 71, No. 15 / Tuesday, January 24, 2006 / Rules and Regulations
detected in premarketing clinical trials.
Adding contact information where
practitioners can report suspected
adverse reactions will facilitate the
collection of drug safety information
and make it easier for the agency and
manufacturers to identify significant
safety concerns that can emerge after a
drug is marketed and a much larger
population is exposed to the product.
Moreover, by identifying those sections
of the labeling in which there have been
important recent changes, the new
format will also alert practitioners to
significant new safety concerns and
other significant changes to labeling
once a product has been approved.
In addition, any FDA-approved
patient labeling must be printed at the
end of the labeling, or accompany the
labeling, regardless of when the product
was approved. Including patient
information enhances the likelihood
that physicians will communicate
important information to patients,
improving patient understanding and
adherence to treatment
recommendations. FDA is unable to
quantify the magnitude of these
expected improvements in treatment
effectiveness and health outcomes, but
the agency believes they could be
significant.
rwilkins on PROD1PC63 with RULES_2
3. Decrease in Costs to Treat Avoidable
Adverse Reactions
Although there are multiple causes of
adverse reactions, some are potentially
preventable and can result from
misunderstood or incorrectly applied
drug information (e.g., prescribing too
high a dose for a patient with poor
kidney function, or prescribing a drug to
a patient with known
contraindications). According to a 2000
GAO report on adverse drug events,
standardized packaging is one of many
approaches that can be adopted to
reduce medication errors (Ref. 26).
Requiring that prescription drug
VerDate Aug<31>2005
16:08 Jan 23, 2006
Jkt 208001
labeling follow a standardized format
will better inform health care
practitioners about the drugs that are
prescribed to patients, improve the
effectiveness of treatment, and reduce
the number of preventable adverse
reactions experienced by patients.
No national study on the incidence or
associated costs of adverse reactions has
been conducted. Furthermore, it is
difficult to compare published studies
because they are either too limited in
scope or differ in methodology.
Nevertheless, studies of hospitalized
patients suggest that the rate of
preventable adverse events that occur
during hospitalization is approximately
1.2 to 1.8 adverse events per 100
patients admitted (Refs. 27 through 29).
Moreover, 1 of these studies conducted
in the early 1990s in the northeastern
United States found that a majority of
preventable adverse events (about 1
adverse event per 100 hospital
admissions) were related to errors or
miscalculations in physician ordering,
the stage most likely to be affected by
improved prescription drug labeling
information (Ref. 28). A more recent
study conducted in the southwestern
United States reported 4.2 adverse
events per 100 patients, of which only
15 percent where deemed preventable
(Ref. 29). Given the approximately 36
million annual hospitalizations in the
United States (Ref. 30), these data
suggest that between 229,000 and
364,000 adverse reactions among
hospitalized patients are potentially
preventable each year.
A number of studies show that the
occurrence of an adverse event in a
hospitalized patient increases the costs
of caring for the patient by an average
of between $2,162 and $2,595 (Refs. 28,
29, and 31). Costs associated with
preventable adverse events were even
higher, averaging about $4,685 per
patient (Ref. 31), or $6,075 in 2000
PO 00000
Frm 00054
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
dollars. If all hospitals incur similar
costs for preventable adverse events, the
potentially preventable annual costs
from this source could total from
between $1.4 billion to $2.2 billion
nationally (in 2000 dollars).
Few studies on adverse reactions in
outpatient or long-term care settings
have been conducted. A report from a
multidisciplinary conference held in
2000 to discuss a national research
agenda for ambulatory patient safety
described a diverse and complex
outpatient system that was prone to the
same types of errors observed in
hospital studies (Ref. 32). In 1995, FDA
estimated that hospitalizations
associated with outpatient adverse
reactions cost $4.4 billion per year (60
FR 44182 at 44232; August 24, 1995),
equaling $5.2 billion in 2000 dollars. If
the causes of errors in the outpatient
setting are similar to the causes in
hospitals, half of these costs are related
to physician ordering errors. Thus,
about $2.6 billion (in 2000 dollars) per
year in additional hospital costs result
from errors likely to be influenced by
improved prescribing information.
FDA lacks data to estimate the actual
proportion of the adverse reaction costs
that would be prevented under the final
rule. Combining the projected hospital
costs attributable to preventable inhospital and outpatient adverse
reactions, from $4.0 billion to $4.8
billion per year may be potentially
avoided through measures that provide
better information to doctors, such as
prescription drug labeling. If the final
rule reduced these costs by even 1
percent, between $40 million and $48
million of the costs of hospitalization
could be prevented each year. Over 10
years, the present value of these avoided
costs would total from $240 million to
$290 million with a 7 percent discount
rate, and from $300 to $360 with a 3
percent discount rate (table 11).
E:\FR\FM\24JAR2.SGM
24JAR2
3975
Federal Register / Vol. 71, No. 15 / Tuesday, January 24, 2006 / Rules and Regulations
As illustrated in table 12, the
magnitude of the potential benefits of
the final rule will be sensitive to the
assumed level of effectiveness. At 0.4
percent, the total present value of
avoided hospital costs for preventable
in-hospital and outpatient adverse drug
events will exceed the total present
value of the compliance costs for the
final rule at both 3 and 7 percent
discount rates.
TABLE 12.—IMPACT OF DIFFERENT EFFECTIVENESS LEVELS ON THE TOTAL PRESENT VALUE OF AVOIDED HOSPITAL
COSTS TO TREAT PREVENTABLE ADVERSE DRUG EVENTS1
Discounted at 3 percent
($ million)
Effectiveness Estimate (percent)
From:
Discounted at 7 percent
($ million)
To:
From:
To:
0.1
30
36
24
29
0.42
120
140
97
120
0.5
150
180
120
150
1.0
300
360
240
290
5.0
1,500
1,800
1,200
1,500
1 Numbers
may not sum due to rounding.
to the breakeven point where over 10 years, the total present value of hospital costs avoided exceeds the total present value of
the compliance costs of the final rule.
When compared with other published
studies, the agency’s estimate of the cost
of adverse reactions is likely less than
the total social cost of such events. In
particular, FDA’s estimates include only
hospital costs, and exclude the
willingness to pay of patients to reduce
these risks. Because these risks include
fatality risks, the willingness to pay may
VerDate Aug<31>2005
16:08 Jan 23, 2006
Jkt 208001
be quite large. Using a restrictive
definition of adverse events and
including direct and indirect costs, a
large study of hospital discharge records
conducted by Thomas and others in
Utah and Colorado was published in
1999 and estimated that preventable
adverse events cost society at least $17
billion (in 1996 dollars) each year (Ref.
PO 00000
Frm 00055
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
33). In contrast, a 2001 revision of the
1995 Johnson and Bootman cost-ofillness model used current costs
whenever possible and predicted that
drug-related illness occurring in
ambulatory care settings cost about
$177.4 billion each year, or more than
40 times the estimate of avoided costs
that was used in the rest of this analysis
E:\FR\FM\24JAR2.SGM
24JAR2
ER24JA06.001
rwilkins on PROD1PC63 with RULES_2
2 Corresponds
3976
Federal Register / Vol. 71, No. 15 / Tuesday, January 24, 2006 / Rules and Regulations
(Refs. 34 and 35). While we
acknowledge that we have no direct
evidence about how the rule would
reduce preventable adverse reactions, if
the final rule avoided at least one-tenth
of a percent of the costs predicted by the
Thomas study, annual benefits of the
rule would approximately equal annual
costs.
D. Costs of Regulation
Except as noted below, the methods
used to estimate costs for the proposed
rule remain the same for the final
impact analysis (65 FR 81082 at 81103
through 81112). When possible, unit
costs have been updated.
The proposed rule would have
required two broad types of changes to
the labeling of prescription drug
products. First, labeling of
approximately one-third of products
already approved for marketing would
have been revised to delete or add
information within 1 year. Several
comments argued that these changes
would be quite costly relative to the
limited benefits that would be derived
and difficult to accomplish in the
proposed implementation period (see
comment 114). In response to these
comments, the agency removed the
requirements to delete certain
information from all existing
prescription drug labeling. Only those
products with existing labeling that
have FDA-approved patient labeling
will be required to revise the labeling
within 1 year.
Second, the proposed rule would
have revised the content and established
format requirements for labeling of new
and recently approved applications.
Although the agency modified some
specific content and format
requirements, the staggered
implementation schedule and most
provisions were retained for the final
rule. Therefore, direct costs incurred to
change prescription drug labeling
include the costs of: (1) Designing or
revising prescription drug labeling and
submitting the new labeling to FDA, (2)
producing longer trade labeling
including any equipment adjustments,
(3) layout and artwork for labeling not
accompanying drug products, (4)
producing longer labeling for labeling
not accompanying drug products, and
(5) printing longer labeling in the PDR.
1. Labeling Changes for All Approved
Prescription Drug Products
a. Affected products. The agency will
require that FDA-approved patient
labeling accompany the prescription
drug labeling, or be printed following
the last section of the prescription drug
labeling within 1 year after the effective
date of the final rule. The agency
identified up to 200 products with some
form of FDA-approved patient labeling
that will be affected by the final rule. A
sample of these affected products shows
that the labeling of more than 60 percent
already conforms to this provision of the
final rule. Therefore, the labeling of an
estimated 80 products will need to be
revised.
b. Prescription drug labeling design
costs. On average, prescription drug
manufacturers will incur about $2,220
per product in design and
implementation costs to append FDAapproved patient labeling to existing
prescription drug labeling. Because
changes must be made within 1 year of
the effective date of the final rule, not
all firms will have sufficient time to
deplete their inventories of existing
prescription drug labeling. With a 12month implementation period, FDA
consultants estimate per product
inventory losses of approximately $630.
Thus, including excess inventory losses,
the cost to change prescription drug
labeling is estimated at $2,850 per
product (65 FR 81082 at 81109; and 68
FR 6062 at 6074, reflecting updated
costs). As shown in table 13, in the first
year firms may incur one-time costs of
$0.2 million to add FDA-approved
patient labeling to the labeling of the
affected products.
c. Incremental printing costs for
prescription drug labeling. Printed
patient information would add an
estimated 2 pages or about 75-square
inches to the length of trade labeling
when printed on two sides (65 FR 81082
at 81109). Updating the unit printing
costs for inflation, this additional length
would increase the incremental printing
costs by approximately $6.84 for 1,000
pieces of labeling (75-square inches per
piece x $0.0000912 per square inch x
1,000 pieces) (68 FR 6062 at 6074). For
the final analysis, FDA estimates that for
affected products, up to 650,000 pieces
of trade labeling would be distributed
each year (section XI.D.2.c.i of this
document). For each of the affected
products, manufacturers will incur
annual incremental costs averaging
about $4,440 to print the longer trade
labeling (650,000 pieces per product per
year x $6.84 per 1,000 pieces). For all
80 affected products, annual
incremental printing costs for trade
labeling will increase by $0.4 million.
Furthermore, manufacturers distributing
longer prescription drug labeling with
promotional materials and samples will
spend up to an additional $5,125 in
annual incremental printing costs each
year for 3 years (750,000 pieces per year
x $6.84 per 1,000 pieces (approximation
based on information in footnote 17 in
section XI.D.2.e of this document)).
Therefore, industry will incur
additional printing costs with a present
value of approximately $3.6 million or
$4.2 million over 10 years at a 7 or 3
percent discount rate, respectively (table
13).
d. Physicians’ Desk Reference (PDR)
Costs. The agency estimates that 75
percent of prescription drug products
have labeling already printed in the
PDR. In 2002, an additional page in the
PDR costs manufacturers $9,750.14
Thus, the per product annual cost to
print two additional pages is about
$19,500 ($9,750 x 2). For the estimated
60 affected products (80 products x
0.75), the annual PDR costs would
increase by $1.2 million ($19,500 x 60),
equaling a present value of
approximately $8.2 million or $10.0
million over 10 years with a 7 or 3percent discount rate, respectively (table
13).
TABLE 13.—COSTS TO INCLUDE FDA-APPROVED PATIENT LABELING WITH LABELING OF EXISTING PRESCRIPTION
PRODUCTS1, 2
One-Time Labeling
Revision Costs
($ million)
Annual Incremental
Printing Costs
($ million)
Annual PDR Costs
($ million)
1
0.2
0.8
1.2
2.2
2
0.0
0.8
1.2
1.9
rwilkins on PROD1PC63 with RULES_2
Year
14 Not all of these costs to manufacturers are
social costs, as the PDR publisher is presumably
VerDate Aug<31>2005
16:08 Jan 23, 2006
Jkt 208001
selling additional pages at more than its true
PO 00000
Frm 00056
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
Total Costs
($ million)
opportunity cost. The excess is a transfer, but we
do not know its magnitude.
E:\FR\FM\24JAR2.SGM
24JAR2
3977
Federal Register / Vol. 71, No. 15 / Tuesday, January 24, 2006 / Rules and Regulations
TABLE 13.—COSTS TO INCLUDE FDA-APPROVED PATIENT LABELING WITH LABELING OF EXISTING PRESCRIPTION
PRODUCTS1, 2—Continued
One-Time Labeling
Revision Costs
($ million)
Annual Incremental
Printing Costs
($ million)
Annual PDR Costs
($ million)
3
0.0
0.8
1.2
1.9
4
0.0
0.4
1.2
1.5
5
0.0
0.4
1.2
1.5
6
0.0
0.4
1.2
1.5
7
0.0
0.4
1.2
1.5
8
0.0
0.4
1.2
1.5
9
0.0
0.4
1.2
1.5
10
0.0
0.4
1.2
1.5
Total Cost
0.2
4.8
11.7
16.7
Present Value of Total Discounted at 3 percent
0.2
4.2
10.0
14.4
Present Value of Total Discounted at 7 percent
0.2
3.6
8.2
12.0
Year
Total Costs
($ million)
1 Numbers
2 This
may not sum due to rounding.
estimate assumes that products with Medication Guides already conform to this requirement of the final rule.
2. Labeling Changes for New and
Recently Approved Prescription Drug
Products
a. Affected products. The final rule
would require that prescription drug
labeling conform to format and content
requirements for three categories of
products: (1) All NDAs, BLAs, and
efficacy supplements submitted to FDA
on or after the effective date, (2) NDAs,
BLAs, and efficacy supplements
approved over the 5 years preceding the
effective date or pending on the
effective date of the final rule, and (3)
any ANDA that references a listed drug
with labeling conforming to the
requirements of the final rule. For the
first category of products, the
prescription drug labeling requirements
would apply when a sponsor files an
NDA, BLA or efficacy supplement.
Products in the second category must
file supplemental applications within 3
to 7 years of the issuance of the rule,
according to the implementation plan
described in the preamble (see Table 5).
For ANDA products (generic products),
the implementation schedule for the
affected reference listed drug applies.
This rule does not cover labeling for
OTC products (including those
approved under an NDA).
Estimates of the number of new
applications that would be affected by
the rule are updated and based on
application approvals since 1997.
During this period, an average of 97
NDAs and 10 BLAs were approved each
year. FDA assumes that this average rate
will continue. The number of affected
products approved within 5 years before
the effective date are estimated as the
number of NDAs approved during the 5year period from 1997 through 2001
without subsequent efficacy
supplements.
Most efficacy supplements are filed
and approved within 5 years of the
approval date of their original
application. Over time, prescription
drug labeling of most products affected
by the final rule will already conform to
the requirements of the final rule when
an efficacy supplement is submitted.
Beginning in year 3, therefore, the
number of labeling revisions as a result
of an efficacy supplement will decline
over time.
The initial analysis of impacts did not
include estimates of the number of
generic products that would be affected
because the period of exclusivity for
most innovator products covered by the
rule would extend beyond the 10-year
horizon. However, a subsequent
analysis of data from ‘‘Approved Drug
Products with Therapeutic Equivalence
Evaluations’’ (the Orange Book) found
that some older innovator products with
generic equivalents have recent
approvals of efficacy supplements or
NDAs for new dosage strengths that
could trigger revision of the labeling of
some reference listed drugs. Although
the overall number of older innovator
products affected by the final rule is
anticipated to be small, normally there
are multiple generic products for each
reference listed drug. Therefore,
beginning in year 3, the final rule is
estimated to affect an average of 42
generic products annually. Table 14
shows the number of products projected
to be affected by the final rule during
the 10-year period following the
effective date.
rwilkins on PROD1PC63 with RULES_2
TABLE 14.—ESTIMATED NUMBER OF AFFECTED PRODUCTS BY APPLICATION TYPE
Year
New NDAs and BLAs
1
VerDate Aug<31>2005
Efficacy Supplements
107
16:08 Jan 23, 2006
Jkt 208001
PO 00000
Frm 00057
69
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
Approvals 5 Years
Prior to Effective Date
0
E:\FR\FM\24JAR2.SGM
ANDAs
Total
0
24JAR2
176
3978
Federal Register / Vol. 71, No. 15 / Tuesday, January 24, 2006 / Rules and Regulations
TABLE 14.—ESTIMATED NUMBER OF AFFECTED PRODUCTS BY APPLICATION TYPE—Continued
Year
New NDAs and BLAs
Efficacy Supplements
Approvals 5 Years
Prior to Effective Date
ANDAs
Total
2
107
69
0
0
176
3
107
52
69
42
270
4
107
39
69
42
257
5
107
29
68
42
246
6
107
22
69
42
240
7
107
16
69
42
234
8
107
12
0
42
161
9
107
9
0
42
158
10
107
7
0
42
156
1,070
324
344
336
2,074
rwilkins on PROD1PC63 with RULES_2
Total
b. Prescription drug labeling design
costs. The cost of designing prescription
drug labeling that conforms to the final
format and content requirements will
depend heavily on when, during a
product’s life cycle, labeling design
occurs. Costs will be highest for
products already marketed with
approved prescription drug labeling that
otherwise would not be changed.
Conversely, design costs will be lowest
for products that are closely related to
a prior product application that has
already had its prescription drug
labeling changed to the new format or
for generic drug labeling. Costs for
currently marketed products that would
be undergoing relabeling for other
reasons (e.g., related to an efficacy
supplement) will be in between these
extremes.
FDA has previously estimated that it
takes about 2 months of full-time effort
to design a novel patient information
guide (for the first prescription drug in
a therapeutic class), but less than 1
week to redesign a guide following a
previously approved prototype (i.e.,
innovator drugs in the same therapeutic
class for which patient information was
already developed) (60 FR 44232). The
final rule requires reordering of the
detailed information in the prescription
drug labeling and addition of Highlights
and Contents. Although FDA designates
the new order, detailed discussion and
drug-specific decisions (e.g., regarding
exactly what should be listed in
Highlights) may be necessary. Because
negotiation of labeling is a routine part
of the review process, including
Highlights and Contents does not
increase this time burden on
manufacturers or the agency. Therefore,
the time required to revise labeling
conforming to the requirements of the
final rule will fall between the time
required to design a novel patient
information guide and time required to
redesign a guide. Although sponsors of
new applications and efficacy
supplements would incur many of the
same design costs as sponsors of
existing innovator products, they would
experience no additional testing,
preparation, and application costs. For
the initial analysis, it was anticipated
that manufacturers would incur onetime costs up to $5,000 for each new
product and $7,500 for each existing
product to conform to the format and
content provisions of the rule (65 FR
81082 at 81106 through 81107). These
one-time per product costs are updated
to $6,190 and $8,700, respectively.
Modifying prescription drug labeling for
ANDAs is anticipated to cost generic
drug manufacturers about $1,300 per
product, including $830 in labor costs
and $470 in material costs for artwork
and scrap (68 FR 6062 at 6074).
Once product labeling contains
Highlights, any substantive revisions of
key sections of the labeling must be
listed in the recent major changes
section along with the month and year
the revision was incorporated. However,
the final rule also requires that after 1
year, the information about recent major
changes must be removed the next time
the labeling is reprinted. Manufacturers
voluntarily change drug product
15 Recent major changes must remain in the
Highlights for at least 1 year. Any major change
labeling frequently during the first 5
years a product is marketed. During this
period, the agency anticipates that
manufacturers would remove recent
major changes from Highlights at the
same time they voluntarily change
labeling and, thus, would incur no
additional costs. After 5 years on the
market, however, some manufacturers
would incur additional costs to remove
recent major changes in the timeframe
specified by the final rule. The earliest
this might occur is in year 7 after the
initial redesign of the labeling.15 Based
on the agency’s experience with
products that have been on the market
for more than 5 years, up to 10 percent
of the products affected by the final rule
might be required to remove recent
major changes in year 7 or later, at a per
product cost of approximately $1,600.
Over 10 years, the present value of these
costs could equal about $0.1 million
with either a 7 percent or 3 percent
discount rate.
As shown in table 15, the total firstyear costs would amount to $1.1
million. Costs increase to a high of $1.6
million in years 3 and 4. After the
seventh year, when all products
approved within 5 years prior to the
rule’s effective date or pending on the
effective date have redesigned
prescription drug labeling, the costs
decline to about $0.8 million per year.
As a result, the estimated total present
value of the costs of redesigning
prescription drug labeling over 10 years
is about $8.8 million and $10.5 million
with a 7 and 3 percent discount rate,
respectively.
after year 5 would therefore remain on the labeling
through year 6 or later.
VerDate Aug<31>2005
16:08 Jan 23, 2006
Jkt 208001
PO 00000
Frm 00058
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
E:\FR\FM\24JAR2.SGM
24JAR2
Federal Register / Vol. 71, No. 15 / Tuesday, January 24, 2006 / Rules and Regulations
3979
TABLE 15.—ESTIMATED PRESCRIPTION DRUG LABELING DESIGN COSTS1
Current Value ($ million)
Year
NDAs and
BLAs
Efficacy
Supplements
Present Value ($ million)
Approvals 5 Years
Prior to Effective
Date
ANDAs
Total
Total Discounted
at 3 percent
Total Discounted
at 7 percent
1
0.7
0.4
0.0
0.0
1.1
1.1
1.0
2
0.7
0.4
0.0
0.0
1.1
1.0
1.0
3
0.7
0.3
0.6
0.1
1.6
1.5
1.3
4
0.7
0.2
0.6
0.1
1.6
1.4
1.2
5
0.7
0.2
0.6
0.1
1.5
1.3
1.1
6
0.7
0.1
0.6
0.1
1.5
1.2
1.0
7
0.7
0.1
0.6
0.1
1.5
1.2
0.9
8
0.7
0.1
0.0
0.1
0.8
0.7
0.5
9
0.7
0.1
0.0
0.1
0.8
0.6
0.4
10
0.7
0.0
0.0
0.1
0.8
0.6
0.4
6.7
2.0
3.0
0.4
12.2
10.5
8.8
Total
rwilkins on PROD1PC63 with RULES_2
1 Numbers
may not sum due to rounding.
c. Costs associated with producing
longer labeling accompanying drug
products and drug samples (trade
labeling). The proposed rule would have
required that trade labeling be printed
in 8-point minimum type size, almost
doubling the current average length for
the labeling. Several comments from
pharmaceutical manufacturers stated
that the agency had underestimated the
retooling and packaging line costs that
would be incurred to include this longer
trade labeling (see comment 124). A few
large firms estimated that new
equipment would cost between
$135,000 and $700,000 per packaging
line and could total up to $40 million
for a large firm if trade labeling of all
products were affected. As discussed in
section XI.F of this document
(‘‘Alternatives Considered’’), the agency
recognized that including all products
in the final rule would substantially
increase costs to industry and, therefore,
limited the final rule to new and
recently approved products (see section
XI.F.3 of this document). Furthermore,
approximately half of the affected
products shown in table 14 will be new
approvals that have not yet established
packaging. Nevertheless, based on the
potential economic impact the larger
type size might have on pharmaceutical
manufacturers, for the final rule the
agency reduced the minimum size
requirement for trade labeling to 6
points, a size generally reported as
acceptable in comments from
manufacturers (see comment 102). Thus,
the new format and content
VerDate Aug<31>2005
16:08 Jan 23, 2006
Jkt 208001
requirements of the final rule will
lengthen trade labeling by
approximately 20 square inches when
printed on two sides. Longer
prescription drug labeling increases the
cost of paper, ink, and other ongoing
incremental printing costs. As discussed
below, even in 6 points, a small number
of products are still expected to incur
some equipment costs (e.g., different
insert-folding machinery).
i. Incremental printing costs for trade
labeling. U.S. retail pharmacies
dispense about 3.3 billion prescriptions
per year, of which an estimated 790
million are for unit-of-use products that
include prescription drug labeling
within the package (65 FR 81082 at
81107, updated using IMS data at https://
www.ims-health.com). If the non-unitof-use prescriptions average one piece of
labeling per 3.3 prescriptions, the total
number of labelings accompanying
retail products equals roughly 1.5
billion. Further, adding hospital
pharmaceutical volume, estimated at
approximately 54 percent of retail
volume, yields an annual total of 2.4
billion pieces of trade labeling
accompanying prescribed products.
Allowing 10 percent for wastage
indicates that manufacturers distribute
roughly 2.6 billion pieces of labeling
with prescribed products each year.
Since 60 percent of all prescriptions are
for branded products, about 1.6 billion
pieces of labeling are currently included
with about 2,440 branded products and
about 1.0 billion pieces are included
PO 00000
Frm 00059
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
with 2,900 generic products.16 Using
650,000 pieces per innovator product
and 370,000 pieces per generic product,
at a cost of $0.18 and $0.19 per 100
pieces, respectively, yields annual per
product cost estimates of $1,165 and
$700, respectively. Table 16 shows the
estimated number of revised labelings
and annual incremental printing costs
over 10 years.
Trade labeling must also accompany
drug product samples. However, the
number of samples distributed for a
specific product depends on a
manufacturer’s marketing strategy and
may vary from year to year. Although
IMS Health (IMS) reported that the
volume of samples distributed in the
United States between 1997 and 2000
ranged from 860 million to 920 million
(Ref. 36), sales representatives normally
leave one piece of labeling for every 10
samples they distribute. Even though
new products are sampled more often
than older products, some
manufacturers continue to distribute
samples throughout the life cycle of
their product. While the actual number
of samples including reformatted trade
labeling is uncertain, we anticipate that
manufacturers may spend up to $0.2
16 Derived from ‘‘Approved Drug Products with
Therapeutic Equivalence Evaluations,’’ CDER, FDA,
2001. The estimate is a count of all branded
products marketed under an NDA and
differentiated by active ingredient, therapeutic
equivalence, dosage form, or manufacturer, not
including multiple dosage strengths. Although not
counted, adding biologicals would not significantly
alter results.
E:\FR\FM\24JAR2.SGM
24JAR2
3980
Federal Register / Vol. 71, No. 15 / Tuesday, January 24, 2006 / Rules and Regulations
million annually to print longer trade
labeling to accompany drug samples
(table 16).
ii. Equipment costs. The original
analysis estimated that 1 percent of
affected existing products would be
required to adjust packaging equipment
with trade labeling printed in 8 points.
According to several comments, trade
labeling is currently printed in type
sizes of 4.5 points and larger (see
comment 102). Thus, it is unlikely that
the minimum type size requirement of
the final rule (i.e., 6 points for trade
labeling) will require firms to purchase
new packaging equipment. However, in
a few cases where existing labeling is
printed in type sizes between 4.5 points
and 6 points, firms may need to adjust
packaging lines for longer labeling.
Since the labeling of many ophthalmic
drug products is printed in type sizes
smaller than 6 points, the proportion of
recent approvals for ophthalmic
products was used as a proxy for the
proportion of affected products that will
incur some equipment costs. For the
final analysis, 5 percent of existing
products affected by the rule (i.e.,
products with new efficacy
supplements, products approved in the
5 years prior to the effective date of the
rule, and affected ANDAs) will incur
costs of $200,000 each product. As
shown in table 17, the estimated present
value of equipment changes totals $7.2
million and $8.7 million over 10 years
discounted at 7 and 3 percent
respectively.
TABLE 17.—COST OF ADJUSTMENTS TO PACKAGING LINES TO ACCOMMODATE LONGER TRADE LABELING1, 2
Year
Estimated Number of Affected
Products
Present Value ($ million)
Total Cost
($ million)
Total Discounted at 3 Percent
Total Discounted at 7 Percent
0.7
0.7
0.6
3
0.7
0.7
0.6
3
8
1.6
1.5
1.3
4
8
1.5
1.3
1.1
5
7
1.4
1.2
1.0
6
7
1.3
1.1
0.9
7
6
1.3
1.0
0.8
8
3
0.5
0.4
0.3
9
3
0.5
0.4
0.3
10
2
0.5
0.4
0.2
VerDate Aug<31>2005
16:08 Jan 23, 2006
Jkt 208001
PO 00000
Frm 00060
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
E:\FR\FM\24JAR2.SGM
24JAR2
ER24JA06.002
3
2
rwilkins on PROD1PC63 with RULES_2
1
Federal Register / Vol. 71, No. 15 / Tuesday, January 24, 2006 / Rules and Regulations
3981
TABLE 17.—COST OF ADJUSTMENTS TO PACKAGING LINES TO ACCOMMODATE LONGER TRADE LABELING1, 2—Continued
Year
Estimated Number of Affected
Products
Total
Present Value ($ million)
Total Cost
($ million)
50
Total Discounted at 3 Percent
Total Discounted at 7 Percent
8.7
7.2
10.0
1 Numbers
may not sum due to rounding.
2 For products with labeling printed in type sizes smaller than 6 points, the final rule may require that some packaging lines be retooled. Based
on NDA, ANDA or efficacy supplements approvals for ophthalmic drug products between 1997 and 2001, an estimated 5 percent of the existing
products affected by the rule will require some change to packaging equipment at an average cost of $200,000 per product.
prescription drug labeling for a product
in the same type size (8 points or larger)
will incur no additional design costs.
However, if trade labeling is printed in
a type size smaller than 8 points, a firm
will incur additional costs of $810 per
product to change and proof read the
layout, and to prepare artwork for the
labeling not accompanying the drug
product. It is uncertain how many firms
d. Layout and design costs for
prescription drug labeling not
accompanying drug products. The final
rule specifies a minimum type size of 6
points for trade labeling and 8 points for
all other prescription drug labeling
distributed by a manufacturer (e.g.,
labeling required to be distributed with
promotional materials or in promotional
settings). Firms choosing to print all
will print labeling in different type
sizes. However, if all new and recently
approved innovator products are
affected, the total present value of the
additional design costs is approximately
$1.0 million or $1.2 million over 10
years discounted at 7 or 3 percent
respectively (table 18).
TABLE 18.—ESTIMATED ONE-TIME LAYOUT AND DESIGN COSTS FOR LABELING NOT ACCOMPANYING DRUG PRODUCTS1,2
Year
Number of Affected
Products
Present Value ($ million)
Total Costs
($ million)
Total Discounted at 3 Percent
Total Discounted at 7 Percent
1
176
0.1
0.1
0.1
2
176
0.1
0.1
0.1
3
228
0.2
0.2
0.2
4
215
0.2
0.2
0.1
5
204
0.2
0.1
0.1
6
198
0.2
0.1
0.1
7
192
0.2
0.1
0.1
8
119
0.1
0.1
0.1
9
116
0.1
0.1
0.1
10
114
0.1
0.1
0.0
1,738
1.4
1.2
1.0
Total
1 Firms
are expected to only print this type of labeling for 3 years after the launch of a new innovator drug product.
may not sum due to rounding.
rwilkins on PROD1PC63 with RULES_2
2 Numbers
e. Costs associated with producing
longer prescription drug labeling not
accompanying drug products. In
contrast to trade labeling, with the new
content and format requirements the
length of current labeling will increase
an average of about 93 percent when
printed in 8-point type size. At this
length, the incremental printing costs
will increase by $0.85 per 100 pieces.
To calculate the annual cost to print
prescription drug labeling not
accompanying drug products, FDA
estimated that pharmaceutical
representatives detailing drug products
would distribute approximately 50
million pieces of prescription drug
VerDate Aug<31>2005
16:08 Jan 23, 2006
Jkt 208001
labeling annually. Because most
detailing involves relatively new
products, the products most affected by
this rule, FDA assumed that
manufacturers would incur additional
printing costs for all of this labeling,
amounting to about $0.4 million
annually.
Finally, FDA estimated that about
730,000 pieces of prescription drug
labeling per approval would be
distributed each year by mail or at
conferences to physicians, other health
care practitioners, consumers, retail
pharmacy outlets, and hospital
pharmacies for 3 years following
PO 00000
Frm 00061
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
approval of a new drug.17 As shown in
table 19, annual total costs peak at $4.4
million in year 5. Over 10 years with a
7 or 3 percent discount rate, the present
value of the incremental printing costs
17 For each approval, it was assumed that all
physicians involved in primary care and 25 percent
of physicians practicing a medical specialty would
receive two mailings per year, or an estimated
646,150 pieces (i.e., (222,400 x 2) + (0.25 x 402,700
x 2)), for 3 years following product launch. An
additional 10 percent or 64,615 pieces are estimated
to be distributed annually for 3 years to other health
care practitioners or consumers. Furthermore, FDA
assumes that 55,581 retail pharmacy outlets and
8,020 hospital pharmacies would receive 1 mailing
to announce the launch of a new innovator product
in the year of approval (65 FR 81082 at 81108,
updated).
E:\FR\FM\24JAR2.SGM
24JAR2
3982
Federal Register / Vol. 71, No. 15 / Tuesday, January 24, 2006 / Rules and Regulations
for longer prescription drug labeling not
accompanying drug products would be
about $24 million or $29 million,
respectively.
f. Physicians’ Desk Reference (PDR)
Costs. FDA estimates that the new
Highlights, including any boxed
warnings, and Contents would add
about a half page to the PDR labeling of
each affected prescription drug product.
Based on conversations with Medical
Economics (the publisher of the PDR) on
the cost per printed page, FDA estimates
that the annual publishing costs of the
extra space required for printing the
expanded prescription drug labeling
would be about $5,550 for each affected
product, plus an additional cost if the
product was included in one of two
annual supplements. FDA assumed that
these costs would be incurred by the
pharmaceutical industry via publishing
fees paid to Medical Economics. The
agency assumed that 75 percent of the
new drugs and efficacy supplements
would be published in the PDR (some
smaller firms decline to publish labeling
in the PDR). FDA also assumed that 90
percent of the new drugs published
would be included in the PDR
supplements and 33 percent of the
published efficacy supplements would
be included in the PDR supplements
(about half are actually included, but
only two-thirds of these include full
prescription drug labeling; the
remainder include only the added
indication). FDA also assumed that the
prescription drug labeling changes made
as a result of the 5-year rule
(applications approved in the 5 years
preceding the effective date of the final
rule) would not be included in the PDR
supplements. Based on these
assumptions, the estimated cost of
publishing the extended prescription
drug labeling in the PDR would be about
$1.2 million for year 1. These costs
would continue to increase over time as
all drug approvals after the effective
date of the rule would have longer PDR
listings. The estimated annual and total
costs of printing longer PDR listings are
shown in table 20.
TABLE 20.—COST TO PRINT LONGER LISTINGS IN THE PDR1, 2
Current Value ($ million)
Present Value ($ million)
Year
PDR Bound
PDR Supplement
Total Costs
Total Discounted at 3 Percent
Total Discounted at 7 Percent
0.7
0.5
1.2
1.2
1.1
2
1.5
0.5
2.0
1.8
1.7
3
2.4
0.5
2.9
2.6
2.4
VerDate Aug<31>2005
16:08 Jan 23, 2006
Jkt 208001
PO 00000
Frm 00062
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
E:\FR\FM\24JAR2.SGM
24JAR2
ER24JA06.003
rwilkins on PROD1PC63 with RULES_2
1
Federal Register / Vol. 71, No. 15 / Tuesday, January 24, 2006 / Rules and Regulations
3983
TABLE 20.—COST TO PRINT LONGER LISTINGS IN THE PDR1, 2—Continued
Current Value ($ million)
Present Value ($ million)
Year
PDR Bound
PDR Supplement
Total Costs
Total Discounted at 3 Percent
Total Discounted at 7 Percent
4
3.3
0.5
3.8
3.3
2.9
5
4.2
0.4
4.6
4.0
3.3
6
5.0
0.4
5.4
4.5
3.6
7
5.8
0.4
6.2
5.0
3.9
8
6.3
0.4
6.7
5.3
3.9
9
6.8
0.4
7.2
5.5
3.9
10
7.2
0.4
7.6
5.7
3.9
43.1
4.5
47.6
39.1
30.5
Total
1 Numbers
2 Printed
may not sum due to rounding.
in 6.5-point type size at an average per page cost of $9,755.
Table 21 summarizes the estimated
compliance costs for the three major
cost categories over a 10-year period.
TABLE 21.—COMPLIANCE COSTS OVER 10-YEAR PERIOD1
Cost Category ($ million)
Year
Design and Producing Trade Labeling;
Modify Packaging Equipment
Reformat and Producing Labeling Not
Accompanying Drug Products
Printing PDR
Total
Costs
($ million)
1
3.1
1.7
2.4
7.3
2
3.1
2.8
3.1
9.0
3
4.9
4.2
4.1
13.2
4
4.6
4.4
4.9
13.9
5
4.6
4.6
5.8
15.0
6
4.8
4.4
6.6
15.8
7
5.0
4.3
7.4
16.6
8
3.8
3.6
7.9
15.3
9
4.0
3.1
8.3
15.5
10
4.0
2.7
8.8
15.5
Total Current Value
42.0
35.9
59.3
137.2
Total Present Value Discounted at 3 Percent
35.7
30.5
49.0
115.3
Total Present Value Discounted at 7 Percent
29.2
24.9
38.8
92.9
1 Numbers
may not sum due to rounding.
rwilkins on PROD1PC63 with RULES_2
E. Impacts on Small Entities
1. The Need for and the Objective of the
Rule
Developments in recent years have
contributed to an increase in the length
and complexity of prescription drug
labeling, making it more difficult for
health care practitioners to quickly find
VerDate Aug<31>2005
16:08 Jan 23, 2006
Jkt 208001
specific information about a drug.
Therefore, practitioners expend time
that could be spent with patients and
may miss critical information about the
safe and effective use of prescription
drug products. The objective of the
requirements is to improve prescription
drug labeling by making it easier for
health care practitioners to access, read,
PO 00000
Frm 00063
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
and use labeling information about
prescription drug products. The agency
believes that having better access to
critical information will improve the
use of prescription drugs and lead to a
decrease in the number of preventable
adverse reactions that occur in the
United States each year.
E:\FR\FM\24JAR2.SGM
24JAR2
3984
Federal Register / Vol. 71, No. 15 / Tuesday, January 24, 2006 / Rules and Regulations
2. Description and Estimate of the
Number of Small Entities Affected
This final rule would affect all small
entities required to design their
prescription drug labeling to comply
with this rule. The Small Business
Administration (SBA) considers
Pharmaceutical Preparation
Manufacturing firms (NAICS 325412)
and Biological Product Manufacturing
firms (NAICS 325414) with fewer than
750 and 500 employees, respectively, to
be small. U.S. Census reports in 1999
there were 265 biological product
manufacturing firms (Ref. 37) and 749
pharmaceutical preparation
manufacturing firms (Ref. 38). However,
employment size classes for
pharmaceutical preparation
manufacturing do not correspond to
SBA size categories. Nevertheless, 1999
Census data suggest that approximately
94 percent of biological product
manufacturing firms and at least 87
percent of the pharmaceutical
preparation manufacturing firms could
be considered small. Despite the large
number of small manufacturers, large
companies manufacture most
prescription drug products. Although
the agency cannot predict the number of
new approvals granted to small entities,
the following estimates are based on 5
years of recent submissions (65 FR
81082 at 81110, updated for 1997–
2001). On average, 17 small entities will
receive product approvals each year. In
addition, about 64 small entities will be
affected during years 3 to 7 of the rule,
when applicants with products
approved 5 years prior to the effective
date of the final rule must submit
reformatted prescription drug labeling
for approval. Only six firms will have
more than two existing products
affected by the rule. Of these six, four
firms will have two products affected in
the same year and one firm will have
three products affected in a single year.
The compliance requirements for
small entities under this final rule are
the same as those described above for
other affected entities. Compliance
primarily involves: (1) designing
prescription drug labeling that conforms
to the content and format requirements,
and (2) once the labeling is approved by
FDA, ensuring that all future printed
prescription drug labeling is in the new
format with the required minimum type
size. Because manufacturers already
submit labeling with NDAs, BLAs and
efficacy supplements to FDA, no
additional skills will be required to
comply with the final rule.
The group of small entities likely to
bear the highest total costs under this
final rule are those firms that have: (1)
Existing products with prescription
drug labeling that must be revised in the
first year or (2) more than one affected
high-volume product per year, such as
a small firm with two or three recently
approved, high-volume products that
must undergo prescription drug labeling
reformatting simultaneously in the same
year. However, the high-cost small
entities are also the small firms with the
highest sales of affected product; thus,
their incremental cost per unit sold is
likely to be relatively low. In contrast,
small firms with a single, low-volume
product would have lower costs of
compliance, but the incremental cost
per unit sold would be higher.
Although the agency solicited
comment on the initial regulatory
flexibility analysis from small entities,
the only comments submitted
specifically about the impact on small
entities were from large firms (see
comment 122). The following examples
illustrate possible impacts on small
entities with different production
volumes. Prescription drug labeling
costs are estimated for a small firm with
a single carton-enclosed product
(marketed under an NDA) that must: (1)
Have its labeling reformatted in year 3
of the rule and (2) add patient
information in year 1. Table 22 outlines
the projected per-unit and total costs to
the firm with 3 different levels of
production: 1,000, 10,000, and 100,000
units produced per year.
In addition to the costs identified in
table 22, a very small number of small
firms might incur equipment costs to
include longer prescription drug
labeling in carton-enclosed products. It
is likely, however, that this one-time
capital cost (estimated at $200,000) will
affect a total of no more than two or
three small firms in the 10 years
following implementation of the rule.
Based on this analysis, FDA believes
that the final rule would not have a
significant impact on most small entities
in this industry, but it is possible that
a few small firms may be significantly
affected by the final rule.
TABLE 22.—ESTIMATED COSTS FOR HYPOTHETICAL SMALL FIRM WITH A SINGLE PRODUCT, UNDER THREE ALTERNATIVE
LEVELS OF PRODUCTION1
Number of Units Produced and Sold Each Year
Cost Category
100,000
10,000
1,000
Example 1—Revise labeling of product approved less than 1 year prior
to effective date:
Prescription drug labeling redesign/application
Printing trade labeling2
Printing prescription drug labeling not accompanying drug products3
$8,700
$200
$1,050
$8,700
$20
$105
$8,700
$2
$10
Total
$9,950
$8,825
$8,712
Additional cost per unit sold
$0.10
$0.88
$8.71
rwilkins on PROD1PC63 with RULES_2
Example 2—Add printed patient information to existing labeling for a
product:
Prescription drug labeling redesign
Printing trade labeling4
Printing longer PDR5
$2,850
$750
$19,500
$2,850
$75
$19,500
$2,850
$8
N/A
Total
$23,100
$22,425
$2,858
Additional cost per unit sold
$0.23
$2.24
1 Numbers
$2.86
may not sum due to rounding.
of pieces of trade labeling printed is calculated as units produced/year plus 10 percent wastage factor, at an incremental printing cost
of $0.001791 per labeling.
2 Number
VerDate Aug<31>2005
16:08 Jan 23, 2006
Jkt 208001
PO 00000
Frm 00064
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
E:\FR\FM\24JAR2.SGM
24JAR2
Federal Register / Vol. 71, No. 15 / Tuesday, January 24, 2006 / Rules and Regulations
3985
3 To calculate the cost for printing labeling not accompanying drug products, the number of units is adjusted by the ratio of the average number of pieces printed for mailings to the average number printed as trade labeling (i.e., 1.126), and multiplied by the incremental printing cost of
$0.0085 per piece.
4 Number of pieces of trade labeling printed is calculated as units produced/year plus 10 percent wastage factor, at an incremental printing cost
of $0.006837 per labeling.
5 Assume that prescription drug labeling is already being printed in the PDR. Most low-volume products (i.e., less than 10,000 units per year)
will not have labeling in the PDR.
F. Alternatives Considered
1. Do Nothing
The agency considered and rejected
this option. The current prescription
drug labeling is complex, requiring
health care practitioners to spend
unnecessary time seeking information
they need for the safe and effective use
of drug products by their patients.
Preventable adverse reactions have
many causes and are a serious public
health issue. Changing prescription drug
labeling to meet the needs of health care
practitioners that use it is one of many
public health initiatives aimed at
reducing these adverse reactions and
improving health care.
rwilkins on PROD1PC63 with RULES_2
2. Formatting Alternatives
FDA has considered numerous
alternative formats, including a longer
Highlights. Highlights is limited to onehalf page in 8 points to respond to
health care practitioners’ concerns about
length as well as to reduce the
incremental printing costs to
manufacturers.
The agency also considered requiring
larger minimum type sizes. A 10-point
minimum size requirement would
increase the amount of paper needed to
print the average reformatted labeling by
about 200-square inches at an
incremental cost of $18,000 per million
pieces. Over 10 years, the total present
value of producing longer trade labeling
in 10 points compared to 6 points
would equal $95 million or $120
million with a 7- or 3-percent discount
rate, respectively. In addition to higher
incremental printing costs, requiring 10point minimum type size would make
labeling so large that many
manufacturers would be forced to
modify or replace packaging equipment.
The agency therefore rejected this
option because the potential benefits of
the larger type size did not outweigh the
costs.
The agency also considered and
rejected a 10-point minimum size
requirement for labeling not
accompanying drug products. Compared
to the minimum requirement of 8 points
in the final rule, this larger type size
would have taken about 100-square
inches more paper at an incremental
cost of $9,000 per million pieces.
Finally, the agency proposed a
minimum size requirement of 8 points
VerDate Aug<31>2005
16:08 Jan 23, 2006
Jkt 208001
for trade labeling instead of the 6-point
requirement in the final rule. At 6
points, the average revised labeling will
increase by about 20-square inches.
Requiring the larger minimum size
would take another 70-square inches of
paper and cost industry about $6,000
per million pieces of trade labeling.
Because this requirement would be
burdensome on industry, the agency
rejected the 8-point minimum type size.
gradual implementation schedule of up
to 7 years to reduce the cost impact of
the rule, especially on small entities.
3. Alternative Categories of Affected
Products
XIII. References
The following references have been
placed on display in the Division of
Dockets Management (HFA–305), Food
and Drug Administration, 5630 Fishers
Lane, rm. 1061, Rockville, MD 20857,
and may be seen by interested persons
between 9 a.m. and 4 p.m., Monday
through Friday. (FDA has verified the
Web site addresses, but FDA is not
responsible for any subsequent changes
to the Web sites after this document
publishes in the Federal Register.)
Three alternative categories of
products to be covered by the rule were
considered: (1) All drugs, (2) a set of
innovator and generic drugs on a ‘‘top
200 most prescribed’’ list, and (3) the
‘‘top 100’’ or ‘‘top 200’’ drugs with the
most adverse reactions. The agency
believes including only labeling of new
and more recently approved drug
products is the best option for
implementing the new format
requirements (see comment 113). Even
this limited set of products will require
substantial resources from both industry
and the agency for a period of several
years. The agency’s proposed
implementation plan, which is being
finalized in this rule as proposed, is
intended to make the best use of these
resources. Because there is a lack of
standardized data on prescription
volume and volumes can fluctuate
considerably over time, the agency does
not believe that categories based on
volume would be prudent or feasible.
As discussed in the preamble to the
proposed rule (65 FR 81082 at 81098),
the plan targets newer products because
practitioners are more likely to refer to
the labeling for newer products. Internal
agency analysis finds that fully 40
percent of adverse reaction reports
submitted to the FDA are for drugs
approved within the last 3 years.
Therefore, the agency rejected these
three alternative categories in order to
focus efforts on recently approved drug
products whose labeling is more likely
to be consulted by physicians.
4. Alternative Implementation Schedule
FDA considered a shorter
implementation schedule of 3 years
after the effective date for all
applications and efficacy supplements
approved 5 years prior to the effective
date. The agency selected the more
PO 00000
Frm 00065
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
XII. Civil Justice Reform
This rule has been reviewed under
Executive Order 12988, Civil Justice
Reform. This regulation meets the
applicable standards set forth in
sections 3(a) and 3(b)(2) of Executive
Order 12988.
1. Miller, G. A., ‘‘The Magical Number
Seven, Plus or Minus Two: Some Limits on
Our Capacity for Processing Information,’’
Psychological Review, 101(2):343–352, 1994.
2. Shiffrin, R. M., and R. M. Nosofsky,
‘‘Seven Plus or Minus Two: A Commentary
On Capacity Limitations,’’ Psychological
Review, 101(2):357–361, 1994.
3. Allen, P. A., and L. C. Crozier, ‘‘Age and
Ideal Chunk Size,’’ Journal of Gerontology:
Psychological Sciences, 47(1):47–51, 1992.
4. Food and Drug Administration,
‘‘Consumer Comprehension and Preference
for Variations in the Proposed Over-theCounter Drug Labeling Format,’’ in OTC vol.
28, Docket No. 96N–0420, Division of
Dockets Management.
5. National Surveys of Prescription
Medicine Information Received by
Consumers, https://www.fda.gov/cder/ddmac/
y2ktable.htm.
https://www.fda.gov/cder/ddmac/
y2kTITLE.htm.
6. Kripalani, S., ‘‘The Write Stuff: Simple
Guidelines Can Help You Write and Design
Effective Patient Education Materials,’’ Texas
Medicine, 91:40–45, 1995.
7. Backinger, C. L., and P. A. Kingsley,
‘‘Write It Right: Recommendations for
Developing User Instructions for Medical
Devices Used in Home Health Care,’’
Department of Health and Human Services,
Publication No. FDA 93–4258, 1993.
8. Mettger, W., and J. Mara, ‘‘Clear &
Simple: Developing Effective Print Materials
for Low-Literate Readers,’’ Bethesda, MD,
National Cancer Institute, Publication No.
NIH 95–3594, 1994, https://oc.nci.nih.gov/
services/Clear_and_Simple/HOME.htm.
9. Silver, N. C., and C. C. Braun,
‘‘Perceived Readability of Warning Labels
E:\FR\FM\24JAR2.SGM
24JAR2
rwilkins on PROD1PC63 with RULES_2
3986
Federal Register / Vol. 71, No. 15 / Tuesday, January 24, 2006 / Rules and Regulations
with Varied Font Sizes and Styles,’’ Safety
Science, 16:615–625, 1993.
10. Wilkins, A. G., and M. I. Nimmo-Smith,
‘‘The Clarity and Comfort of Printed Text,’’
Ergonomics, 30:1705–1720, 1987.
11. Transcript of public meeting on
prescription drug labeling, Docket No. 95N–
0314, October 30, 1995.
12. Eastern Research Group, Inc., ‘‘Cost
Impacts of the Over-the-Counter
Pharmaceutical Labeling Rule,’’ appendix A,
March 5, 1999.
13. Connelly, D. P. et al., ‘‘Knowledge
Resource Preferences of Family Physicians,’’
Journal of Family Practice, 31(2):121–122,
1990.
14. Ely, J. W. et al., ‘‘What Clinical
Information Resources Are Available in
Family Physicians’ Offices?’’ Journal of
Family Practice, 48(2):135–139, 1999.
15. Ely, J. W. et al., ‘‘The Information
Needs of Family Physicians: Case-Specific
Clinical Questions,’’ Journal of Family
Practice, 35(3):265–269, 1992.
16. Gorman, P., ‘‘Information Needs in
Primary Care: A Survey of Rural and
Nonrural Primary Care Physicians,’’ Medinfo,
10 (Pt. 1):338–342, 2001.
17. National Association of Chain Drug
Stores, ‘‘Industry Facts-at-a-Glance—Rx Sales
2001,’’ https://www.nacds.org/
wmspage.cfm?parm1=507#rx (last viewed 8/
27/02).
18. U.S. Department of Labor, Bureau of
Labor Statistics, ‘‘2000 National
Occupational Employment and Wage
Estimates—29–1051 Pharmacists,’’ https://
www.bls.gov/oes/2000/oes291051.htm (last
viewed 8/27/02).
19. U.S. Department of Labor, Bureau of
Labor Statistics, Occupational Outlook
Handbook, 2002–03, Pharmacists (occupation
code 29–1051), 2002, https://www.bls.gov/
oco/ocos079.htm (last viewed 9/13/02).
20. Jousimaa, J. et al., ‘‘Physicians’ Patterns
of Using a Computerized Collection of
Guidelines for Primary Care,’’ International
Journal of Technology Assessment in Health
Care, 14(3):484–493, 1998.
21. U.S. Census Bureau, ‘‘Table 153,
Physicians by Selected Activity: 1980 to
1999,’’ Statistical Abstract of the United
States: 2001, p. 106.
22. U.S. Census Bureau, ‘‘Table 157,
Medical Practice Characteristics by Selected
Specialty: 1985 to 1998,’’ Statistical Abstract
of the United States: 2001, p. 108.
23. American Medical Association,
‘‘Medical Education FAQs,’’ https://
www.ama-assn.org/ama/pub/category/
3627.html (last viewed 9/13/02).
24. Woosley, R. L., ‘‘Drug Labeling
Revisions—Guaranteed to Fail?’’ Journal of
the American Medical Association,
284(23):3047–3049, 2000.
25. Friedman, M. A. et al., ‘‘The Safety of
Newly Approved Medicines: Do Recent
Market Removals Mean There Is a Problem?’’
Journal of the American Medical Association,
281(18):1728–1734, 1999.
26. U.S. General Accounting Office,
‘‘Adverse Drug Events: The Magnitude of
Health Risk Is Uncertain Because of Limited
Incidence Data,’’ GAO/HEHS–00–21,
January, 2000.
27. Bates, D. W. et al., ‘‘Incidence of
Adverse Drug Events and Potential Adverse
VerDate Aug<31>2005
16:08 Jan 23, 2006
Jkt 208001
Drug Events,’’ Journal of the American
Medical Association, 274(1):29–34, 1995.
28. Classen, D. C. et al., ‘‘Adverse Drug
Events in Hospitalized Patients: Excess
Length of Stay, Extra Costs, and Attributable
Mortality,’’ Journal of the American Medical
Association 277(4):301–306, 1997.
29. Senst, B. L. et al., ‘‘Practical Approach
to Determining Costs and Frequency of
Adverse Drug Events in a Health Care
Network,’’ American Journal of HealthSystems Pharmacy, 58:1126–1132, 2001.
30. 2000 hospital discharges data from the
Agency for Health Care Policy and Research
(AHCPR), June 25, 1998, https://
www.ahrq.gov/HCUPnet.htm (last viewed 8/
13/02).
31. Bates, D. W. et al., ‘‘The Costs of
Adverse Drug Events in Hospitalized
Patients,’’ Journal of the American Medical
Association, 277(4):307–311, 1997.
32. Medical Group Management
Association, AHRQ, CMS and Partnership for
Patient Safety, ‘‘Ambulatory Patient Safety:
What Do We Know?’’ An Agenda for
Research in Ambulatory Patient Safety—
Synthesis of a Multidisciplinary Conference,
2000, https://www.ahcpr.gov/about/cpcr/
ptsafety/ambpts2.htm (last viewed 10/10/02).
33. Thomas, E. J. et al., ‘‘Costs of Medical
Injuries in Utah and Colorado,’’ Inquiry,
36:255–264, 1999.
34. Johnson, J. A., and J. L. Bootman,
‘‘Drug-Related Morbidity and Mortality: A
Cost-of-Illness Model,’’ Archives of Internal
Medicine, 155:1949–1956, 1995.
35. Ernst, F. R., and A. J. Grizzle, ‘‘DrugRelated Morbidity and Mortality: Updating
the Cost-of-Illness Model,’’ Journal of the
American Pharmaceutical Association,
41(2):192–199, 2001.
36. IMS Health, ‘‘Product Sampling
Continues to Spike in U.S.,’’ 2001, https://
www.imshealth.com/public/structure/
dispcontent/1,2779,1362–1362–
143626,00.html (last viewed 9/23/02).
37. U.S. Census Bureau, ‘‘Statistics of U.S.
Businesses; 1999; Pharmaceutical
preparation mfg, United States,’’ https://
www.census.gov/epcd/susb/1999/us/
US325412.htm (last viewed 9/12/02).
38. U.S. Census Bureau, ‘‘Statistics of U.S.
Businesses; 1999; Biological product (except
diagnostic) mfg, United States,’’ https://
www.census.gov/epcd/susb/1999/us/
US325414.htm (last viewed 9/12/02).
List of Subjects
21 CFR Part 201
Drugs, Labeling, Reporting and
recordkeeping requirements.
21 CFR Part 314
Administrative practice and procdure,
Confidential business information,
Drugs, Reporting and recordkeeping
requirements.
21 CFR 601
Adminstrative practice and
procedure, Biologics, Confidential
business information.
I Therefore, under the Federal Food,
Drug, and Cosmetic Act and under
PO 00000
Frm 00066
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
authority delegated to the Commissioner
of Food and Drugs, 21 CFR parts 201,
314, and 601 are amended as follows:
PART 201—LABELING
1. The authority citation for 21 CFR
part 201 continues to read as follows:
I
Authority: 21 U.S.C. 321, 331, 351, 352,
353, 355, 358, 360, 360b, 360gg–360ss, 371,
374, 379e; 42 U.S.C. 216, 241, 262, 264.
2. Section 201.56 is revised to read as
follows:
I
§ 201.56 Requirements on content and
format of labeling for human prescription
drug and biological products.
(a) General requirements. Prescription
drug labeling described in § 201.100(d)
must meet the following general
requirements:
(1) The labeling must contain a
summary of the essential scientific
information needed for the safe and
effective use of the drug.
(2) The labeling must be informative
and accurate and neither promotional in
tone nor false or misleading in any
particular. In accordance with §§ 314.70
and 601.12 of this chapter, the labeling
must be updated when new information
becomes available that causes the
labeling to become inaccurate, false, or
misleading.
(3) The labeling must be based
whenever possible on data derived from
human experience. No implied claims
or suggestions of drug use may be made
if there is inadequate evidence of safety
or a lack of substantial evidence of
effectiveness. Conclusions based on
animal data but necessary for safe and
effective use of the drug in humans
must be identified as such and included
with human data in the appropriate
section of the labeling.
(b) Categories of prescription drugs
subject to the labeling content and
format requirements in §§ 201.56(d) and
201.57. (1) The following categories of
prescription drug products are subject to
the labeling requirements in paragraph
(d) of this section and § 201.57 in
accordance with the implementation
schedule in paragraph (c) of this section:
(i) Prescription drug products for
which a new drug application (NDA),
biologics license application (BLA), or
efficacy supplement was approved by
the Food and Drug Administration
(FDA) between June 30, 2001 and June
30, 2006;
(ii) Prescription drug products for
which an NDA, BLA, or efficacy
supplement is pending on June 30,
2006; or
(iii) Prescription drug products for
which an NDA, BLA, or efficacy
supplement is submitted anytime on or
after June 30, 2006.
E:\FR\FM\24JAR2.SGM
24JAR2
rwilkins on PROD1PC63 with RULES_2
Federal Register / Vol. 71, No. 15 / Tuesday, January 24, 2006 / Rules and Regulations
(2) Prescription drug products not
described in paragraph (b)(1) of this
section are subject to the labeling
requirements in paragraph (e) of this
section and § 201.80.
(c) Schedule for implementing the
labeling content and format
requirements in §§ 201.56(d) and
201.57. For products described in
paragraph (b)(1) of this section, labeling
conforming to the requirements in
paragraph (d) of this section and
§ 201.57 must be submitted according to
the following schedule:
(1) For products for which an NDA,
BLA, or efficacy supplement is
submitted for approval on or after June
30, 2006, proposed conforming labeling
must be submitted as part of the
application.
(2) For products for which an NDA,
BLA, or efficacy supplement is pending
on June 30, 2006, or that has been
approved any time from June 30, 2005,
up to and including June 30, 2006, a
supplement with proposed conforming
labeling must be submitted no later than
June 30, 2009.
(3) For products for which an NDA,
BLA, or efficacy supplement has been
approved anytime from June 30, 2004,
up to and including June 29, 2005, a
supplement with proposed conforming
labeling must be submitted no later than
June 30, 2010.
(4) For products for which an NDA,
BLA, or efficacy supplement has been
approved anytime from June 30, 2003,
up to and including June 29, 2004, a
supplement with proposed conforming
labeling must be submitted no later than
June 30, 2011.
(5) For products for which an NDA,
BLA, or efficacy supplement has been
approved anytime from June 30, 2002,
up to and including June 29, 2003, a
supplement with proposed conforming
labeling must be submitted no later than
June 30, 2012.
(6) For products for which an NDA,
BLA, or efficacy supplement has been
approved anytime from June 30, 2001,
up to and including June 29, 2002, a
supplement with proposed conforming
labeling must be submitted no later than
June 30, 2013.
(d) Labeling requirements for new and
more recently approved prescription
drug products. This paragraph applies
only to prescription drug products
described in paragraph (b)(1) of this
section and must be implemented
according to the schedule specified in
paragraph (c) of this section.
(1) Prescription drug labeling
described in § 201.100(d) must contain
the specific information required under
§ 201.57(a), (b), and (c) under the
VerDate Aug<31>2005
16:08 Jan 23, 2006
Jkt 208001
following headings and subheadings
and in the following order:
Highlights of Prescribing Information
Product Names, Other Required
Information
Boxed Warning
Recent Major Changes
Indications and Usage
Dosage and Administration
Dosage Forms and Strengths
Contraindications
Warnings and Precautions
Adverse Reactions
Drug Interactions
Use in Specific Populations
Full Prescribing Information: Contents
Full Prescribing Information
Boxed Warning
1 Indications and Usage
2 Dosage and Administration
3 Dosage Forms and Strengths
4 Contraindications
5 Warnings and Precautions
6 Adverse Reactions
7 Drug Interactions
8 Use in Specific Populations
8.1 Pregnancy
8.2 Labor and delivery
8.3 Nursing mothers
8.4 Pediatric use
8.5 Geriatric use
9 Drug Abuse and Dependence
9.1 Controlled substance
9.2 Abuse
9.3 Dependence
10 Overdosage
11 Description
12 Clinical Pharmacology
12.1 Mechanism of action
12.2 Pharmacodynamics
12.3 Pharmacokinetics
13 Nonclinical Toxicology
13.1 Carcinogenesis, mutagenesis,
impairment of fertility
13.2 Animal toxicology and/or
pharmacology
14 Clinical Studies
15 References
16 How Supplied/Storage and
Handling
17 Patient Counseling Information
(2) Additional nonstandard
subheadings that are used to enhance
labeling organization, presentation, or
ease of use (e.g., for individual warnings
or precautions, or for each drug
interaction) must be assigned a decimal
number that corresponds to their
placement in labeling. The decimal
numbers must be consistent with the
standardized identifying numbers listed
in paragraph (d)(1) of this section (e.g.,
subheadings added to the ‘‘Warnings
and Precautions’’ section must be
numbered 5.1, 5.2, and so on).
(3) Any reference in Highlights to
information appearing in the full
PO 00000
Frm 00067
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
3987
prescribing information must be
accompanied by the identifying number
(in parentheses) corresponding to the
location of the information in the full
prescribing information.
(4) Omit clearly inapplicable sections,
subsections, or specific information. If
sections or subsections required under
paragraph (d)(1) of this section are
omitted from the full prescribing
information, the heading ‘‘Full
Prescribing Information: Contents’’ must
be followed by an asterisk and the
following statement must appear at the
end of Contents: ‘‘* Sections or
subsections omitted from the full
prescribing information are not listed.’’
(5) Any risk information that is
required under § 201.57(c)(9)(iv) is
considered ‘‘appropriate pediatric
contraindications, warnings, or
precautions’’ within the meaning of
section 505A(l)(2) of the Federal Food,
Drug, and Cosmetic Act (the act) (21
U.S.C. 355A(l)(2)), whether such
information appears in the
‘‘Contraindications,’’ ‘‘Warnings and
Precautions,’’ or ‘‘Use in Specific
Populations’’ section of labeling.
(e) Labeling requirements for older
prescription drug products. This
paragraph applies only to approved
prescription drug products not
described in paragraph (b)(1) of this
section.
(1) Prescription drug labeling
described in § 201.100(d) must contain
the specific information required under
§ 201.80 under the following section
headings and in the following order:
Description
Clinical Pharmacology
Indications and Usage
Contraindications
Warnings
Precautions
Adverse Reactions
Drug Abuse and Dependence
Overdosage
Dosage and Administration
How Supplied
(2) The labeling may contain the
following additional section headings if
appropriate and if in compliance with
§ 201.80(l) and (m):
Animal Pharmacology and/or Animal
Toxicology
Clinical Studies
References
(3) Omit clearly inapplicable sections,
subsections, or specific information.
(4) The labeling may contain a
‘‘Product Title’’ section preceding the
‘‘Description’’ section and containing
only the information required by
§ 201.80(a)(1)(i), (a)(1)(ii), (a)(1)(iii), and
(a)(1)(iv) and § 201.100(e). The
information required by § 201.80(a)(1)(i)
through (a)(1)(iv) must appear in the
E:\FR\FM\24JAR2.SGM
24JAR2
3988
Federal Register / Vol. 71, No. 15 / Tuesday, January 24, 2006 / Rules and Regulations
‘‘Description’’ section of the labeling,
whether or not it also appears in a
‘‘Product Title.’’
(5) The labeling must contain the date
of the most recent revision of the
labeling, identified as such, placed
prominently immediately after the last
section of the labeling.
(6) The requirement in § 201.80(f)(2)
to reprint any FDA-approved patient
labeling at the end of prescription drug
labeling or accompany the prescription
drug labeling must be implemented no
later than June 30, 2007.
I 3. Section 201.57 is redesignated as
§ 201.80 and new § 201.57 is added to
read as follows:
rwilkins on PROD1PC63 with RULES_2
§ 201.57 Specific requirements on content
and format of labeling for human
prescription drug and biological products
described in § 201.56(b)(1).
The requirements in this section
apply only to prescription drug
products described in § 201.56(b)(1) and
must be implemented according to the
schedule specified in § 201.56(c), except
for the requirement in paragraph (c)(18)
of this section to reprint any FDAapproved patient labeling at the end of
prescription drug labeling or accompany
the prescription drug labeling, which
must be implemented no later than June
30, 2007.
(a) Highlights of prescribing
information. The following information
must appear in all prescription drug
labeling:
(1) Highlights limitation statement.
The verbatim statement ‘‘These
highlights do not include all the
information needed to use (insert name
of drug product) safely and effectively.
See full prescribing information for
(insert name of drug product).’’
(2) Drug names, dosage form, route of
administration, and controlled
substance symbol. The proprietary name
and the established name of the drug, if
any, as defined in section 502(e)(3) of
the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic
Act (the act) or, for biological products,
the proper name (as defined in § 600.3
of this chapter) including any
appropriate descriptors. This
information must be followed by the
drug’s dosage form and route of
administration. For controlled
substances, the controlled substance
symbol designating the schedule in
which the controlled substance is listed
must be included as required by
§ 1302.04 of this chapter.
(3) Initial U.S. approval. The verbatim
statement ‘‘Initial U.S. Approval’’
followed by the four-digit year in which
FDA initially approved a new molecular
entity, new biological product, or new
combination of active ingredients. The
VerDate Aug<31>2005
16:08 Jan 23, 2006
Jkt 208001
statement must be placed on the line
immediately beneath the established
name or, for biological products, proper
name of the product.
(4) Boxed warning. A concise
summary of any boxed warning required
by paragraph (c)(1) of this section, not
to exceed a length of 20 lines. The
summary must be preceded by a
heading, in upper-case letters,
containing the word ‘‘WARNING’’ and
other words that are appropriate to
identify the subject of the warning. The
heading and the summary must be
contained within a box and bolded. The
following verbatim statement must be
placed immediately following the
heading of the boxed warning: ‘‘See full
prescribing information for complete
boxed warning.’’
(5) Recent major changes. A list of the
section(s) of the full prescribing
information, limited to the labeling
sections described in paragraphs (c)(1),
(c)(2), (c)(3), (c)(5), and (c)(6) of this
section, that contain(s) substantive
labeling changes that have been
approved by FDA or authorized under
§ 314.70(c)(6) or (d)(2), or § 601.12(f)(1)
through (f)(3) of this chapter. The
heading(s) and, if appropriate, the
subheading(s) of the labeling section(s)
affected by the change must be listed
together with each section’s identifying
number and the date (month/year) on
which the change was incorporated in
labeling. These labeling sections must
be listed in the order in which they
appear in the full prescribing
information. A changed section must be
listed under this heading in Highlights
for at least 1 year after the date of the
labeling change and must be removed at
the first printing subsequent to the 1
year period.
(6) Indications and usage. A concise
statement of each of the product’s
indications, as required under
paragraph (c)(2) of this section, with any
appropriate subheadings. Major
limitations of use (e.g., lack of effect in
particular subsets of the population, or
second line therapy status) must be
briefly noted. If the product is a member
of an established pharmacologic class,
the concise statement under this
heading in Highlights must identify the
class in the following manner: ‘‘(Drug)
is a (name of class) indicated for
(indication(s)).’’
(7) Dosage and administration. A
concise summary of the information
required under paragraph (c)(3) of this
section, with any appropriate
subheadings, including the
recommended dosage regimen, starting
dose, dose range, critical differences
among population subsets, monitoring
recommendations, and other clinically
PO 00000
Frm 00068
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
significant clinical pharmacologic
information.
(8) Dosage forms and strengths. A
concise summary of the information
required under paragraph (c)(4) of this
section, with any appropriate
subheadings (e.g., tablets, capsules,
injectable, suspension), including the
strength or potency of the dosage form
in metric system (e.g., 10-milligram
tablets) and whether the product is
scored.
(9) Contraindications. A concise
statement of each of the product’s
contraindications, as required under
paragraph (c)(5) of this section, with any
appropriate subheadings.
(10) Warnings and precautions. A
concise summary of the most clinically
significant information required under
paragraph (c)(6) of this section, with any
appropriate subheadings, including
information that would affect decisions
about whether to prescribe a drug,
recommendations for patient monitoring
that are critical to safe use of the drug,
and measures that can be taken to
prevent or mitigate harm.
(11) Adverse reactions. (i) A list of the
most frequently occurring adverse
reactions, as described in paragraph
(c)(7) of this section, along with the
criteria used to determine inclusion
(e.g., incidence rate). Adverse reactions
important for other reasons (e.g.,
because they are serious or frequently
lead to discontinuation or dosage
adjustment) must not be repeated under
this heading in Highlights if they are
included elsewhere in Highlights (e.g.,
Warnings and Precautions,
Contraindications).
(ii) For drug products other than
vaccines, the verbatim statement ‘‘To
report SUSPECTED ADVERSE
REACTIONS, contact (insert name of
manufacturer) at (insert manufacturer’s
phone number) or FDA at (insert current
FDA phone number and Web address
for voluntary reporting of adverse
reactions).’’
(iii) For vaccines, the verbatim
statement ‘‘To report SUSPECTED
ADVERSE REACTIONS, contact (insert
name of manufacturer) at (insert
manufacturer’s phone number) or
VAERS at (insert the current VAERS
phone number and Web address for
voluntary reporting of adverse
reactions).’’
(iv) For manufacturers with a Web site
for voluntary reporting of adverse
reactions, the Web address of the direct
link to the site.
(12) Drug interactions. A concise
summary of the information required
under paragraph (c)(8) of this section,
with any appropriate subheadings.
E:\FR\FM\24JAR2.SGM
24JAR2
rwilkins on PROD1PC63 with RULES_2
Federal Register / Vol. 71, No. 15 / Tuesday, January 24, 2006 / Rules and Regulations
(13) Use in specific populations. A
concise summary of the information
required under paragraph (c)(9) of this
section, with any appropriate
subheadings.
(14) Patient counseling information
statement. The verbatim statement ‘‘See
17 for Patient Counseling Information’’
or, if the product has FDA-approved
patient labeling, the verbatim statement
‘‘See 17 for Patient Counseling
Information and (insert either FDAapproved patient labeling or Medication
Guide).’’
(15) Revision date. The date of the
most recent revision of the labeling,
identified as such, placed at the end of
Highlights.
(b) Full prescribing information:
Contents. Contents must contain a list of
each heading and subheading required
in the full prescribing information
under § 201.56(d)(1), if not omitted
under § 201.56(d)(4), preceded by the
identifying number required under
§ 201.56(d)(1). Contents must also
contain any additional subheading(s)
included in the full prescribing
information preceded by the identifying
number assigned in accordance with
§ 201.56(d)(2).
(c) Full prescribing information. The
full prescribing information must
contain the information in the order
required under paragraphs (c)(1)
through (c)(18) of this section, together
with the headings, subheadings, and
identifying numbers required under
§ 201.56(d)(1), unless omitted under
§ 201.56(d)(4). If additional subheadings
are used within a labeling section, they
must be preceded by the identifying
number assigned in accordance with
§ 201.56(d)(2).
(1) Boxed warning. Certain
contraindications or serious warnings,
particularly those that may lead to death
or serious injury, may be required by the
FDA to be presented in a box. The
boxed warning ordinarily must be based
on clinical data, but serious animal
toxicity may also be the basis of a boxed
warning in the absence of clinical data.
The box must contain, in uppercase
letters, a heading inside the box that
includes the word ‘‘WARNING’’ and
conveys the general focus of the
information in the box. The box must
briefly explain the risk and refer to more
detailed information in the
‘‘Contraindications’’ or ‘‘Warnings and
Precautions’’ section, accompanied by
the identifying number for the section or
subsection containing the detailed
information.
(2) 1 Indications and usage. This
section must state that the drug is
indicated for the treatment, prevention,
mitigation, cure, or diagnosis of a
VerDate Aug<31>2005
16:08 Jan 23, 2006
Jkt 208001
recognized disease or condition, or of a
manifestation of a recognized disease or
condition, or for the relief of symptoms
associated with a recognized disease or
condition.
(i) This section must include the
following information when the
conditions listed are applicable:
(A) If the drug is used for an
indication only in conjunction with a
primary mode of therapy (e.g., diet,
surgery, behavior changes, or some
other drug), a statement that the drug is
indicated as an adjunct to that mode of
therapy.
(B) If evidence is available to support
the safety and effectiveness of the drug
or biological product only in selected
subgroups of the larger population (e.g.,
patients with mild disease or patients in
a special age group), or if the indication
is approved based on a surrogate
endpoint under § 314.510 or § 601.41 of
this chapter, a succinct description of
the limitations of usefulness of the drug
and any uncertainty about anticipated
clinical benefits, with reference to the
‘‘Clinical Studies’’ section for a
discussion of the available evidence.
(C) If specific tests are necessary for
selection or monitoring of the patients
who need the drug (e.g., microbe
susceptibility tests), the identity of such
tests.
(D) If information on limitations of
use or uncertainty about anticipated
clinical benefits is relevant to the
recommended intervals between doses,
to the appropriate duration of treatment
when such treatment should be limited,
or to any modification of dosage, a
concise description of the information
with reference to the more detailed
information in the ‘‘Dosage and
Administration’’ section.
(E) If safety considerations are such
that the drug should be reserved for
specific situations (e.g., cases refractory
to other drugs), a statement of the
information.
(F) If there are specific conditions that
should be met before the drug is used
on a long term basis (e.g., demonstration
of responsiveness to the drug in a short
term trial in a given patient), a statement
of the conditions; or, if the indications
for long term use are different from
those for short term use, a statement of
the specific indications for each use.
(ii) If there is a common belief that the
drug may be effective for a certain use
or if there is a common use of the drug
for a condition, but the preponderance
of evidence related to the use or
condition shows that the drug is
ineffective or that the therapeutic
benefits of the product do not generally
outweigh its risks, FDA may require that
this section state that there is a lack of
PO 00000
Frm 00069
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
3989
evidence that the drug is effective or
safe for that use or condition.
(iii) Any statements comparing the
safety or effectiveness of the drug with
other agents for the same indication
must, except for biological products, be
supported by substantial evidence
derived from adequate and wellcontrolled studies as defined in
§ 314.126(b) of this chapter unless this
requirement is waived under § 201.58 or
§ 314.126(c) of this chapter. For
biological products, such statements
must be supported by substantial
evidence.
(iv) For drug products other than
biological products, all indications
listed in this section must be supported
by substantial evidence of effectiveness
based on adequate and well-controlled
studies as defined in § 314.126(b) of this
chapter unless the requirement is
waived under § 201.58 or § 314.126(c) of
this chapter. Indications or uses must
not be implied or suggested in other
sections of the labeling if not included
in this section.
(v) For biological products, all
indications listed in this section must be
supported by substantial evidence of
effectiveness. Indications or uses must
not be implied or suggested in other
sections of the labeling if not included
in this section.
(3) 2 Dosage and administration. (i)
This section must state the
recommended dose and, as appropriate:
(A) The dosage range,
(B) An upper limit beyond which
safety and effectiveness have not been
established, or beyond which increasing
the dose does not result in increasing
effectiveness,
(C) Dosages for each indication and
subpopulation,
(D) The intervals recommended
between doses,
(E) The optimal method of titrating
dosage,
(F) The usual duration of treatment
when treatment duration should be
limited,
(G) Dosing recommendations based on
clinical pharmacologic data (e.g.,
clinically significant food effects),
(H) Modification of dosage needed
because of drug interactions or in
special patient populations (e.g., in
children, in geriatric age groups, in
groups defined by genetic
characteristics, or in patients with renal
or hepatic disease),
(I) Important considerations
concerning compliance with the dosage
regimen,
(J) Efficacious or toxic concentration
ranges and therapeutic concentration
windows of the drug or its metabolites,
if established and clinically significant.
E:\FR\FM\24JAR2.SGM
24JAR2
rwilkins on PROD1PC63 with RULES_2
3990
Federal Register / Vol. 71, No. 15 / Tuesday, January 24, 2006 / Rules and Regulations
Information on therapeutic drug
concentration monitoring (TDM) must
also be included in this section when
TDM is necessary.
(ii) Dosing regimens must not be
implied or suggested in other sections of
the labeling if not included in this
section.
(iii) Radiation dosimetry information
must be stated for both the patient
receiving a radioactive drug and the
person administering it.
(iv) This section must also contain
specific direction on dilution,
preparation (including the strength of
the final dosage solution, when
prepared according to instructions, in
terms of milligrams of active ingredient
per milliliter of reconstituted solution,
unless another measure of the strength
is more appropriate), and administration
of the dosage form, if needed (e.g., the
rate of administration of parenteral drug
in milligrams per minute; storage
conditions for stability of the
reconstituted drug, when important;
essential information on drug
incompatibilities if the drug is mixed in
vitro with other drugs or diluents; and
the following verbatim statement for
parenterals: ‘‘Parenteral drug products
should be inspected visually for
particulate matter and discoloration
prior to administration, whenever
solution and container permit.’’)
(4) 3 Dosage forms and strengths. This
section must contain information on the
available dosage forms to which the
labeling applies and for which the
manufacturer or distributor is
responsible, including:
(i) The strength or potency of the
dosage form in metric system (e.g., 10
milligram tablets), and, if the apothecary
system is used, a statement of the
strength in parentheses after the metric
designation; and
(ii) A description of the identifying
characteristics of the dosage forms,
including shape, color, coating, scoring,
and imprinting, when applicable. The
National Drug Code number(s) for the
drug product must not be included in
this section.
(5) 4 Contraindications. This section
must describe any situations in which
the drug should not be used because the
risk of use (e.g., certain potentially fatal
adverse reactions) clearly outweighs any
possible therapeutic benefit. Those
situations include use of the drug in
patients who, because of their particular
age, sex, concomitant therapy, disease
state, or other condition, have a
substantial risk of being harmed by the
drug and for whom no potential benefit
makes the risk acceptable. Known
hazards and not theoretical possibilities
must be listed (e.g., if severe
VerDate Aug<31>2005
16:08 Jan 23, 2006
Jkt 208001
hypersensitivity to the drug has not
been demonstrated, it should not be
listed as a contraindication). If no
contraindications are known, this
section must state ‘‘None.’’
(6) 5 Warnings and precautions. (i)
General. This section must describe
clinically significant adverse reactions
(including any that are potentially fatal,
are serious even if infrequent, or can be
prevented or mitigated through
appropriate use of the drug), other
potential safety hazards (including those
that are expected for the
pharmacological class or those resulting
from drug/drug interactions), limitations
in use imposed by them (e.g., avoiding
certain concomitant therapy), and steps
that should be taken if they occur (e.g.,
dosage modification). The frequency of
all clinically significant adverse
reactions and the approximate mortality
and morbidity rates for patients
experiencing the reaction, if known and
necessary for the safe and effective use
of the drug, must be expressed as
provided under paragraph (c)(7) of this
section. In accordance with §§ 314.70
and 601.12 of this chapter, the labeling
must be revised to include a warning
about a clinically significant hazard as
soon as there is reasonable evidence of
a causal association with a drug; a
causal relationship need not have been
definitely established. A specific
warning relating to a use not provided
for under the ‘‘Indications and Usage’’
section may be required by FDA in
accordance with sections 201(n) and
502(a) of the act if the drug is commonly
prescribed for a disease or condition
and such usage is associated with a
clinically significant risk or hazard.
(ii) Other special care precautions.
This section must contain information
regarding any special care to be
exercised by the practitioner for safe
and effective use of the drug (e.g.,
precautions not required under any
other specific section or subsection).
(iii) Monitoring: Laboratory tests. This
section must identify any laboratory
tests helpful in following the patient’s
response or in identifying possible
adverse reactions. If appropriate,
information must be provided on such
factors as the range of normal and
abnormal values expected in the
particular situation and the
recommended frequency with which
tests should be performed before,
during, and after therapy.
(iv) Interference with laboratory tests.
This section must briefly note
information on any known interference
by the product with laboratory tests and
reference the section where the detailed
information is presented (e.g., ‘‘Drug
Interactions’’ section).
PO 00000
Frm 00070
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
(7) 6 Adverse reactions. This section
must describe the overall adverse
reaction profile of the drug based on the
entire safety database. For purposes of
prescription drug labeling, an adverse
reaction is an undesirable effect,
reasonably associated with use of a
drug, that may occur as part of the
pharmacological action of the drug or
may be unpredictable in its occurrence.
This definition does not include all
adverse events observed during use of a
drug, only those adverse events for
which there is some basis to believe
there is a causal relationship between
the drug and the occurrence of the
adverse event.
(i) Listing of adverse reactions. This
section must list the adverse reactions
that occur with the drug and with drugs
in the same pharmacologically active
and chemically related class, if
applicable. The list or lists must be
preceded by the information necessary
to interpret the adverse reactions (e.g.,
for clinical trials, total number exposed,
extent and nature of exposure).
(ii) Categorization of adverse
reactions. Within a listing, adverse
reactions must be categorized by body
system, by severity of the reaction, or in
order of decreasing frequency, or by a
combination of these, as appropriate.
Within a category, adverse reactions
must be listed in decreasing order of
frequency. If frequency information
cannot be reliably determined, adverse
reactions must be listed in decreasing
order of severity.
(A) Clinical trials experience. This
section must list the adverse reactions
identified in clinical trials that occurred
at or above a specified rate appropriate
to the safety database. The rate of
occurrence of an adverse reaction for the
drug and comparators (e.g., placebo)
must be presented, unless such data
cannot be determined or presentation of
comparator rates would be misleading.
If adverse reactions that occurred below
the specified rate are included, they
must be included in a separate listing.
If comparative rates of occurrence
cannot be reliably determined (e.g.,
adverse reactions were observed only in
the uncontrolled trial portion of the
overall safety database), adverse
reactions must be grouped within
specified frequency ranges as
appropriate to the safety database for the
drug (e.g., adverse reactions occurring at
a rate of less than 1/100, adverse
reactions occurring at a rate of less than
1/500) or descriptively identified, if
frequency ranges cannot be determined.
For adverse reactions with significant
clinical implications, the listings must
be supplemented with additional detail
about the nature, frequency, and
E:\FR\FM\24JAR2.SGM
24JAR2
rwilkins on PROD1PC63 with RULES_2
Federal Register / Vol. 71, No. 15 / Tuesday, January 24, 2006 / Rules and Regulations
severity of the adverse reaction and the
relationship of the adverse reaction to
drug dose and demographic
characteristics, if data are available and
important.
(B) Postmarketing experience. This
section of the labeling must list the
adverse reactions, as defined in
paragraph (c)(7) of this section, that are
identified from domestic and foreign
spontaneous reports. This listing must
be separate from the listing of adverse
reactions identified in clinical trials.
(iii) Comparisons of adverse reactions
between drugs. For drug products other
than biological products, any claim
comparing the drug to which the
labeling applies with other drugs in
terms of frequency, severity, or
character of adverse reactions must be
based on adequate and well-controlled
studies as defined in § 314.126(b) of this
chapter unless this requirement is
waived under § 201.58 or § 314.126(c) of
this chapter. For biological products,
any such claim must be based on
substantial evidence.
(8) 7 Drug interactions. (i) This
section must contain a description of
clinically significant interactions, either
observed or predicted, with other
prescription or over-the-counter drugs,
classes of drugs, or foods (e.g., dietary
supplements, grapefruit juice), and
specific practical instructions for
preventing or managing them. The
mechanism(s) of the interaction, if
known, must be briefly described.
Interactions that are described in the
‘‘Contraindications’’ or ‘‘Warnings and
Precautions’’ sections must be discussed
in more detail under this section.
Details of drug interaction
pharmacokinetic studies that are
included in the ‘‘Clinical
Pharmacology’’ section that are
pertinent to clinical use of the drug
must not be repeated in this section.
(ii) This section must also contain
practical guidance on known
interference of the drug with laboratory
tests.
(9) 8 Use in specific populations. This
section must contain the following
subsections:
(i) 8.1 Pregnancy. This subsection
may be omitted only if the drug is not
absorbed systemically and the drug is
not known to have a potential for
indirect harm to the fetus. For all other
drugs, this subsection must contain the
following information:
(A) Teratogenic effects. Under this
subheading, the labeling must identify
one of the following categories that
applies to the drug, and the labeling
must bear the statement required under
the category:
VerDate Aug<31>2005
16:08 Jan 23, 2006
Jkt 208001
(1) Pregnancy category A. If adequate
and well-controlled studies in pregnant
women have failed to demonstrate a risk
to the fetus in the first trimester of
pregnancy (and there is no evidence of
a risk in later trimesters), the labeling
must state: ‘‘Pregnancy Category A.
Studies in pregnant women have not
shown that (name of drug) increases the
risk of fetal abnormalities if
administered during the first (second,
third, or all) trimester(s) of pregnancy. If
this drug is used during pregnancy, the
possibility of fetal harm appears remote.
Because studies cannot rule out the
possibility of harm, however, (name of
drug) should be used during pregnancy
only if clearly needed.’’ The labeling
must also contain a description of the
human studies. If animal reproduction
studies are also available and they fail
to demonstrate a risk to the fetus, the
labeling must also state: ‘‘Reproduction
studies have been performed in (kinds
of animal(s)) at doses up to (x) times the
human dose and have revealed no
evidence of impaired fertility or harm to
the fetus due to (name of drug).’’ The
labeling must also contain a description
of available data on the effect of the
drug on the later growth, development,
and functional maturation of the child.
(2) Pregnancy category B. If animal
reproduction studies have failed to
demonstrate a risk to the fetus and there
are no adequate and well-controlled
studies in pregnant women, the labeling
must state: ‘‘Pregnancy Category B.
Reproduction studies have been
performed in (kind(s) of animal(s)) at
doses up to (x) times the human dose
and have revealed no evidence of
impaired fertility or harm to the fetus
due to (name of drug). There are,
however, no adequate and wellcontrolled studies in pregnant women.
Because animal reproduction studies are
not always predictive of human
response, this drug should be used
during pregnancy only if clearly
needed.’’ If animal reproduction studies
have shown an adverse effect (other
than decrease in fertility), but adequate
and well-controlled studies in pregnant
women have failed to demonstrate a risk
to the fetus during the first trimester of
pregnancy (and there is no evidence of
a risk in later trimesters), the labeling
must state: ‘‘Pregnancy Category B.
Reproduction studies in (kind(s) of
animal(s)) have shown (describe
findings) at (x) times the human dose.
Studies in pregnant women, however,
have not shown that (name of drug)
increases the risk of abnormalities when
administered during the first (second,
third, or all) trimester(s) of pregnancy.
Despite the animal findings, it would
PO 00000
Frm 00071
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
3991
appear that the possibility of fetal harm
is remote, if the drug is used during
pregnancy. Nevertheless, because the
studies in humans cannot rule out the
possibility of harm, (name of drug)
should be used during pregnancy only
if clearly needed.’’ The labeling must
also contain a description of the human
studies and a description of available
data on the effect of the drug on the later
growth, development, and functional
maturation of the child.
(3) Pregnancy category C. If animal
reproduction studies have shown an
adverse effect on the fetus, if there are
no adequate and well-controlled studies
in humans, and if the benefits from the
use of the drug in pregnant women may
be acceptable despite its potential risks,
the labeling must state: ‘‘Pregnancy
Category C. (Name of drug) has been
shown to be teratogenic (or to have an
embryocidal effect or other adverse
effect) in (name(s) of species) when
given in doses (x) times the human
dose. There are no adequate and wellcontrolled studies in pregnant women.
(Name of drug) should be used during
pregnancy only if the potential benefit
justifies the potential risk to the fetus.’’
The labeling must contain a description
of the animal studies. If there are no
animal reproduction studies and no
adequate and well-controlled studies in
humans, the labeling must state:
‘‘Pregnancy Category C. Animal
reproduction studies have not been
conducted with (name of drug). It is also
not known whether (name of drug) can
cause fetal harm when administered to
a pregnant woman or can affect
reproduction capacity. (Name of drug)
should be given to a pregnant woman
only if clearly needed.’’ The labeling
must contain a description of any
available data on the effect of the drug
on the later growth, development, and
functional maturation of the child.
(4) Pregnancy category D. If there is
positive evidence of human fetal risk
based on adverse reaction data from
investigational or marketing experience
or studies in humans, but the potential
benefits from the use of the drug in
pregnant women may be acceptable
despite its potential risks (for example,
if the drug is needed in a lifethreatening situation or serious disease
for which safer drugs cannot be used or
are ineffective), the labeling must state:
‘‘Pregnancy Category D. See ‘Warnings
and Precautions’ section.’’ Under the
‘‘Warnings and Precautions’’ section,
the labeling must state: ‘‘(Name of drug)
can cause fetal harm when administered
to a pregnant woman. (Describe the
human data and any pertinent animal
data.) If this drug is used during
pregnancy, or if the patient becomes
E:\FR\FM\24JAR2.SGM
24JAR2
rwilkins on PROD1PC63 with RULES_2
3992
Federal Register / Vol. 71, No. 15 / Tuesday, January 24, 2006 / Rules and Regulations
pregnant while taking this drug, the
patient should be apprised of the
potential hazard to a fetus.’’
(5) Pregnancy category X. If studies in
animals or humans have demonstrated
fetal abnormalities or if there is positive
evidence of fetal risk based on adverse
reaction reports from investigational or
marketing experience, or both, and the
risk of the use of the drug in a pregnant
woman clearly outweighs any possible
benefit (for example, safer drugs or other
forms of therapy are available), the
labeling must state: ‘‘Pregnancy
Category X. See ‘Contraindications’
section.’’ Under ‘‘Contraindications,’’
the labeling must state: ‘‘(Name of drug)
may (can) cause fetal harm when
administered to a pregnant woman.
(Describe the human data and any
pertinent animal data.) (Name of drug)
is contraindicated in women who are or
may become pregnant. If this drug is
used during pregnancy, or if the patient
becomes pregnant while taking this
drug, the patient should be apprised of
the potential hazard to a fetus.’’
(B) Nonteratogenic effects. Under this
subheading the labeling must contain
other information on the drug’s effects
on reproduction and the drug’s use
during pregnancy that is not required
specifically by one of the pregnancy
categories, if the information is relevant
to the safe and effective use of the drug.
Information required under this heading
must include nonteratogenic effects in
the fetus or newborn infant (for
example, withdrawal symptoms or
hypoglycemia) that may occur because
of a pregnant woman’s chronic use of
the drug for a preexisting condition or
disease.
(ii) 8.2 Labor and delivery. If the drug
has a recognized use during labor or
delivery (vaginal or abdominal
delivery), whether or not the use is
stated in the Indications and Usage
section, this subsection must describe
the available information about the
effect of the drug on the mother and the
fetus, on the duration of labor or
delivery, on the possibility that forceps
delivery or other intervention or
resuscitation of the newborn will be
necessary, and the effect of the drug on
the later growth, development, and
functional maturation of the child. If
any information required under this
subsection is unknown, it must state
that the information is unknown.
(iii) 8.3 Nursing mothers. (A) If a drug
is absorbed systemically, this subsection
must contain, if known, information
about excretion of the drug in human
milk and effects on the nursing infant.
Pertinent adverse effects observed in
animal offspring must be described.
VerDate Aug<31>2005
16:08 Jan 23, 2006
Jkt 208001
(B) If a drug is absorbed systemically
and is known to be excreted in human
milk, this subsection must contain one
of the following statements, as
appropriate. If the drug is associated
with serious adverse reactions or if the
drug has a known tumorigenic potential,
the labeling must state: ‘‘Because of the
potential for serious adverse reactions in
nursing infants from (name of drug) (or,
‘‘Because of the potential for
tumorigenicity shown for (name of
drug) in (animal or human) studies), a
decision should be made whether to
discontinue nursing or to discontinue
the drug, taking into account the
importance of the drug to the mother.’’
If the drug is not associated with serious
adverse reactions and does not have a
known tumorigenic potential, the
labeling must state: ‘‘Caution should be
exercised when (name of drug) is
administered to a nursing woman.’’
(C) If a drug is absorbed systemically
and information on excretion in human
milk is unknown, this subsection must
contain one of the following statements,
as appropriate. If the drug is associated
with serious adverse reactions or has a
known tumorigenic potential, the
labeling must state: ‘‘It is not known
whether this drug is excreted in human
milk. Because many drugs are excreted
in human milk and because of the
potential for serious adverse reactions in
nursing infants from (name of drug) (or,
‘‘Because of the potential for
tumorigenicity shown for (name of
drug) in (animal or human) studies), a
decision should be made whether to
discontinue nursing or to discontinue
the drug, taking into account the
importance of the drug to the mother.’’
If the drug is not associated with serious
adverse reactions and does not have a
known tumorigenic potential, the
labeling must state: ‘‘It is not known
whether this drug is excreted in human
milk. Because many drugs are excreted
in human milk, caution should be
exercised when (name of drug) is
administered to a nursing woman.’’
(iv) 8.4 Pediatric use. (A) Pediatric
population(s)/pediatric patient(s): For
the purposes of paragraphs (c)(9)(iv)(B)
through (c)(9)(iv)(H) of this section, the
terms pediatric population(s) and
pediatric patient(s) are defined as the
pediatric age group, from birth to 16
years, including age groups often called
neonates, infants, children, and
adolescents.
(B) If there is a specific pediatric
indication different from those
approved for adults that is supported by
adequate and well-controlled studies in
the pediatric population, it must be
described under the ‘‘Indications and
Usage’’ section, and appropriate
PO 00000
Frm 00072
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
pediatric dosage information must be
given under the ‘‘Dosage and
Administration’’ section. The ‘‘Pediatric
use’’ subsection must cite any
limitations on the pediatric indication,
need for specific monitoring, specific
hazards associated with use of the drug
in any subsets of the pediatric
population (e.g., neonates), differences
between pediatric and adult responses
to the drug, and other information
related to the safe and effective pediatric
use of the drug. Data summarized in this
subsection should be discussed in more
detail, if appropriate, under the
‘‘Clinical Pharmacology’’ or ‘‘Clinical
Studies’’ section. As appropriate, this
information must also be contained in
the ‘‘Contraindications’’ and/or
‘‘Warnings and Precautions’’ section(s).
(C) If there are specific statements on
pediatric use of the drug for an
indication also approved for adults that
are based on adequate and wellcontrolled studies in the pediatric
population, they must be summarized in
the ‘‘Pediatric use’’ subsection and
discussed in more detail, if appropriate,
under the ‘‘Clinical Pharmacology’’ and
‘‘Clinical Studies’’ sections. Appropriate
pediatric dosage must be given under
the ‘‘Dosage and Administration’’
section. The ‘‘Pediatric use’’ subsection
of the labeling must also cite any
limitations on the pediatric use
statement, need for specific monitoring,
specific hazards associated with use of
the drug in any subsets of the pediatric
population (e.g., neonates), differences
between pediatric and adult responses
to the drug, and other information
related to the safe and effective pediatric
use of the drug. As appropriate, this
information must also be contained in
the ‘‘Contraindications’’ and/or
‘‘Warnings and Precautions’’ section(s).
(D)(1) When a drug is approved for
pediatric use based on adequate and
well-controlled studies in adults with
other information supporting pediatric
use, the ‘‘Pediatric use’’ subsection of
the labeling must contain either the
following statement or a reasonable
alternative:
The safety and effectiveness of (drug name)
have been established in the age groups ___
to ___ (note any limitations, e.g., no data for
pediatric patients under 2, or only applicable
to certain indications approved in adults).
Use of (drug name) in these age groups is
supported by evidence from adequate and
well-controlled studies of (drug name) in
adults with additional data (insert wording
that accurately describes the data submitted
to support a finding of substantial evidence
of effectiveness in the pediatric population).
(2) Data summarized in the preceding
prescribed statement in this subsection
must be discussed in more detail, if
appropriate, under the ‘‘Clinical
E:\FR\FM\24JAR2.SGM
24JAR2
rwilkins on PROD1PC63 with RULES_2
Federal Register / Vol. 71, No. 15 / Tuesday, January 24, 2006 / Rules and Regulations
Pharmacology’’ or the ‘‘Clinical
Studies’’ section. For example, pediatric
pharmacokinetic or pharmacodynamic
studies and dose response information
should be described in the ‘‘Clinical
Pharmacology’’ section. Pediatric dosing
instructions must be included in the
‘‘Dosage and Administration’’ section.
Any differences between pediatric and
adult responses, need for specific
monitoring, dosing adjustments, and
any other information related to safe
and effective use of the drug in pediatric
patients must be cited briefly in the
‘‘Pediatric use’’ subsection and, as
appropriate, in the ‘‘Contraindications,’’
‘‘Warnings and Precautions,’’ and
‘‘Dosage and Administration’’ sections.
(E) If the requirements for a finding of
substantial evidence to support a
pediatric indication or a pediatric use
statement have not been met for a
particular pediatric population, the
‘‘Pediatric use’’ subsection must contain
an appropriate statement such as
‘‘Safety and effectiveness in pediatric
patients below the age of (__) have not
been established.’’ If use of the drug in
this pediatric population is associated
with a specific hazard, the hazard must
be described in this subsection, or, if
appropriate, the hazard must be stated
in the ‘‘Contraindications’’ or
‘‘Warnings and Precautions’’ section
and this subsection must refer to it.
(F) If the requirements for a finding of
substantial evidence to support a
pediatric indication or a pediatric use
statement have not been met for any
pediatric population, this subsection
must contain the following statement:
‘‘Safety and effectiveness in pediatric
patients have not been established.’’ If
use of the drug in premature or neonatal
infants, or other pediatric subgroups, is
associated with a specific hazard, the
hazard must be described in this
subsection, or, if appropriate, the hazard
must be stated in the
‘‘Contraindications’’ or ‘‘Warnings and
Precautions’’ section and this subsection
must refer to it.
(G) If the sponsor believes that none
of the statements described in
paragraphs (c)(9)(iv)(B) through
(c)(9)(iv)(F) of this section are
appropriate or relevant to the labeling of
a particular drug, the sponsor must
provide reasons for omission of the
statements and may propose alternative
statement(s). FDA may permit use of an
alternative statement if FDA determines
that no statement described in those
paragraphs is appropriate or relevant to
the drug’s labeling and that the
alternative statement is accurate and
appropriate.
(H) If the drug product contains one
or more inactive ingredients that present
VerDate Aug<31>2005
16:08 Jan 23, 2006
Jkt 208001
an increased risk of toxic effects to
neonates or other pediatric subgroups, a
special note of this risk must be made,
generally in the ‘‘Contraindications’’ or
‘‘Warnings and Precautions’’ section.
(v) 8.5 Geriatric use. (A) A specific
geriatric indication, if any, that is
supported by adequate and wellcontrolled studies in the geriatric
population must be described under the
‘‘Indications and Usage’’ section, and
appropriate geriatric dosage must be
stated under the ‘‘Dosage and
Administration’’ section. The ‘‘Geriatric
use’’ subsection must cite any
limitations on the geriatric indication,
need for specific monitoring, specific
hazards associated with the geriatric
indication, and other information
related to the safe and effective use of
the drug in the geriatric population.
Unless otherwise noted, information
contained in the ‘‘Geriatric use’’
subsection must pertain to use of the
drug in persons 65 years of age and
older. Data summarized in this
subsection must be discussed in more
detail, if appropriate, under ‘‘Clinical
Pharmacology’’ or the ‘‘Clinical
Studies’’ section. As appropriate, this
information must also be contained in
the ‘‘Warnings and Precautions’’ and/or
‘‘Contraindications’’ section(s).
(B) Specific statements on geriatric
use of the drug for an indication
approved for adults generally, as
distinguished from a specific geriatric
indication, must be contained in the
‘‘Geriatric use’’ subsection and must
reflect all information available to the
sponsor that is relevant to the
appropriate use of the drug in elderly
patients. This information includes
detailed results from controlled studies
that are available to the sponsor and
pertinent information from welldocumented studies obtained from a
literature search. Controlled studies
include those that are part of the
marketing application and other
relevant studies available to the sponsor
that have not been previously submitted
in the investigational new drug
application, new drug application,
biologics license application, or a
supplement or amendment to one of
these applications (e.g., postmarketing
studies or adverse drug reaction
reports). The ‘‘Geriatric use’’ subsection
must contain the following statement(s)
or reasonable alternative, as applicable,
taking into account available
information:
(1) If clinical studies did not include
sufficient numbers of subjects aged 65
and over to determine whether elderly
subjects respond differently from
younger subjects, and other reported
clinical experience has not identified
PO 00000
Frm 00073
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
3993
such differences, the ‘‘Geriatric use’’
subsection must include the following
statement:
Clinical studies of (name of drug) did
not include sufficient numbers of
subjects aged 65 and over to determine
whether they respond differently from
younger subjects. Other reported
clinical experience has not identified
differences in responses between the
elderly and younger patients. In general,
dose selection for an elderly patient
should be cautious, usually starting at
the low end of the dosing range,
reflecting the greater frequency of
decreased hepatic, renal, or cardiac
function, and of concomitant disease or
other drug therapy.
(2) If clinical studies (including
studies that are part of marketing
applications and other relevant studies
available to the sponsor that have not
been submitted in the sponsor’s
applications) included enough elderly
subjects to make it likely that
differences in safety or effectiveness
between elderly and younger subjects
would have been detected, but no such
differences (in safety or effectiveness)
were observed, and other reported
clinical experience has not identified
such differences, the ‘‘Geriatric use’’
subsection must contain the following
statement:
Of the total number of subjects in clinical
studies of (name of drug), __ percent were 65
and over, while __ percent were 75 and over.
(Alternatively, the labeling may state the total
number of subjects included in the studies
who were 65 and over and 75 and over.) No
overall differences in safety or effectiveness
were observed between these subjects and
younger subjects, and other reported clinical
experience has not identified differences in
responses between the elderly and younger
patients, but greater sensitivity of some older
individuals cannot be ruled out.
(3) If evidence from clinical studies
and other reported clinical experience
available to the sponsor indicates that
use of the drug in elderly patients is
associated with differences in safety or
effectiveness, or requires specific
monitoring or dosage adjustment, the
‘‘Geriatric use’’ subsection must contain
a brief description of observed
differences or specific monitoring or
dosage requirements and, as
appropriate, must refer to more detailed
discussions in the ‘‘Contraindications,’’
‘‘Warnings and Precautions,’’ ‘‘Dosage
and Administration,’’ or other sections.
(C)(1) If specific pharmacokinetic or
pharmacodynamic studies have been
carried out in the elderly, they must be
described briefly in the ‘‘Geriatric use’’
subsection and in detail under the
‘‘Clinical Pharmacology’’ section. The
‘‘Clinical Pharmacology’’ and ‘‘Drug
Interactions’’ sections ordinarily contain
E:\FR\FM\24JAR2.SGM
24JAR2
3994
Federal Register / Vol. 71, No. 15 / Tuesday, January 24, 2006 / Rules and Regulations
information on drug/disease and drug/
drug interactions that is particularly
relevant to the elderly, who are more
likely to have concomitant illness and to
use concomitant drugs.
(2) If a drug is known to be
substantially excreted by the kidney, the
‘‘Geriatric use’’ subsection must include
the statement:
This drug is known to be substantially
excreted by the kidney, and the risk of
adverse reactions to this drug may be greater
in patients with impaired renal function.
Because elderly patients are more likely to
have decreased renal function, care should be
taken in dose selection, and it may be useful
to monitor renal function.
(D) If use of the drug in the elderly
appears to cause a specific hazard, the
hazard must be described in the
‘‘Geriatric use’’ subsection, or, if
appropriate, the hazard must be stated
in the ‘‘Contraindications’’ or
‘‘Warnings and Precautions’’ section,
and the ‘‘Geriatric use’’ subsection must
refer to those sections.
(E) Labeling under paragraphs
(c)(9)(v)(A) through (c)(9)(v)(C) of this
section may include statements, if they
are necessary for safe and effective use
of the drug, and reflect good clinical
practice or past experience in a
particular situation, e.g., for a sedating
drug, it could be stated that:
rwilkins on PROD1PC63 with RULES_2
Sedating drugs may cause confusion and
over-sedation in the elderly; elderly patients
generally should be started on low doses of
(name of drug) and observed closely.
(F) If the sponsor believes that none
of the requirements described in
paragraphs (c)(9)(v)(A) through
(c)(9)(v)(E) of this section are
appropriate or relevant to the labeling of
a particular drug, the sponsor must
provide reasons for omission of the
statements and may propose an
alternative statement. FDA may permit
omission of the statements if FDA
determines that no statement described
in those paragraphs is appropriate or
relevant to the drug’s labeling. FDA may
permit use of an alternative statement if
the agency determines that such
statement is accurate and appropriate.
(vi) Additional subsections.
Additional subsections may be
included, as appropriate, if sufficient
data are available concerning the use of
the drug in other specified
subpopulations (e.g., renal or hepatic
impairment).
(10) 9 Drug abuse and dependence.
This section must contain the following
information, as appropriate:
(i) 9.1 Controlled substance. If the
drug is controlled by the Drug
Enforcement Administration, the
schedule in which it is controlled must
be stated.
VerDate Aug<31>2005
16:08 Jan 23, 2006
Jkt 208001
(ii) 9.2 Abuse. This subsection must
state the types of abuse that can occur
with the drug and the adverse reactions
pertinent to them, and must identify
particularly susceptible patient
populations. This subsection must be
based primarily on human data and
human experience, but pertinent animal
data may also be used.
(iii) 9.3 Dependence. This subsection
must describe characteristic effects
resulting from both psychological and
physical dependence that occur with
the drug and must identify the quantity
of the drug over a period of time that
may lead to tolerance or dependence, or
both. Details must be provided on the
adverse effects of chronic abuse and the
effects of abrupt withdrawal. Procedures
necessary to diagnose the dependent
state and the principles of treating the
effects of abrupt withdrawal must be
described.
(11) 10 Overdosage. This section must
be based on human data. If human data
are unavailable, appropriate animal and
in vitro data may be used. The following
specific information must be provided:
(i) Signs, symptoms, and laboratory
findings associated with an overdosage
of the drug;
(ii) Complications that can occur with
the drug (for example, organ toxicity or
delayed acidosis);
(iii) Concentrations of the drug in
biologic fluids associated with toxicity
or death; physiologic variables
influencing excretion of the drug, such
as urine pH; and factors that influence
the dose response relationship of the
drug, such as tolerance. The
pharmacokinetic data given in the
‘‘Clinical Pharmacology’’ section also
may be referenced here, if applicable to
overdoses;
(iv) The amount of the drug in a single
dose that is ordinarily associated with
symptoms of overdosage and the
amount of the drug in a single dose that
is likely to be life threatening;
(v) Whether the drug is dialyzable;
and
(vi) Recommended general treatment
procedures and specific measures for
support of vital functions (e.g., proven
antidotes, gastric lavage, forced diuresis,
or as per Poison Control Center). Such
recommendations must be based on data
available for the specific drug or
experience with pharmacologically
related drugs. Unqualified
recommendations for which data are
lacking for the specific drug or class of
drugs must not be stated.
(12) 11 Description. (i) This section
must contain:
(A) The proprietary name and the
established name, if any, as defined in
section 502(e)(2) of the act, of the drug
PO 00000
Frm 00074
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
or, for biological products, the proper
name (as defined in § 600.3 of this
chapter) and any appropriate
descriptors;
(B) The type of dosage form(s) and the
route(s) of administration to which the
labeling applies;
(C) The same qualitative and/or
quantitative ingredient information as
required under § 201.100(b) for drug
labels or §§ 610.60 and 610.61 of this
chapter for biological product labels;
(D) If the product is sterile, a
statement of that fact;
(E) The pharmacological or
therapeutic class of the drug;
(F) For drug products other than
biological products, the chemical name
and structural formula of the drug; and
(G) If the product is radioactive, a
statement of the important nuclear
physical characteristics, such as the
principal radiation emission data,
external radiation, and physical decay
characteristics.
(ii) If appropriate, other important
chemical or physical information, such
as physical constants or pH, must be
stated.
(13) 12 Clinical pharmacology. (i)
This section must contain information
relating to the human clinical
pharmacology and actions of the drug in
humans. Pharmacologic information
based on in vitro data using human
biomaterials or pharmacologic animal
models, or relevant details about in vivo
study designs or results (e.g., drug
interaction studies), may be included in
this section if essential to understand
dosing or drug interaction information
presented in other sections of the
labeling. This section must include the
following subsections:
(A) 12.1 Mechanism of action. This
subsection must summarize what is
known about the established
mechanism(s) of the drug’s action in
humans at various levels (e.g., receptor,
membrane, tissue, organ, whole body). If
the mechanism of action is not known,
this subsection must contain a statement
about the lack of information.
(B) 12.2 Pharmacodynamics. This
subsection must include a description of
any biochemical or physiologic
pharmacologic effects of the drug or
active metabolites related to the drug’s
clinical effect in preventing, diagnosing,
mitigating, curing, or treating disease, or
those related to adverse effects or
toxicity. Exposure-response
relationships (e.g., concentrationresponse, dose-response) and time
course of pharmacodynamic response
(including short-term clinical response)
must be included if known. If this
information is unknown, this subsection
must contain a statement about the lack
E:\FR\FM\24JAR2.SGM
24JAR2
rwilkins on PROD1PC63 with RULES_2
Federal Register / Vol. 71, No. 15 / Tuesday, January 24, 2006 / Rules and Regulations
of information. Detailed dosing or
monitoring recommendations based on
pharmacodynamic information that
appear in other sections (e.g., ‘‘Warnings
and Precautions’’ or ‘‘Dosage and
Administration’’) must not be repeated
in this subsection, but the location of
such recommendations must be
referenced.
(C) 12.3 Pharmacokinetics. This
subsection must describe the clinically
significant pharmacokinetics of a drug
or active metabolites, (i.e., pertinent
absorption, distribution, metabolism,
and excretion parameters). Information
regarding bioavailability, the effect of
food, minimum concentration (Cmin),
maximum concentration (Cmax), time to
maximum concentration (Tmax), area
under the curve (AUC), pertinent halflives (t1/2), time to reach steady state,
extent of accumulation, route(s) of
elimination, clearance (renal, hepatic,
total), mechanisms of clearance (e.g.,
specific enzyme systems), drug/drug
and drug/food (e.g., dietary
supplements, grapefruit juice)
pharmacokinetic interactions (including
inhibition, induction, and genetic
characteristics), and volume of
distribution (Vd) must be presented if
clinically significant. Information
regarding nonlinearity in
pharmacokinetic parameters, changes in
pharmacokinetics over time, and
binding (plasma protein, erythrocyte)
parameters must also be presented if
clinically significant. This section must
also include the results of
pharmacokinetic studies (e.g., of
metabolism or interaction) that establish
the absence of an effect, including
pertinent human studies and in vitro
data. Dosing recommendations based on
clinically significant factors that change
the product’s pharmacokinetics (e.g.,
age, gender, race, hepatic or renal
dysfunction, concomitant therapy) that
appear in other sections (e.g., ‘‘Warnings
and Precautions,’’ ‘‘Dosage and
Administration’’ or ‘‘Use in Specific
Populations’’) must not be repeated in
this subsection, but the location of such
recommendations must be referenced.
(ii) Data that demonstrate activity or
effectiveness in in vitro or animal tests
and that have not been shown by
adequate and well-controlled clinical
studies to be pertinent to clinical use
may be included under this section only
under the following circumstances:
(A) In vitro data for anti-infective
drugs may be included if the data are
immediately preceded by the statement
‘‘The following in vitro data are
available but their clinical significance
is unknown.’’
(B) For other classes of drugs, in vitro
and animal data that have not been
VerDate Aug<31>2005
16:08 Jan 23, 2006
Jkt 208001
shown by adequate and well-controlled
studies, as defined in § 314.126(b) of
this chapter, to be necessary for the safe
and effective use may be included in
this section only if a waiver is granted
under § 201.58 or § 314.126(c) of this
chapter.
(14) 13 Nonclinical toxicology. This
section must contain the following
subsections as appropriate:
(i) 13.1 Carcinogenesis, mutagenesis,
impairment of fertility. This subsection
must state whether long term studies in
animals have been performed to
evaluate carcinogenic potential and, if
so, the species and results. If results
from reproduction studies or other data
in animals raise concern about
mutagenesis or impairment of fertility in
either males or females, this must be
described. Any precautionary statement
on these topics must include practical,
relevant advice to the prescriber on the
significance of these animal findings.
Human data suggesting that the drug
may be carcinogenic or mutagenic, or
suggesting that it impairs fertility, as
described in the ‘‘Warnings and
Precautions’’ section, must not be
included in this subsection of the
labeling.
(ii) 13.2 Animal toxicology and/or
pharmacology. Significant animal data
necessary for safe and effective use of
the drug in humans that is not
incorporated in other sections of
labeling must be included in this
section (e.g., specifics about studies
used to support approval under
§ 314.600 or § 601.90 of this chapter, the
absence of chronic animal toxicity data
for a drug that is administered over
prolonged periods or is implanted in the
body).
(15) 14 Clinical studies. This section
must discuss those clinical studies that
facilitate an understanding of how to
use the drug safely and effectively.
Ordinarily, this section will describe the
studies that support effectiveness for the
labeled indication(s), including
discussion of study design, population,
endpoints, and results, but must not
include an encyclopedic listing of all, or
even most, studies performed as part of
the product’s clinical development
program. If a specific important clinical
study is mentioned in any section of the
labeling required under §§ 201.56 and
201.57 because the study is essential to
an understandable presentation of the
information in that section of the
labeling, any detailed discussion of the
study must appear in this section.
(i) For drug products other than
biological products, any clinical study
that is discussed in prescription drug
labeling that relates to an indication for
or use of the drug must be adequate and
PO 00000
Frm 00075
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
3995
well-controlled as described in
§ 314.126(b) of this chapter and must
not imply or suggest indications or uses
or dosing regimens not stated in the
‘‘Indications and Usage’’ or ‘‘Dosage and
Administration’’ section. For biological
products, any clinical study that is
discussed that relates to an indication
for or use of the biological product must
constitute or contribute to substantial
evidence and must not imply or suggest
indications or uses or dosing regimens
not stated in the ‘‘Indications and
Usage’’ or ‘‘Dosage and Administration’’
section.
(ii) Any discussion of a clinical study
that relates to a risk from the use of the
drug must also refer to the other
sections of the labeling where the risk
is identified or discussed.
(16) 15 References. When prescription
drug labeling must summarize or
otherwise rely on a recommendation by
an authoritative scientific body, or on a
standardized methodology, scale, or
technique, because the information is
important to prescribing decisions, the
labeling may include a reference to the
source of the information.
(17) 16 How supplied/storage and
handling. This section must contain
information on the available dosage
forms to which the labeling applies and
for which the manufacturer or
distributor is responsible. The
information must include, as
appropriate:
(i) The strength or potency of the
dosage form in metric system (e.g., 10
milligram tablets) and, if the apothecary
system is used, a statement of the
strength in parentheses after the metric
designation;
(ii) The units in which the dosage
form is ordinarily available for
prescribing by practitioners (e.g., bottles
of 100);
(iii) Appropriate information to
facilitate identification of the dosage
forms, such as shape, color, coating,
scoring, imprinting, and National Drug
Code number; and
(iv) Special handling and storage
conditions.
(18) 17 Patient counseling
information. This section must contain
information necessary for patients to use
the drug safely and effectively (e.g.,
precautions concerning driving or the
concomitant use of other substances that
may have harmful additive effects). Any
FDA-approved patient labeling must be
referenced in this section and the full
text of such patient labeling must be
reprinted immediately following this
section or, alternatively, accompany the
prescription drug labeling. Any FDAapproved patient labeling printed
immediately following this section or
E:\FR\FM\24JAR2.SGM
24JAR2
rwilkins on PROD1PC63 with RULES_2
3996
Federal Register / Vol. 71, No. 15 / Tuesday, January 24, 2006 / Rules and Regulations
accompanying the labeling is subject to
the type size requirements in paragraph
(d)(6) of this section, except for a
Medication Guide to be detached and
distributed to patients in compliance
with § 208.24 of this chapter.
Medication Guides for distribution to
patients are subject to the type size
requirements set forth in § 208.20 of this
chapter.
(d) Format requirements. All labeling
information required under paragraphs
(a), (b), and (c) of this section must be
printed in accordance with the
following specifications:
(1) All headings and subheadings
required by paragraphs (a) and (c) of this
section must be highlighted by bold
type that prominently distinguishes the
headings and subheadings from other
labeling information. Reverse type is not
permitted as a form of highlighting.
(2) A horizontal line must separate the
information required by paragraphs (a),
(b), and (c) of this section.
(3) The headings listed in paragraphs
(a)(5) through (a)(13) of this section
must be presented in the center of a
horizontal line.
(4) If there are multiple subheadings
listed under paragraphs (a)(4) through
(a)(13) of this section, each subheading
must be preceded by a bullet point.
(5) The labeling information required
by paragraphs (a)(1) through (a)(4),
(a)(11)(ii) through (a)(11)(iv), and (a)(14)
of this section must be in bold print.
(6) The letter height or type size for
all labeling information, headings, and
subheadings set forth in paragraphs (a),
(b), and (c) of this section must be a
minimum of 8 points, except for
labeling information that is on or within
the package from which the drug is to
be dispensed, which must be a
minimum of 6 points.
(7) The identifying numbers required
by § 201.56(d) and paragraphs (c)(1)
through (c)(18) of this section must be
presented in bold print and must
precede the heading or subheading by at
least two square em’s (i.e., two squares
of the size of the letter ‘‘m’’ in 8 point
type).
(8) The information required by
paragraph (a) of this section, not
including the information required
under paragraph (a)(4) of this section,
must be limited in length to an amount
that, if printed in 2 columns on a
standard sized piece of typing paper (8
1/2 by 11 inches), single spaced, in 8
point type with 1/2-inch margins on all
sides and between columns, would fit
on one-half of the page.
(9) Sections or subsections of labeling
that are identified as containing recent
major changes under paragraph (a)(5) of
this section must be highlighted in the
VerDate Aug<31>2005
16:08 Jan 23, 2006
Jkt 208001
full prescribing information by the
inclusion of a vertical line on the left
edge of the new or modified text.
(10) For the information required by
paragraph (b) of this section, each
section heading must be in bold print.
Each subheading within a section must
be indented and not bolded.
I 4. Section 201.58 is revised to read as
follows:
§ 201.58
Waiver of labeling requirements.
An applicant may ask the Food and
Drug Administration to waive any
requirement under §§ 201.56, 201.57,
and 201.80. A waiver request must be
submitted in writing to the Director (or
the Director’s designee), Center for Drug
Evaluation and Research, Food and
Drug Administration, 5600 Fishers
Lane, Rockville, MD 20857, or, if
applicable, the Director (or the
Director’s designee), Center for Biologics
Evaluation and Research, Food and
Drug Administration, 1401 Rockville
Pike, suite 200 North, Rockville, MD
20852–1448. The waiver must be
granted or denied in writing by the
Director or the Director’s designee.
§ 201.59
[Removed]
5. Section 201.59 is removed.
I 6. Newly redesignated § 201.80 is
amended by:
a. Revising the section heading;
b. Amending paragraphs (b)(2)(ii),
(c)(3)(i), (c)(3)(v), and (g)(4) by removing
the phrase ‘‘§ 314.126(b)’’ the second
time it appears and by adding in its
place the phrase ‘‘§ 314.126(c)’’;
c. Removing the phrase ‘‘induced
emesis,’’ in paragraph (i)(6);
d. Revising paragraphs (c)(2), (f)(2),
and (m)(1); and
e. Adding a new sentence after the
first sentence of paragraph (j).
The additions and revisions read as
follows:
I
§ 201.80 Specific requirements on content
and format of labeling for human
prescription drug and biological products;
older drugs not described in § 201.56(b)(1).
*
*
*
*
*
(c) * * *
(2)(i) For drug products other than
biological products, all indications
listed in this section must be supported
by substantial evidence of effectiveness
based on adequate and well-controlled
studies as defined in § 314.126(b) of this
chapter unless the requirement is
waived under § 201.58 or § 314.126(c) of
this chapter. Indications or uses must
not be implied or suggested in other
sections of labeling if not included in
this section.
(ii) For biological products, all
indications listed in this section must be
PO 00000
Frm 00076
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
supported by substantial evidence of
effectiveness. Indications or uses must
not be implied or suggested in other
sections of labeling if not included in
this section.
*
*
*
*
*
(f) * * *
(2) Information for patients. This
subsection must contain information
necessary for patients to use the drug
safely and effectively (e.g., precautions
concerning driving or the concomitant
use of other substances that may have
harmful additive effects). Any FDAapproved patient labeling must be
referenced in this section and the full
text of such patient labeling must be
reprinted immediately following the last
section of labeling or, alternatively,
accompany the prescription drug
labeling. The type size requirement for
the Medication Guide set forth in
§ 208.20 of this chapter does not apply
to the Medication Guide that is
reprinted in or accompanying the
prescription drug labeling unless such
Medication Guide is to be detached and
distributed to patients in compliance
with § 208.24 of this chapter.
*
*
*
*
*
(j) Dosage and administration. * * *
Dosing regimens must not be implied or
suggested in other sections of labeling if
not included in this section. * * *
*
*
*
*
*
(m) * * *
(1)(i) If the clinical study is cited in
the labeling in place of a detailed
discussion of data and information
concerning an indication for use of the
drug, the clinical study must constitute
an adequate and well-controlled study
as described in § 314.126(b) of this
chapter, except for biological products,
and must not imply or suggest
indications or uses or dosing regimens
not stated in the ‘‘Indications and
Usage’’ or ‘‘Dosage and Administration’’
section.
(ii) When prescription drug labeling
must summarize or otherwise rely on a
recommendation by an authoritative
scientific body, or on a standardized
methodology, scale, or technique,
because the information is important to
prescribing decisions, the labeling may
include a reference to the source of the
information.
*
*
*
*
*
I 7. Section 201.100 is amended by
revising paragraph (d)(3) to read as
follows:
§ 201.100
use.
*
Prescription drugs for human
*
*
(d) * * *
E:\FR\FM\24JAR2.SGM
24JAR2
*
*
Federal Register / Vol. 71, No. 15 / Tuesday, January 24, 2006 / Rules and Regulations
(3) The information required, and in
the format specified, by §§ 201.56,
201.57, and 201.80.
*
*
*
*
*
PART 314—APPLICATIONS FOR FDA
APPROVAL TO MARKET A NEW DRUG
8. The authority citation for 21 CFR
part 314 continues to read as follows:
I
Authority: 21 U.S.C. 321, 331, 351, 352,
353, 355, 355a, 356, 356a, 356b, 356c, 371,
374, 379e.
9. Section 314.70 is amended by:
a. Removing from paragraph
(b)(2)(v)(B) the phrase ‘‘(b)(8)(iv) of this
chapter.’’ and adding in its place the
phrase ‘‘(b)(8)(iv) of this chapter; and’’;
b. Adding paragraph (b)(2)(v)(C);
c. Revising the introductory text of
paragraph (c)(6)(iii); and
d. Revising paragraph (d)(2)(x).
The additions and revisions read as
follows:
I
§ 314.70 Supplements and other changes
to an approved application.
*
*
*
*
(b) * * *
(2) * * *
(v) * * *
(C) Any change to the information
required by § 201.57(a) of this chapter,
with the following exceptions that may
be reported in an annual report under
paragraph (d)(2)(x) of this section:
(1) Removal of a listed section(s)
specified in § 201.57(a)(5) of this
chapter; and
(2) Changes to the most recent
revision date of the labeling as specified
in § 201.57(a)(15) of this chapter.
*
*
*
*
*
(c) * * *
(6) * * *
rwilkins on PROD1PC63 with RULES_2
*
VerDate Aug<31>2005
16:08 Jan 23, 2006
Jkt 208001
(iii) Changes in the labeling, except
for changes to the information required
in § 201.57(a) of this chapter (which
must be made pursuant to paragraph
(b)(2)(v)(C) of this section), to
accomplish any of the following:
*
*
*
*
*
(d) * * *
(2) * * *
(x) An editorial or similar minor
change in labeling, including a change
to the information allowed by
paragraphs (b)(2)(v)(C)(1) and (2) of this
section.
*
*
*
*
*
PART 601—LICENSING
10. The authority cite for 21 CFR part
601 continues to read as follows:
I
Authority: 15 U.S.C. 1451–1561; 21 U.S.C.
321, 351, 352, 353, 355, 356b, 360, 360c–
360f, 360h–360j, 371, 374, 379e, 381; 42
U.S.C. 216, 241, 262, 263, 264; sec 122, Pub.
L. 105–115, 111 Stat. 2322 (21 U.S.C. 355
note).
11. Section 601.12 is amended by:
a. Adding two sentences after the
second sentence and before the third
sentence in paragraph (f)(1);
b. Revising the introductory text of
paragraph (f)(2)(i);
c. Removing from paragraph
(f)(3)(i)(B) the word ‘‘and’’;
d. Removing from paragraph
(f)(3)(i)(C) the phrase ‘‘Medication
Guide.’’ and adding in its place the
phrase ‘‘Medication Guide; and’’; and
e. Adding paragraph (f)(3)(i)(D).
The additions and revisions read as
follows:
I
3997
(f) * * *
(1) * * * An applicant cannot use
paragraph (f)(2) of this section to make
any change to the information required
in § 201.57(a) of this chapter. An
applicant may report the minor changes
to the information specified in
paragraph (f)(3)(i)(D) of this section in
an annual report. * * *
(2) * * *
(i) An applicant shall submit, at the
time such change is made, a supplement
for any change in the package insert,
package label, or container label, except
for changes to the package insert
required in § 201.57(a) of this chapter
(which must be made pursuant to
paragraph (f)(1) of this section), to
accomplish any of the following:
*
*
*
*
*
(f) * * *
(3) * * *
(i) * * *
(D) A change to the information
required in § 201.57(a) of this chapter as
follows:
(1) Removal of a listed section(s)
specified in § 201.57(a)(5) of this
chapter; and
(2) Changes to the most recent
revision date of the labeling as specified
in § 201.57(a)(15) of this chapter.
*
*
*
*
*
Dated: December 7, 2005.
Andrew C. von Eschenbach,
Acting Commissioner of Food and Drugs.
§ 601.12 Changes to an approved
application.
Dated: December 7, 2005.
Michael O. Leavitt,
Secretary of Health and Human Services.
[FR Doc. 06–545 Filed 1–18–06; 10:28 am]
*
BILLING CODE 4160–01–C
PO 00000
*
*
Frm 00077
*
Fmt 4701
*
Sfmt 4700
E:\FR\FM\24JAR2.SGM
24JAR2
Agencies
[Federal Register Volume 71, Number 15 (Tuesday, January 24, 2006)]
[Rules and Regulations]
[Pages 3922-3997]
From the Federal Register Online via the Government Printing Office [www.gpo.gov]
[FR Doc No: 06-545]
[[Page 3921]]
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
Part II
Department of Health and Human Services
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
Food and Drug Administration
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
21 CFR Parts 201, 314, and 601
Requirements on Content and Format of Labeling for Human Prescription
Drug and Biological Products and Draft Guidances and Two Guidances for
Industry on the Content and Format of Labeling for Human Prescription
Drug and Biological Products; Final Rule and Notices
Federal Register / Vol. 71, No. 15 / Tuesday, January 24, 2006 /
Rules and Regulations
[[Page 3922]]
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
DEPARTMENT OF HEALTH AND HUMAN SERVICES
Food and Drug Administration
21 CFR Parts 201, 314, and 601
[Docket No. 2000N-1269] (formerly Docket No. 00N-1269)
RIN 0910-AA94
Requirements on Content and Format of Labeling for Human
Prescription Drug and Biological Products
AGENCY: Food and Drug Administration, HHS.
ACTION: Final rule.
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
SUMMARY: The Food and Drug Administration (FDA) is amending its
regulations governing the content and format of labeling for human
prescription drug products (including biological products that are
regulated as drugs). The final rule revises current regulations to
require that the labeling of new and recently approved products include
highlights of prescribing information and a table of contents. The
final rule also reorders certain sections, requires minor content
changes, and sets minimum graphical requirements. These revisions will
make it easier for health care practitioners to access, read, and use
information in prescription drug labeling. The revisions will enhance
the safe and effective use of prescription drug products and reduce the
number of adverse reactions resulting from medication errors due to
misunderstood or incorrectly applied drug information. For both new and
recently approved products and older products, the final rule requires
that all FDA-approved patient labeling be reprinted with or accompany
the labeling. The final rule also revises current regulations for
prescription drug labeling of older products by clarifying certain
requirements. These changes will make the labeling for older products
more informative for health care practitioners.
DATES: This rule is effective June 30, 2006. See section III of this
document for the implementation dates of this final rule.
FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:
For information on drug product labeling: Janet Norden, Center for
Drug Evaluation and Research (HFD-40), Food and Drug Administration,
10903 New Hampshire Ave., Bldg. 22, rm. 4202, Silver Spring, MD 20993-
0002, 301-796-2270, nordenj@CDER.FDA.GOV, or Elizabeth Sadove, Center
for Drug Evaluation and Research (HFD-7), Food and Drug Administration,
5600 Fishers Lane, Rockville, MD 20857, 301-594-2041,
sadovee@CDER.FDA.GOV.
For information on labeling of biological products that are
regulated as prescription drugs: Toni M. Stifano, Center for Biologics
Evaluation and Research (HFM-600), Food and Drug Administration, 1401
Rockville Pike, Rockville, MD 20856, 301-827-6190,
stifano@CBER.FDA.GOV, or Kathleen Swisher, Center for Biologics
Evaluation and Research (HFM-17), Food and Drug Administration, 1401
Rockville Pike, Rockville, MD 20852, 301-827-6210.
SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:
Table of Contents
I. Background
II. Overview of the Final Rule Including Changes to the Proposed Rule
III. Implementation
IV. Overview of Agency Initiatives to Improve the Content and Format of
Prescription Drug Labeling
V. Implications of This Final Rule for the Electronic Labeling
Initiative
VI. Comments on the Proposed Rule
VII. Legal Authority
VIII. Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995
IX. Environmental Impact
X. Executive Order 13132: Federalism
XI. Analysis of Economic Impacts
XII. Executive Order 12988: Civil Justice Reform
XIII. References
I. Background
In the Federal Register of December 22, 2000 (65 FR 81082), FDA
issued a proposed rule to revise its regulations governing the content
and format of labeling for human prescription drug products, which
appear in Sec. Sec. 201.56 and 201.57 (21 CFR 201.56 and 201.57).\1\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\1\ Although Sec. Sec. 201.56 and 201.57 do not specifically
mention the term ``biologics'', under the Federal Food, Drug, and
Cosmetic Act (the act), most biologics are drugs that require a
prescription and thus are subject to these regulations. (See section
VII of this document for legal authority.) For the purposes of this
document, unless otherwise specified, all references to ``drugs'' or
``drug products'' include human prescription drug products and
biological products that are also drugs.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
A. FDA-Approved Prescription Drug Labeling
A prescription drug product's FDA-approved labeling (also known as
``professional labeling,'' ``package insert,'' ``direction circular,''
or ``package circular'') is a compilation of information about the
product, approved by FDA, based on the agency's thorough analysis of
the new drug application (NDA) or biologics license application (BLA)
submitted by the applicant. This labeling contains information
necessary for safe and effective use. It is written for the health care
practitioner audience, because prescription drugs require
``professional supervision of a practitioner licensed by law to
administer such drug'' (section 503(b) of the act (21 U.S.C. 353(b))).
FDA-approved labeling is defined in section 201(m) of the act (21
U.S.C. 321(m)) and is subject to all applicable provisions of section
502 of the act (21 U.S.C. 352). It satisfies the requirement of Sec.
201.100(d) (21 CFR 201.100(d)) that ``[a]ny labeling, as defined in
section 201(m) of the act * * * that furnishes or purports to furnish
information for use or which prescribes, recommends, or suggests a
dosage for the use of the drug * * * contains * * * [a]dequate
information for such use,'' as further described in that provision.
FDA-approved labeling also accompanies ``promotional'' materials, as
described in Sec. 202.1(l)(2) (21 CFR 202.1(l)(2)). FDA-approved
labeling also ``bears adequate information'' within the meaning of
Sec. 201.100(c)(1), which applies to ``labeling on or within the
package from which a prescription drug is to be dispensed'', referred
to in this document as ``trade labeling.'' In this document, FDA-
approved labeling for prescription drugs is referred to as ``labeling''
or ``prescription drug labeling.''
B. Developing the Proposed Rule
In recent years, there has been an increase in the length, detail,
and complexity of prescription drug labeling, making it harder for
health care practitioners to find specific information and to discern
the most critical information. Before issuing the proposal, the agency
evaluated the usefulness of prescription drug labeling for its
principal audience to determine whether, and how, its content and
format could be improved. The agency used focus groups, a national
physician survey, a public meeting, and written comments to develop
multiple prototypes and to ascertain how prescription drug labeling is
used by health care practitioners, what labeling information
practitioners consider most important, and how practitioners believed
labeling could be improved. The agency developed a prototype based on
this accumulated information as the model for the proposed rule.
[[Page 3923]]
C. The Proposed Rule
The agency's proposed changes were designed to enhance the ability
of health care practitioners to access, read, and use prescription drug
labeling.
1. Proposed Provisions for New and Recently Approved Drugs
FDA proposed the following changes for the labeling for
prescription drugs that were approved on or after the effective date of
the final rule, drugs that had been approved in the 5 years before the
effective date of the final rule, and older approved drugs for which an
efficacy supplement is submitted. FDA believed that applying the
revised content and format requirements only to more recently approved
products was appropriate because, among other reasons, health care
practitioners are more likely to refer to the labeling of recently
approved products (see comment 113).
The addition of introductory prescribing information,
entitled ``Highlights of Prescribing Information'' (Highlights).
The addition of a table of contents.
Reordering and reorganizing to make the labeling easier to
use and read.
Minimum graphical requirements for format.
Certain revisions to the content requirements, such as
modifying the definition of ``adverse reaction'' to make the ``Adverse
Reactions'' section of labeling more meaningful and useful to health
care practitioners.
2. Proposed Provisions for Older Approved Drugs
The agency proposed that older approved drug products would not be
subject to these proposed changes. These older products would, instead,
be subject to the labeling requirements at proposed Sec. 201.80. The
agency proposed to redesignate then-current Sec. 201.57 as Sec.
201.80 to describe labeling requirements for older drugs and add new
Sec. 201.57 to describe labeling requirements for new and recently
approved drugs.
3. Proposed Provisions for All Drugs
FDA also proposed certain revisions to the requirements governing
the content of labeling to help ensure that statements appearing in
labeling related to effectiveness or dosage and administration are
sufficiently supported. These provisions would have applied to all
drugs.
The labeling for all drugs would contain all FDA-approved
patient labeling (i.e., approved printed patient information and
Medication Guides) for the drug, not just the information required by
regulation to be distributed to patients (see table 2).
Minor revisions would be made to the requirements for
labels affixed to prescription drug containers and packaging.
The proposal called for the submission of comments by March 22,
2001. At the request of the Pharmaceutical Research and Manufacturers
of America, and to provide all interested persons additional time to
comment, the comment period was reopened until June 22, 2001 (66 FR
17375, March 30, 2001). After careful consideration of the comments,
FDA has revised the proposal and is issuing this final rule.
The following sections of this document provide:
An overview of the final rule including changes to the
proposed rule (section II of this document),
A discussion of the implementation requirements for the
final rule (section III of this document),
An overview of the agency's prescription drug labeling
initiatives (section IV of this document),
The implications of this rule for the electronic labeling
initiative (section V of this document),
A discussion of the comments received on the proposal and
the agency's responses to the comments (section VI of this document),
A statement of legal authority (section VII of this
document),
A description of the information collection provisions of
the rule (section VIII of this document),
An statement on the environmental impact of the rule
(section IX of this document),
A statement on federalism (section X of this document),
An analysis of the economic impacts of the rule (section
XI of this document),
A statement on the impact of the rule on the civil justice
system (section XII of this document), and
A list of references (section XIII of this document).
II. Overview of the Final Rule Including Changes to the Proposed Rule
This final rule amends part 201 (21 CFR part 201) of FDA
regulations by revising the requirements for the content and format of
labeling for prescription drug products (see tables 1 and 2 of this
document). Table 1 lists the sections required for prescription drug
labeling before the effective date of this final rule (and which will
remain in effect for older products), and, for new and recently
approved products, the sections FDA proposed in 2000 and those required
by this final rule.
BILLING CODE 4160-01-S
[[Page 3924]]
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR24JA06.000
The final rule requires that any FDA-approved patient labeling
either: (1) Accompany the prescription drug labeling or (2) be
reprinted at the end of such labeling (Sec. Sec. 201.57(c)(18) and
201.80(f)(2)). Table 2 lists the requirement in effect before the
effective date of this final rule, the 2000 proposed requirement, and
the final requirement (see comment 92 for discussion of FDA-approved
patient labeling). For the purposes of this document, the term ``FDA-
approved patient labeling'' will be used to refer to any approved
printed patient information or Medication Guide, unless a comment is
addressing one or the other specifically.
[[Page 3925]]
Table 2.--FDA-Approved Patient Labeling with Prescription Drug Labeling
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Requirement for All
Products Before the Proposed Requirement Final Requirement for
Effective Date of the for All Products All Products
Final Rule
------------------------------------------------------------------------
To be reprinted at the To be reprinted at the To be reprinted at the
end of labeling: end of labeling: end of labeling or to
Full text of Full text of accompany the
FDA-approved patient any FDA-approved labeling:
labeling that is patient labeling Full text of
required to be any FDA-approved
distributed to patient labeling
patients
------------------------------------------------------------------------
In this rulemaking, the agency finalizes many of the provisions in
the December 2000 proposal. In addition, the final rule reflects
revisions the agency made in response to comments on the December 2000
proposal and revisions made by the agency on its own initiative. FDA
also has made editorial changes to clarify provisions, correct cross-
references, and support the agency's plain language initiative. Table 3
lists the substantive changes made to the general provisions and
Highlights and table 4 lists the substantive changes made to the Full
Prescribing Information (FPI).
A. Content and Format of Labeling for New and More Recently Approved
Prescription Drug Products
The final rule, like the proposed rule, requires that the labeling
for new and more recently approved drug products comply with revised
content and format requirements (Sec. 201.56(d)) (see table 1). Like
the proposed rule, the final rule provides that new and more recently
approved products include drug products with an NDA, BLA, or efficacy
supplement that: (1) Was approved between June 30, 2001, and June 30,
2006; (2) is pending on June 30, 2006; or (3) is submitted anytime on
or after June 30, 2006 (Sec. 201.56(b)(1)).
On its own initiative, the agency added a provision on pediatric
risk information to the general labeling requirements of the final
rule. Section 11 of the Best Pharmaceuticals for Children Act (Public
Law 107-109) (BPCA), which was signed into law on January 4, 2001,
addresses labeling requirements for generic versions of drugs with
pediatric patent protection or exclusivity. The agency added a
provision in Sec. 201.56(d)(5) of the final rule to make clear that
any risk information from the ``Contraindications,'' ``Warnings and
Precautions,'' or ``Use in Specific Populations'' section is
``pediatric contraindications, warnings, or precautions'' within the
meaning of section 11 of the BPCA (21 U.S.C. 355A(l)(2)). By adding
Sec. 201.56(d)(5), the agency intends to avoid any possible confusion
as to what information the agency may require in generic labeling that
otherwise omits a pediatric indication or other aspect of labeling
pertaining to pediatric use protected by patent or exclusivity.
In addition, the agency declined to adopt the use of symbols that
were proposed to emphasize or identify information in prescription drug
labeling. Based on comments, FDA declined to use the inverted black
triangle (see comment 15) and the exclamation point (!) to emphasize
the boxed warning (see comment 43). On its own initiative, for the same
reasons that FDA rejected use of the two symbols commented upon, FDA
declined to use the following three proposed symbols:
The Rx symbol (proposed Sec. 201.57(a)(3)) in Highlights.
The agency proposed the symbol to identify a product that is available
only by prescription under section 503(b) of the act. The agency
decided that the Rx symbol in Highlights is unnecessary because the new
prescription drug labeling format is so distinct from the over-the-
counter (OTC) drug labeling format that it will be clear to prescribers
that labeling in the new format is for a prescription drug product.
The ``R'' symbol in the FPI (proposed Sec. 201.56(d)(2)),
which would have identified the ``References'' section.
The ``P'' symbol in the FPI (proposed Sec.
201.57(c)(18)), which would have identified the ``Patient Counseling
Information'' section.
1. Highlights of Prescribing Information
Like the proposed rule, the final rule requires that the labeling
for new and more recently approved products include introductory
information entitled ``Highlights of Prescribing Information''
(Highlights) (Sec. Sec. 201.56(d)(1) and 201.57(a)) (see table 1).
The final rule requires the same headings for Highlights as
proposed, except that, in response to comments, FDA moved ``Most Common
Adverse Reactions'' from ``Warnings and Precautions'' (proposed Sec.
201.57(a)(10)) to a new heading entitled ``Adverse Reactions''
(Sec. Sec. 201.56(d)(1) and 201.57(a)(11)) (see table 1 and comment
28). Like the proposed rule, the final rule requires that Highlights,
except for the boxed warning, be limited in length to one-half of the
page (Sec. 201.57(d)(8)) (see comment 104).
The agency is also revising its regulations on supplements and
other changes to an approved application in Sec. Sec. 314.70 and
601.12 (21 CFR 314.70 and 601.12) to require applicants to obtain prior
approval of any labeling changes to Highlights, except for identified
minor changes (see comment 5).
Table 3.--Substantive Changes From the Proposed Rule to the Final Rule: General Provisions and to Highlights
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Description of Change from Proposed Rule
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
21 CFR Section in Final Rule See comment or section of this document (identified in parentheses) for more
detailed information regarding the change.
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
201.55, 201.57(c)(4)(v), Container Labels
201.57(c)(12)(i)(D), and Withdrew proposed amendments regarding content of container labels and
201.100(b) associated proposed amendments to the labeling (106 and 107)
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
[[Page 3926]]
201.56(a)(2) General Requirement
Revised to clarify that the labeling must be updated when new
information becomes available that causes the labeling to become inaccurate,
false, or misleading (114)
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
201.56(d) Product Title
Deleted proposed Sec. 201.56(d)(4), which permitted a ``Product
Title'' section to be included at the beginning of the FPI (39)
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
201.56(d)(4) Format of Contents
Revised to require that the Contents identify if sections have been
omitted (37)
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
201.56(d)(5) Pediatric Risk Information
Added, on its own initiative, a provision to make clear that pediatric
risk information within the meaning of the BPCA may be located in the ``Use in
Specific Populations'' section (II.A)
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
201.57 and 201.80 Unsubstantiated Claims
Removed the 1-year implementation requirement for provisions in Sec.
Sec. 201.57 and 201.80 that prohibit inclusion of unsubstantiated claims in
labeling (114)
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
201.57 Promotional Labeling
Removed, on its own initiative, the reference to statements made in
promotional labeling and advertising in proposed 201.57(a) (111)
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
201.57(a)(1) Highlights Limitation Statement
Moved the Highlights limitation statement to the beginning of Highlights
(35)
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
201.57(a)(3) Inverted Black Triangle Symbol
Instead of an inverted black triangle symbol, labeling will state the
``Initial U.S. Approval'' date (15)
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
201.57(a)(4) Boxed Warning
Revised to require that Highlights contain a concise summary of any
boxed warning in the FPI (16)
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
201.57(a)(5) Recent Labeling Changes
Changed the heading to ``Recent Major Changes'' and revised to identify
only substantive changes to the ``Boxed Warning,'' ``Indications and Usage,''
``Dosage and Administration,'' ``Contraindications,'' and ``Warnings and
Precautions'' sections and the date of the change(s) (18-22)
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
201.57(a)(6) Indications and Usage
Revised to require identification of the pharmacologic class of the drug
if it is a member of an established pharmacologic class (6)
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
201.57(a)(8) How Supplied
Changed the heading to ``Dosage Forms and Strengths'' (41)
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
201.57(a)(11) Adverse Reactions
Moved ``Most Common Adverse Reactions'' from ``Warnings and
Precautions'' to a new heading: ``Adverse Reactions'' (28)
Revised the criteria used for determining which adverse reactions to
include in Highlights and that the criteria used be specified (28)
Revised to require that the adverse reactions reporting contact
statement be included under the ``Adverse Reactions'' heading of Highlights;
deleted proposed Sec. 201.57(c)(6)(v) that would have required that this
statement also be included in the FPI (28 and 30)
Revised the requirements associated with the adverse reactions reporting
contact statement (31 and 32)
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
201.58 Waiver Provision
Revised to make clear applicants can request waivers from any
requirement under Sec. Sec. 201.56, 201.57, and 201.80 (104)
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2. Full Prescribing Information: Contents
Like the proposed rule, the final rule requires that the labeling
for new and recently approved products include, after Highlights, a
list of headings and subheadings contained in the FPI preceded by the
numerical identifier for the heading or subheading (Sec. 201.57(b)).
FDA has revised, on its own initiative, the heading for this portion of
the labeling to read ``Full Prescribing Information: Contents''
(Contents) instead of proposed ``Comprehensive Prescribing Information:
Index.'' FDA made this change for editorial reasons to correctly
reflect the function of the section. In response to comments, FDA added
certain format requirements for the Contents (see table 3 and comments
37 and 101).
[[Page 3927]]
3. Full Prescribing Information
FDA has revised, on its own initiative, the heading for this
portion of the labeling to read ``Full Prescribing Information''
instead of proposed ``Comprehensive Prescribing Information.'' FDA made
this change to more accurately reflect that this portion of
prescription drug labeling contains the information that FDA determined
is necessary for the safe and effective use of the drug, but may not
contain all known information about the drug (e.g., details of all
clinical trials).
The final rule revises the requirements for the content and format
of the FPI in former Sec. Sec. 201.56(d) and 201.57 for new and
recently approved products (see tables 1 and 2). The final rule
establishes minimum requirements for key graphic elements, including
bold type, bullet points, type size, spacing and use of vertical and
horizontal lines. The final rule requires the same sections for the
labeling of these products as proposed except the major, substantive
changes listed in table 4, which the agency made in response to
comments and, in a few cases as noted, on its own initiative. In
addition, FDA made revisions, none of which changed substantive
requirements, to the ``Dosage and Administration,'' ``Indications and
Usage,'' ``Overdosage,'' ``Clinical Pharmacology,'' and ``Drug
Interactions'' sections. FDA made these changes in response to comments
that requested FDA to clarify these proposed requirements.
In addition, FDA has revised, on its own initiative,
``Contraindications'' to emphasize that the section must only describe
situations in which the potential risks associated with drug use
outweigh any possible benefit. FDA believes that including relative or
hypothetical hazards diminishes the usefulness of the section. For
clarity and emphasis, FDA is requiring that ``none'' be stated when no
contraindications are known. Similarly, FDA deleted, on its own
initiative, proposed Sec. 201.57(c)(9)(iii) because it was redundant
with requirements in ``Warnings and Precautions'' and
``Contraindications.''
Table 4.--Substantive Changes From the Proposed Rule to the Final Rule:
Full Prescribing Information
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Description of Change From Proposed Rule
-----------------------------------------------------
21 CFR Section in See comment or section of this document (identified
Final Rule in parentheses) for more detailed information
regarding the change.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
201.57(c)(3) Dosage and Administration
Revised to make clear that this section
must include dosing recommendations based on
clinical pharmacologic data, certain dosage
modifications, and specified compliance information
(51-54)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
201.57(c)(4) and How Supplied/Storage and Handling
201.57(c)(17) Reorganized information in proposed ``How
Supplied/Storage and Handling'' (Sec.
201.57(c)(4)) such that the information is now
contained in two sections: Sec. 201.57(c)(4)
retitled ``Dosage Forms and Strengths'' and ``How
Supplied/Storage and Handling'' at Sec.
201.57(c)(17) (41)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
201.57(c)(7) Adverse Reactions
Moved the ``Adverse Reactions'' section
(proposed Sec. 201.57(c)(9)) to follow ``Warnings
and Precautions'' (38)
Withdrew the proposed definition of adverse
reaction and retained the definition at former Sec.
201.57(g) (designated in this final rule at Sec.
201.80(g)), with a minor modification (68)
Revised the requirements on how to classify
and categorize adverse reactions and how to
describe adverse reaction rates (71-75)
Revised to require a description of the
overall adverse reaction profile based on entire
safety database (70 and 77)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
201.57(c)(9) Use in Specific Populations
Withdrew the proposed warning statements at
Sec. Sec. 201.57(c)(8)(i)(A)(4) and
(c)(8)(i)(A)(5) for pregnancy categories D and X
and will continue to require the warning statements
at former Sec. Sec. 201.57(f)(6)(i)(d) and
(f)(6)(i)(e) be used (66)
Withdrew the proposed revisions for the
``Nursing Mothers'' subsection at Sec.
201.57(c)(8)(iii) and will continue to use the
language at former Sec. 201.57(f)(8) (66)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
201.57(c)(13)(ii) In Vitro Data for Anti-infectives
and 201.80(b)(2) Deferred action on proposed Sec. Sec.
201.57(c)(13)(ii) and 201.80(b)(2) that would have
only permitted in vitro data for anti-infective
drugs not shown by adequate and well-controlled
studies to be pertinent to clinical use be included
in labeling if a waiver was granted (81)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
201.57(c)(18) and Patient Counseling Information
201.80(f)(2) Revised to require that the full text of
FDA-approved patient labeling either accompany
labeling or be reprinted at the end of the labeling
and clarified the type size requirements that apply
(93 and 94)(see table 7)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
201.57(d)(6) Font size
Revised to require that font for trade
labeling be a minimum of 6-point type instead of 8-
point type (102)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
201.57(c)(16) and References
201.80(l) Clarified requirements for including a
reference (89)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
[[Page 3928]]
B. Content and Format for Older Prescription Drug Products
Like the proposed rule, the final rule redesignates former Sec.
201.57 as Sec. 201.80. New Sec. 201.80 provides content and format
requirements for labeling of older prescription drug products (older
products) that are not subject to the labeling requirements at new
Sec. 201.57 (see tables 1 and 2).
Section 201.80 is the same as former Sec. 201.57 with the
following exceptions that are the same as the changes for new and more
recently approved products:
Modifications that help ensure that statements currently
appearing in labeling for older products relating to effectiveness or
dosage and administration are sufficiently supported (Sec.
201.80(c)(2)(i), (c)(2)(ii), (j), and (m)(1)).
Deletion of proposed Sec. 201.80(b)(2) regarding in vitro
data for anti-infectives (see table 4 and comment 81).
Deletion of ``induced emesis'' as an example of treatment
procedures in the ``Overdosage'' section of labeling.
Revisions that allow manufacturers the option of either
reprinting the FDA-approved patient labeling immediately following the
last section of the prescription drug labeling or having it accompany
such labeling (Sec. 201.80(f)(2))(see table 4 and comment 93).
Addition of the font size provision to redesignated Sec.
201.80(f)(2) (on the agency's own initiative with modifications made in
response to comments) (see table 4 and comments 93 and 94).
C. Content of Prescription Drug Product Labels
FDA has reconsidered its proposal to revise the requirements for
the content of prescription drug product labels (proposed Sec. Sec.
201.55 and 201.100(b)). In response to comments, FDA has decided to
withdraw these proposed revisions at this time (see comments 106 and
107). The agency had proposed to move certain information about
inactive ingredients and storage conditions from the product label to
the prescription drug labeling and to remove the requirement to include
the statement ``See package insert for dosage information'' on the
product label in cases when it is currently required to be used. These
proposed requirements (proposed Sec. 201.57(c)(4)(v) and
(c)(12)(i)(D)) were also withdrawn.
The agency intends to conduct a comprehensive evaluation of
information required to be contained on product labels. If necessary,
FDA will propose changes to these requirements after that evaluation
has been completed.
III. Implementation
The final rule is effective June 30, 2006. The final rule has the
same implementation plan as proposed for the revised labeling content
and format requirements at Sec. Sec. 201.56(d) and 201.57 for new and
more recently approved products (see table 5). Manufacturers of older
products that voluntarily elect to revise the format and content of
their labeling to be consistent with Sec. Sec. 201.56(d) and 201.57
may submit a supplement with proposed labeling at any time (see table
5).
Table 5.--Implementation Plan
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Applications (NDAs, BLAs, and
Efficacy Supplements) Required to Time by Which Conforming Labeling
Conform to New Labeling Must Be Submitted to the Agency
Requirements for Approval
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Applications submitted on or after Time of submission
June 30, 2006
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Applications pending on June 30, June 30, 2009
2006 and applications approved 0
to 1 year before June 30, 2006
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Applications approved 1 to 2 years June 30, 2010
before June 30, 2006
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Applications approved 2 to 3 years June 30, 2011
before June 30, 2006
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Applications approved 3 to 4 years June 30, 2012
before June 30, 2006
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Applications approved 4 to 5 years June 30, 2013
before June 30, 2006
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Applications approved more than 5 Voluntarily at any time
years before June 30, 2006
------------------------------------------------------------------------
As indicated in the proposed rule, the implementation plan for
revised labeling for products approved or submitted for approval under
an ANDA depends on the labeling of the listed drug referenced in the
ANDA. In accordance with Sec. 314.94(a)(8) (21 CFR 314.94(a)(8)), the
labeling of a drug product submitted for approval under an ANDA must be
the same as the labeling of the listed drug referenced in the ANDA,
except for changes required because of differences approved under a
suitability petition (Sec. 314.93 (21 CFR 314.93)) or because the drug
product and the reference listed drug are produced or distributed by
different manufacturers.
As the agency proposed (65 FR at 81099), the provisions requiring
FDA-approved patient labeling to accompany labeling (Sec. Sec.
201.57(c)(18) and 201.80(f)(2) of the final rule) will be implemented
by June 30, 2007. The agency clarified this provision at Sec. Sec.
201.57 and 201.56(e)(6).
IV. Overview of Agency Initiatives to Improve the Content and Format of
Prescription Drug Labeling
The agency is engaged in a broad effort to improve the
communication to health care practitioners of information necessary for
the safe and effective use of prescription drugs. A major component of
this effort is improvement of the content and format of prescription
drug labeling to make the information in labeling easier for health
care practitioners to access, read, and use.
Elsewhere in this issue of the Federal Register, the agency is
announcing the availability of four guidance documents on content and
format of labeling.\2\ These guidances are intended to assist
manufacturers and FDA reviewers in developing clear, concise, and
[[Page 3929]]
accessible prescription drug labeling. The four guidances are as
follows:
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\2\ The agency announces the availability of guidances in the
Federal Register. Draft and final guidances for the Center for Drug
Evaluation and Research (CDER)-related information are posted on the
Internet at https://www.fda.gov/cder/guidance/index.htm. The Center
for Biologics Evaluation and Research (CBER)-related information is
posted at https://www.fda.gov/cber/guidelines.htm (21 U.S.C. 371(h),
21 CFR 10.115).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. A draft guidance entitled ``Labeling for Human Prescription Drug
and Biological Products--Implementing the New Content and Format
Requirements'' (the new labeling format guidance). This guidance, which
is intended to assist manufacturers in complying with the provisions of
this final rule, includes, among other things, how to determine what
information from the FPI should be included in Highlights.
2. A draft guidance entitled ``Warnings and Precautions,
Contraindications, and Boxed Warning Sections of Labeling for Human
Prescription Drug and Biological Products--Content and Format'' (the
``Warnings and Precautions'' section guidance).
3. A guidance entitled ``Adverse Reactions Section of Labeling for
Human Prescription Drug and Biological Products--Content and Format ``
(the ``Adverse Reactions'' section guidance). The agency issued a draft
of this guidance on June 21, 2000 (65 FR 38563).
4. A guidance entitled ``Clinical Studies Section of Labeling for
Prescription Drug and Biological Products--Content and Format'' (the
``Clinical Studies'' section guidance). The agency issued a draft of
this guidance on July 9, 2001 (66 FR 35797).
The agency is also developing two additional guidances on the
content and format of specific sections of labeling--the ``Clinical
Pharmacology'' and ``Dosage and Administration'' sections. In the
future, the agency may develop guidance for additional sections of
prescription drug labeling, if necessary.
FDA has undertaken additional rulemaking related to prescription
drug labeling. The agency published a final rule in the Federal
Register entitled ``Labeling Requirements for Systemic Antibacterial
Drug Products Intended for Human Use'' that became effective on
February 4, 2004 (68 FR 6062, February 6, 2003). This rule requires
that the labeling for all systemic antibacterial drug products (i.e.,
antibiotics and their synthetic counterparts) intended for human use
include certain statements about using antibiotics in a way that will
reduce the development of drug-resistant bacterial strains. The rule
encourages health care practitioners: (1) To prescribe systemic
antibacterial drugs only when clinically indicated and (2) to counsel
their patients about the proper use of such drugs and the importance of
taking them exactly as directed.
The agency is also engaged in an effort to revise the regulations
concerning the content and format of the ``Pregnancy'' subsection of
prescription drug labeling (see the notice of a 21 CFR part 15 hearing
to discuss the pregnancy category requirements (62 FR 41061, July 31,
1997) and the notice of a public advisory committee meeting to discuss
possible changes to pregnancy labeling (64 FR 23340, April 30, 1999)).
V. Implications of This Final Rule for the Electronic Labeling
Initiative
Developing standards for the conversion of paper labeling to an
electronic format is a high priority for the agency. On December 11,
2003, FDA published its final rule in the Federal Register entitled
``Requirements for Submission of Labeling for Human Prescription Drugs
and Biologics in Electronic Format'' (68 FR 69009). The final rule
requires the content of prescription drug labeling, including text,
tables, and figures, to be submitted to FDA in an electronic format
that the agency can process, review, and archive.
The agency views this final rule on the content and format of
labeling as an essential step towards the success of its electronic
labeling initiative. The labeling format required by this rule for new
and more recently approved products should facilitate transition to an
electronic format. The agency believes that an electronic version of
labeling in the new format, particularly Highlights and Contents, will
significantly expand health care practitioners' ability to access
information in prescription drug labeling, enable them to rapidly
obtain answers to questions for a range of drug products, and
ultimately facilitate the development of a comprehensive repository for
drug labeling. For example, FDA envisions that an electronic version of
the new format will eventually enable health care practitioners to
quickly access labeling information for all drugs in a pharmacologic or
therapeutic class with a single electronic query.
FDA realizes that this final rule will affect the agency's existing
electronic labeling requirements and guidances and will work to ensure
consistency with the electronic labeling initiative.\3\ The agency
believes the electronic labeling initiative, in conjunction with this
new format for labeling described in this final rule, could
dramatically improve the way practitioners obtain information about
prescription drugs and, as a consequence, significantly improve patient
care.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\3\ See https://www.fda.gov/cder/guidance/index.htm under
``Electronic Submissions'' and https://www.fda.gov/cber/
guidelines.htm for the most recent guidances on submission of
labeling in an electronic format for drug and biological products,
respectively.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
VI. Comments on the Proposed Rule
The agency received 97 comments on the December 22, 2000, proposal.
Comments were received from prescription drug manufacturers and related
companies; trade organizations representing prescription drug
manufacturers and other interested parties; professional associations
and organizations representing health care practitioners; health care
and consumer advocacy organizations; individual physicians,
pharmacists, and consumers; and others.
A. General Comments on the Proposed Rule
Most comments expressed broad agreement that prescription drug
labeling could be more effective in communicating drug information to
health care practitioners and overwhelming support for the agency's
goal of improving the content and format of prescription drug labeling
to make information easier for health care practitioners to access,
read, and use.
Many comments expressed approval of all the major features of the
proposal, indicating that the proposed changes represent an important
improvement in the organization, clarity, and overall usefulness of
prescription drug labeling. For example, there was near universal
support for the proposal to place at the front of labeling those
sections that practitioners refer to most frequently and consider most
important, although some comments recommended sequences slightly
different from those proposed by FDA (see section VI.G of this
document). There was also broad support for restructuring the old
``Precautions'' section into new sections devoted to use in specific
populations, drug interactions, and patient counseling information and
for combining the remainder of the ``Precautions'' section with the
``Warnings'' section.
Comments from manufacturers, while strongly supportive of the
agency's efforts to improve the content and format of labeling,
generally expressed concerns about some of the major elements of the
proposal. In particular, as discussed in greater detail in sections
VI.C and VI.D of this document, many manufacturers were concerned about
the inclusion of Highlights. Manufacturers also expressed concern about
the proposed requirements to re-evaluate, within 1 year of the
effective
[[Page 3930]]
date of the final rule, all prescription drug labeling to identify and
remove any claims for indications and dosing regimens that are not
supported by substantial evidence and to remove in vitro data that are
not supported by clinical data.
Specific issues raised by the comments and the agency's responses
follow.
B. Comments on the Process for Development of the Proposed Rule
As discussed in detail in the preamble to the proposed rule, FDA
relied on focus group testing of physicians, a national physician
survey, and a public meeting held in 1995 to develop the labeling
prototype that was used as the basis for the proposal (65 FR 81082 at
81083 through 81085).
(Comment 1) Several comments questioned the process that FDA used
to develop the proposed rule. A number of comments expressed concern
that health care practitioners other than physicians were not surveyed
or otherwise consulted. Two comments indicated that a majority of
pharmacists refer to prescription drug labeling at least once a day.
The comments cited a survey finding that the sections most frequently
referred to by pharmacists are, in descending order, ``Dosage and
Administration,'' ``Adverse Reactions,'' ``Contraindications,''
``Indications and Usage,'' ``Warnings and Precautions,'' and ``How
Supplied/Storage and Handling.'' The comments urged FDA to consult with
all relevant audiences to revise prescription drug labeling and labels.
FDA recognizes the important roles that health care practitioners
other than physicians play in the health care delivery system and
recognizes that prescription drug information is relied upon by health
care practitioners other than physicians. The agency focused its
research efforts on how physicians use labeling, because they are the
principal intended audience (i.e., they use labeling for prescribing
decisions). The agency also sought input from all interested parties in
the development of the proposed rule, especially those whose use of
labeling could be expected to impact patient safety. Panelists and
participants in the 1995 public meeting included nurse practitioners,
pharmacists, and physician assistants. Their comments and observations
directly contributed to refining the third version of FDA's prototype
into the version that was the basis for the proposed rule. Moreover,
the agency has carefully reviewed and considered all comments received
on the proposed rule, which included comments from a broad range of
health care practitioners that rely on prescription drug labeling, and
has determined the optimal ordering for labeling sections, as reflected
in this final rule.
FDA notes that the sections most commonly referred to by
pharmacists in the cited survey are the same as those most commonly
referred to by physicians, although in a somewhat different rank order.
FDA believes that, although the rank order of the sections is not
identical for the two groups, the formatting improvements required by
this final rule make the information in these sections readily
accessible to all health care practitioners who use prescription drug
labeling.
C. Highlights of Prescribing Information--General Comments
FDA proposed to require that prescription drug labeling for
products described in proposed Sec. 201.56(b)(1) (i.e., new and more
recently approved prescription drug products) contain introductory
prescribing information entitled ``Highlights of Prescribing
Information'' (proposed Sec. Sec. 201.56(d) and 201.57(a)).
(Comment 2) Comments expressed different opinions about the utility
and patient care implications of Highlights. Physicians, pharmacists,
other health care practitioners, health care advocacy groups, and
professional societies and organizations representing health care
practitioners expressed unequivocal enthusiasm about and uniform
support for Highlights. Manufacturers, with some exceptions, were
opposed, or strongly opposed, to the inclusion of Highlights.
Comments supporting Highlights stated that it would be an excellent
vehicle for drawing attention to the most important information about a
product, a useful and convenient source for quick reminder information
in routine prescribing situations, and a useful vehicle to efficiently
direct practitioners to the more detailed information in the FPI.
Several comments stated that Highlights is probably the most important
innovation in the proposed rule. One comment stated that Highlights is
the element of the proposal that will most enhance the clinical utility
of prescription drug labeling. Several comments stated that by making
prescription drug labeling easier to navigate, Highlights would help to
make labeling easier for patients and health care practitioners to
understand.
Several comments endorsed the Highlights format as a means of
making labeling information more accessible. Some comments stated that
the proposed format for Highlights is a good design because it makes
use of multiple formats (e.g., text, tables, bulleted lists) and bolded
headings, which make the labeling information more accessible. One
comment noted that, because Highlights contains pointers to the
location of more detailed information in the FPI, the pointers will
increase the likelihood that health care practitioners will refer to
the FPI. The comment also stated that the user-friendly Highlights
format would be likely to increase the frequency with which health care
practitioners consult the labeling for drug information and would
enhance their ability to use the information.
Comments opposing inclusion of Highlights stated that manufacturers
would be forced to pick certain important warnings listed in the FPI
for inclusion in Highlights and, because of space limitations, exclude
other important information. These comments maintained that, by
extracting from the FPI only selected portions of the information
needed for safe and effective use, Highlights would omit important
information and lack detail and context, and might, therefore, be
misleading. They contended that these shortcomings might outweigh any
convenience derived from condensing information into Highlights. One
comment maintained that the FPI is itself a condensation of a complex
body of information and that it is problematic and illogical to try to
further condense the information from the FPI into Highlights.
Several comments from manufacturers stated that the limited content
of Highlights is of concern because practitioners would have a tendency
to rely only on the information in Highlights when making prescribing
decisions, even though that information alone would not be an adequate
basis for making such decisions. Some of these comments maintained that
there is a lack of evidence to support the premise that Highlights will
facilitate practitioners' access to more detailed information in the
FPI. They asserted that there is a high likelihood that Highlights
would be the only part of the labeling read by practitioners.
Another comment stated that, rather than requiring inclusion of
Highlights in labeling, the agency and manufacturers should work
together to make the FPI better.
FDA has determined that the Highlights provisions of the final rule
are an essential element of the agency's efforts to improve the
accessibility, readability, and usefulness of information in
prescription drug labeling and reduce the number of
[[Page 3931]]
adverse reactions resulting from medication errors due to misunderstood
or incorrectly applied drug information. By means of focus group
testing, a nationwide physician survey, and a public meeting, the
agency carefully evaluated the drug information needs of physicians and
ways to best address those needs in prescription drug labeling. Some of
the principal findings were that: (1) The relative importance of
information in labeling varies, (2) physicians typically refer to
labeling to answer a specific question, (3) physicians have
considerable difficulty locating the information they need to make
prescribing decisions, and (4) physicians strongly prefer to have a
separate introductory summary of the most important information
contained in the full prescribing information, located at the beginning
of labeling, to make it easier to find the information necessary to
prescribe the drug safely and effectively (65 FR 81082 at 81083 through
81085; see also Ref. 11). Many of the comments submitted in response to
the proposed rule concur with these findings, particularly those from
health care practitioners and their organizations.
This preference for highlighting the most important information
that is part of a larger body of information is consistent with good
risk communication practices and with well-established cognitive
principles. The agency employed these principles in designing
Highlights.
For example, cognitive research has shown that, because there is a
limit to the amount of information that an individual can hold in
memory at one time, individuals tend to organize similar information
into ``chunks'' to: (1) Increase the amount of available space in
memory and (2) facilitate retrieval of information (Refs. 1 through 3).
``Chunking'' complex information into smaller, more manageable units
makes it easier to remember and process information efficiently and
effectively (decreases ``cognitive load'').
FDA research conducted during development of new rules for OTC drug
labeling demonstrated that ``chunking'' information in a standardized
format with graphic emphasis on the most important information helped
individuals make correct product use decisions, decreased reading time,
and increased the individuals' confidence in their ability to use that
information (Ref. 4). This research supports the approach adopted in
this final rule for prescription drug labeling.
In designing Highlights, the agency employed established techniques
to enhance effective communication of large amounts of complex
information. Highlights summarizes the information from the FPI that is
most important for prescribing the drug safely and effectively and
organizes it into logical groups, or ``chunks,'' to enhance
accessibility, retention, and access to the more detailed information.
This design, combined with the use of multiple formats (e.g., tables,
bulleted lists) and graphic emphasis (e.g., bolded text), improves
visual and cognitive access to the information so that practitioners
can more easily find information, and improves recall of the
information.
Importantly, Highlights must include identifying numbers indicating
where in the FPI to find details of the information that is cited or
concisely summarized in Highlights. In the final rule, FDA has revised
proposed Sec. 201.57(a)(17) (Sec. 201.56(d)(3) in the final rule) to
require that any information referenced in Highlights, not just
subheadings, be accompanied by the identifying number corresponding to
the location of the information in the FPI. The agency believes that
these identifying numbers will facilitate access to the detailed
information in the FPI.
The Highlights design--a broad array of important information in a
discrete, visually accessible location--also increases the variety of
information that a practitioner is exposed to in a typical labeling
referral. That is, the Highlights design increases the likelihood that
practitioners will be exposed to and retain critical information about
a drug in addition to the information that the practitioner sought in
referring to the labeling, such as the recommended dose. The
practitioner therefore is likely to know more about a drug after
exposure to labeling with Highlights than after exposure to labeling
without Highlights. In addition, by making labeling easier to use and
an overall better source of drug information, the Highlights design is
likely to increase the frequency with which practitioners rely on
labeling for prescription drug information. In a survey regarding
labeling for vaccines, 71 percent of physicians surveyed indicated that
they would increase their use of labeling if a summary of prescribing
information were included in labeling (65 FR 81082 at 81084).
Highlights should result in health care practitioners being better
informed about prescription drugs. Therefore, the agency concludes that
prescription drug labeling with Highlights more effectively
communicates drug information to prescribers than labeling without
Highlights.
(Comment 3) Some comments stated that FDA should do additional
testing to determine whether Highlights is necessary to accomplish
FDA's goal of making information in prescription drug labeling more
useful and accessible or whether the other proposed format changes,
without Highlights (i.e., an index, reordering of the sections of the
FPI, and enhanced formatting) would be adequate to accomplish the
agency's goal. One comment requested that FDA evaluate whether simply
reordering the sections of the prescribing information would be
adequate to accomplish the agency's goal. Some comments stated that the
agency should test whether the proposed format would change prescriber
behavior as intended and lead to a reduction in medication errors.
The agency believes it is unnecessary to compare the prototype
labeling with Highlights to the prototype labeling without Highlights
(i.e., a version with a table of contents, reordered sections in the
FPI, and enhanced graphics, or a version with only reordered sections
and enhanced graphics). The requirements of this final rule are built
on extensive testing conducted by FDA, established principles of
cognitive processing, previous research conducted by FDA for OTC drug
labeling, and evaluation of comments submitted in response to this
proposal. FDA has determined that Highlights, because it will
efficiently and effectively convey information about a drug product and
will help to facilitate the transition to electronic labeling, is a
vital component of the efforts to reduce the numbers of adverse
reactions from medication errors due to misunderstood or incorrectly
applied drug information.
(Comment 4) In the proposed rule, FDA specifically sought comment
on whether, and under what circumstances, it might be inappropriate to
include the proposed Highlights in the labeling of a particular drug or
drug class.
The vast majority of comments supported Highlights for all products
or no products. One comment stated that if the agency retains the
requirement to include Highlights, all products required to have the
new format should be required to have Highlights. One comment stated it
would not be useful to include Highlights if the entire labeling is
very short (e.g., one page).
The agency concludes that there should be no exceptions to the
Highlights requirement for drugs subject to the new content and format
requirements at Sec. Sec. 201.56(d) and 201.57. The agency
acknowledges that prescription drug labeling for some drugs may be very
short and that this
[[Page 3932]]
may result in short Highlights. However, as discussed previously, the
agency has determined that Highlights improves the usefulness,
readability, and accessibility of information in prescription drug
labeling and is consistent with good risk communication practices.
(Comment 5) Several comments stated that there should be more
specific criteria for selecting information for inclusion in Highlights
to ensure consistency for all drug products. These comments stated
that, without specific criteria, the information in Highlights for
different drugs within the same drug class may be different, and these
differences could be used to the competitive advantage or disadvantage
of some products. Some comments stated that the agency should designate
the precise information that must be included in Highlights. One
comment said that, for products with class labeling, FDA must designate
which class labeling statements must be included in Highlights to
ensure consistency among drugs in the class. Another comment stated
that the relative importance of drug information, and, as a result, the
basis for selecting information for inclusion in the section, can vary
depending on a drug's indication. The co